<<

- United Nations Decade on Biodiversity

Volume 11 (Part 3) Year 2011 s t e al urv y 0 o a of Zoo ogy

z g ca vey a CIT. no Editor- Dinxtor. 20 II. Rec. =001. Sun: . II (Part -2 ) : I ~ 97 (Published by the Dircchlr, /.00/ .\'un', india, Kolkala)

Published - January. 2012 (Aprj)-June. 20 II Issu,c)

© Governn1en( o.f India, 20 II

,AL RIGHTS RESERVED • No part of 'this pubUcatiion may be repr,oduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by ,any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying" recording or otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher.

This book is sold subject to the condition that it shalll not, by way of trade, be lent, re·sold hired out or otherwise disposed of without the publisher's consent, lin any form of binding or covler other than that lin which it is published,

• The correct price of this pubtication 's the price print-ed on this p,age. Any revised price indicated by ,a rubber stamp or by a sticker or by any other means is incorrect and shoud be unacceptable.

PRICE India :" 45000 For1eign : $ 30; £ 20

Published at the Publkation Division by the Director, Zoological Survey oflndia,M-BIQck New Aliporc. K(ll"a\\l- 700.053 and printed at East Indla Photo olnposing Centre Kolkata-700 .006. COMPUTERJSED DATA ON NATlONAL ZOOLO,GJCA COLLECTION The National Zoological Collections comprising nearly 15,000 t)'Pes are housed in the Zoological "urvey of India, Calcutta and are properly maintained. All these specimens have Registration numhers and are readily available for study as and when required. Data pertaining to loca ity, date of ~ollection name of,eoUector, sex, up to date valid nam'e, name of the host (for parasite) eh.: " of ,each type of collection have alr.c:~ady been computerised. The computerised data are stored in the comput'er centre of Zoologi'cal Survey of India. Sci,entistslNaturaHsts interested for any int:ormation on type sp des pres'ent in Zoological Survey of lndiamaycontact the Di,recto.r, Zoological Survey of India, 'M' Block New Alipore. Kolkata-700 053.

Dr. K. V ENKATARAMAN Director Zoologic.al Survey of India A ' APPEAL In order to endch the "National Zoological Collection" (NZC) and to up date mfonnatlon on the occurrence and distribution of species in India Scientists/ Natura'lists and re~ , t:archers working on animal /systemati,cs are r,equested to de'posit the,r Identified specimens to the Zoological Survey of Indi,aat the foHowing address; Officer-i'D-Charge, Identific.ation and Advisory Section, Zoological Surv,ey of India, 'M'-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700 053.

These specimens will be fegistered and their data wiU be computerised. They , w ~e further requested t.o deposit their type collecti.on positively to ZSI ,and use the R,egistralion number ill their publication .of the new taxon.

Dr.K. VENKATARJ\MAN Director Zoological Survey of India Rt!(, ::.(}ol. Sun'. India: 111(Part-3): 1-7,2012

DESCI~IPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE LEECH FAMILY SALIFIDAE (ODONTOBDELLA KRISHNA SP. NOV.) FROM TIlE RIVER GANGA AT PATNA , BIHAR (INDIA)

HASKO NESEMANN AND GOPAL SHARMA* Centre of Environmental Sciences, Central University of Bihar, BIT Campus, Patna-8000i4, Bihar, India E-mail: [email protected] *Zoological Survey of india, Gangetic Plains Regional Centre Patna-800016, Bihar, India E-mail: [email protected]

INTRODUCfION them are insufficiently known only from the type locality The first discovery of large-sized erpobdellifonn or a few records (Moore 1927, Chandra 1983). At present leeches in the River Ganga in May 2010 has filled a gap seven genera with 31 described species and one w'ithin the South-Asian diversity and lead to the subspecies (Tab. 1) are worldwide regarded as members following description of a species new to science. of Salifidae (506s 1966, Sawyer 1986). The uncertain Leeches of the Family SaJifidae are benthic predators systematic position of two genera Scaptobde/la and in freshwaters of Africa, Asia and in tropical, Dineta still awaits clarification, since no sty lets have "iubtropical to warm-temperate zones. Salifidae are been reported by their discovery (Blanchard 1897, forming together with the Holarctic family Erpobdellidae Goddard 1908, Oka 1926). Salifidae of the Oriental Region are listed by Sket & Trontelj (2008) with three genera the suborder ErpobdeHifonnes, having asymmetrically and nine species. so-ca lied "strepsilaemat" pharynx without true jaws; three pseudognatha are present as small fleshy folds. The anatomy of the pharynx and the arrangement Salifidae are fonnally characterized by the presence of of stylets is an important character to distinguish three pairs of needle shaped stylets, which distinguish different genera, which have similar external them from their sister group Erpobdellidae (Johansson, morphology (Hussein, Kinzelbach & EI-Shimy 1988). The pharynx, external annulation and genital system of It) 18). Both families are generally occupying similar ecological niches. The larger species usually reach a East and South Asian Salifidae were studied (Nesemann bndy length of> 10-15 cm or more with full extension 1995, Nesemann, Sharma & Sinha 2004, Nesemann et and they feed on other earthworm-like annelids, al., 2007). revealing higher diversity than previously larvae and even other leeches. Recent works of the known. Illdian Hirudinologists are including all hitherto known Thorough fieldwork was conducted in , aquatic and terrestrial species (Chandra 1983, Mandai and India to discover and investigate living leeches 200-la-d, 2009, Bandyopadhyay & MandaI 2004). Till yet and to characterize their habitat specification. Thus <.111)' large Erpobdelliformes were unknown from India, Salifidae appear to be as highly diversified as Palearctic but already described from Eastern (Yang, 1996). Erpobdellidae. Numerous regional species within the large territory of the family still await their discovery Brief Review of the Fam ily Salifidae and scientific description. The family Salifidae is comparatively poorly known, generic subdivision appears to be provisional as in MATERIAL AND METHODS Erpobdellidae (Sket & Trontelj, 2008). Although the The leech fauna of the River Ganga was investigated numerous taxa have been fornlally described, many of frequently along the right bank in the city of Patna. Keywords: Odontobdella, Salifidae, Hirudinea, India, first description, morphology, taxonomy. 2

Samples were collected qualitatively by hand or using Etymology : Krishna for occurrence from a hand net. Stones, bricks, shells of living molluscs Krishnaghat which is famous place h)r bathing and and valves of empty freshwater mussels were other religious activities. It refers to the name of Lord investigated; especially the subsurface near the bottom. Krishna. During lean season many predatory leeches were found Diagnosis: Large. n1uch elongate Salifidae with very in shallow water in aquatic habitats or amphibious in firm body consistence. Leech cylindrical interiorly: blunt the littoral zone of riverbank directly above the water's lateral fringes located in posterior region. Eyes are edge. Three specimens were usually relaxed in 150/0 lacking. The pharynx is strepsilaemat and triangular in ethanol and then transferred into 70% ethanol for cross-section, bearing three small ('.) prnhahly reduced) preservation. One specimen was directly preserved into stylets-pockets with each one pair of rudimentary styli 96% ethanol for biochemical analysis. present in pharynx, arranged in tandem. Body length of holotype : 77 ml1l length and 6 mm STUDY AREA width; diameter of caudal sucker 5 mm. Three Paratypes : The study area is the right (erosion-) bank of River 76 mm length, 7 mm width~ diameter of the caudal sucker Ganga along the city of Patna. It is located from 4.5 mm, 67 mm length, 7 mm width; diameter of the Mahendrughat in the West (25° 37' 19"N, 85° 09' 18" caudal sucker 5 mm, 53.0 mm length. 9.0 111m width; E) downstream to the Ruins of the Old Royal palace in diameter of the caudal sucker 5.0 mm. Annulation of the East (25° 3 7' 07" N, 85° 11 18 ": E. The research the mid-body somites is heteronomous with six annuli. was conducted from May 30th to 22nd August 2011 five of similar width, one ring is narrower than others: including frequent field observations. bi H" b2 H" a2 = b5 = cil > c12. Thus there are five wide rings, followed by one narrow ring on the anterior SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNTS part of the body. The total number of annuli per Phylum ANNELIDA segment increases by subdivision of all wider rings in Class HIRUDINEA the posterior region of the body. There are eleven annuli present on the dorsal side: [c 1 H" c2] = [c3 H" c4] = Order ARHYNCHOBDELLIDA [b3 H" b4] = [c9 H" cIO] = [d21 H" d22] > c12. The Suborder ERPOBDELLIFORMES clitellum's is not well marked in mature specimens, Family SALIFIDAE extending from x b5 - XIII a2. The male genital pore is Odontobdella Oka, 1926 very large and prominently swollen, situated median on the first annulus of XII b 1; female pore in XII c 121 Species krishna sp. nov. XIII b 1. The distance between the genital pores is five Results: and one half annuli (112 b 1, b2, a2, b5, c 11, c 12). Odontobdella krishna sp. nov. The body surface is rough by numerous small (Figs. 1-13) papillae arranged in one row per annulus. Colour of Material Examined: Holotype (Figs. 9, 11) : India, dorsum yellow-brown, with numerous irregular dark Bihar, Patna, River Ganga, between Krishnaghat and brown spots on the anterior body. Colour of ventral Gandhighat, I-vi-2010, leg. Gopal Sharma and Hasko surface. Nesemann (Reg. no. ZSI, GPRC IV-30 18, 1 ex.). Habitat and distribution : The adults of Paratypes (Fig. 10) : India, Bihar, Patna, River Ganga, Odontobdella krishna sp.n. were found in the semi­ aquatic zones of the riverbank very closed to the between Krishnaghat and Gandhighat, I-vi-20 10, leg. waterline outside the water. Gopal Sharma and Hasko Nesemann, (Reg. no. ZSI, GPRC IV-3019, 3exs.). Morphological observations: The living extended leeches reach a total length of 12-14 cm. The half-grown Additional material : River Gandak flooplain, specimen from the River Gandak North of Patna has monsoon pond at the right bank Shanti Bagicha, west 46.0 mm length, 4.5 mm width and the diameter of caudal ofHajipur (25° 42' 7.56" N, 85° 11' 12.07" E), 22-viii- sucker is 3.5 mm. It was found in a shallow monsoon 2011, leg. Gopal Sharma and Hasko· Nesemann, (Reg. pond, swimming between submerged macrophytes. no. ZSI, GPRC IV-3020, 1 ex.). The cocoons are rather flattened and rounded ovate Type locality (Fig. 14) : India, Bihar, River Ganga at in shape, length 13 mm, width 6.7 mm. They are fixed Patna, right bank, between Krishnaghat and on stony substrate during the pre-monsoon period Gandhighat, alt.-53 m. (25° 37' 19" N, 85° 09' 18" E). together with the leeches. They have been already NESEMANN & SHARMA : Description of (l nell' species of the leech family Saltjidae ...... Gunga at Palna. Bihar 3 found, being erroneously added to Sa/~la bi!7arensis by Nesemann et at. (2004 : 180, Figs. 162, 163). Prey: Odontobdella krishna sp. nov. was observed while feeding on half-grown specimens of Glyp!7idrilus ~angelicus in the natural habitat.

D~trerential diagnosis: The described new Indian kechcs are more similar to Odontobdella species from Japan than to Sil1odun/obdella from China. Thus their 3 generic position into Odontobdella is confirmed by tllL'ir pharynx. Odol1/obdella krishna sp. nov. is d ist inguished from Odontobdell a hI Llnc/wrdi and Odonlobdella polaneci by their reduced and mg rudimentary stylets of minute size. Although the stylet­ pockets are well visible. the function of styli in holding the prey is qucstionable due to their reduced size. Odontobdella krishna sp. nov. differs from other species by the lowcr degrec of annulations in fg ~llbdividing each scgment into only six rings. It diffcrs from other pigmented Odontobdella species by the 4 absence of eyes. It shows some simibrities to Od()f1{obdt!lla qlladrioclIlala Oka, 1921 from My:mmar. Discussion: Classification of the species within Salilidae 2 Among the heteronomous annulated members two Figs. 1-4. Odollfobdella krishna nov. sp. Fig. I : Habitus similar genera with five described species are named: dorsal, Fig. 2 : lateral, Fig. 3 : Pharynx with pseudognaths and sty1ets, Fig. 4 : ventral position Odontohdella Oka 1926, Annotationes Zoologicae of male genital pore (mg) and female pore (fg). Japonenses, Vol. X, Articlc 24 : 248, Figs 8-13, 15. Type species: Scaptobdella bl{{nc/ldl'di Oka 1910 el2 Congenitors : n'ocheta quadrioclllalo Ok~1 1922 bI b2 Odolllobde/lll po/alleci Nesemann 1995 a2 b5 Odonlobdd/a krishnll sp. 1l0Y. eI2 ell Odolllobdella sp~c. cl2 --- 1995. Sil/ohdel/a Nescmann, Acla Loologica ,lew/ell/ioe Scieflfarzll11 Hlll1garicae, 4 t : 1XO, Figs 52-5S. ()2. -- cl2 2007. Sinodontobdcl/([ Nescmann, ,'/(/llC1lic /m·l'/"h'h'·illes of 5 the Ganga River S~vste111, Vol. 1 : 196. 5 Figures. 6 Type species: Sinobdella kinzelbachi Nesemann 1995. Odontobdella was originally described for Scaptobdella blanchardi from Japan by Oka (1926) to differentiate leech~s witll stylets-bearing pharynx from Afil1lobdella japol7ica which styIcts arc bcki:lg. The genus Odontobdella has been rcg,lrJed for 1011~~ limes as monotypic by SaGS (1966) and Sawyer (I c)S()) UltlCSS o 8 one further species Odontobde//a pol(/neci cUliid be discovered and described. The re-exam ill:ll it)!' of Figs. 5-8. Odol1lobdella krishna nov. sp. Fig. 5 : annulation Odontobdella blanchardi was based on author's type oCthe anterior body, Fig. 6 : annulation type collections of to po typic material from the 'terra typica' of posterior body, Fig. 7, 8 : Cocoons. 4 Rec. zoo!. Sun'. India

(Nesemann 1995). Although four Japanese islands are New generic position of two East-Asian Salifidae mentioned in the original description, Hondo (= The presence of two accessory copulatory pores is Honshu) is the type locality as per subsequent an external feature of genus Barbronia Johansson designation because of its first position (Oka 1910). (1918) or family Barbronidae according to few author's The Chinese leeches differ markedly in the view (EI-Shimy, 1998). Therefore two species of the arrangement and position of sty lets from their Japanese Chinese fauna are being preliminary transferred into allies, that they were removed from Odontobdella and genus Salifa Blanchard (1897) because the authors placed into a separate genus Sinodontobdella (Yang 1996, Yang, Wang & Zhang )997) do not mention Nesemann (2007). This new leech name was given to any accessory pores (Table-I). replace the Sinobdella Nesemann, 1995, which has been SUMMARY found pre-occupied by Sinobdella Kottelat & Lim, 1994, A new predatory leech sp. for a fish (Teleostei: Chaudhuriidae). Odonlobde/la krishna nov. is described from the River Ganga and Gandak at Beside the nomenclatural history of the East-Asian Patna. It differs from other hitherto known Salifidae in Salifidae, the papers of Oka (1910, 1922, 1926) arises South-Asia by the large size. The amphibious species several questions about the systematic unity of the has no eyes in adults; the segments are subdivided Japanese leeches studied by himself. In the original into six to eleven unequal annuli. Five rings separate description of Scaptobdella blanchardi Oka 1910, the the genital pores. The pharynx bears three pairs of leeches were distinguished by their annulations scheme minute stylets. The new leech shares many characters from Mimobdellajaponica Blanchard, 1897. Oka (1910) with the Japanese Odontobdella species and differs has included four different coloured forms into markedly from the Chinese allies, e.g. Sinodontobdella blanchardi, namely white bluish, brownish, dark reddish kinzelbachi. The discovery of Odontobdella krishna to nearly black dorsal side from a wide geographical sp. nov. fills a gap within the radiation of Salifidae. range including Honshu, Shikoku, Kyushu and Okinawa. Later Oka (1926 : 231, Fig. 15) described the ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS presence of 'three to six' large stylets in the pharynx. We are grateful to the Director, Zoological Survey In the figure one single stylet is shown and arr~nged of India, Kolkata for his support and encouragements. in caudal direction. Thus the number of stylets"might We are also very much thankful to Prof R.K. Sinha, be incompletely counted since three pairs are generally University Professor and Head, Department of found in Salifidae. The stylet-position in Oka's figure Environmental Sciences, Central University of Bihar, shows great affinities with findings ofNesemann (1995 : and support of Prof. Dr. K. Prasad, Department of 182, Fig. 62) and Yang (1996: 201, Fig. 115d). It is most Geology, Patna University, Patna, is duly acknowledged. likely that Oka's first observations were based on an We are very much thankful to Dr. Dilip K. Kedia, Ajit K. assemblage of Odontobdella and probably Singh and Dr. Samir K. Sinha for help during the Sinodontobdella, which have been distinguished later fieldwork. Thanks are also due to the scientific staff of by paying attention to the position and arrangement of Gangetic Plains Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of the pharyngeal stylets. India, Patna for their kind co operations.

REFERENCES Bandyopadhyay, P.K. & C.K. MandaI 2005. The occurrence of five leeches Barbronia weberi, Glossiphonia annandalei, Glossiphonia heteroclita, Glossiphonia reticulata and Placobdella undulata in West Bengal, India. Rec. zoo/. Surv. India, 105 (Part 3-4) : 93-101. Blanchard, R. 1897a. Hirudinees des Indes Neederlandaises. Zoologische Ergebnisse der Reise in Niederliindisch- Ostindien, 4 : 332-355. Blanchard, R. 1897b. Hirudineen Ost-Afrikas. Berlin, Die Thierwelt Ost Afrikas, 4 : 1-8, pI. I. Chandra, M. 1983. A check-list of leeches of India. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 80 : 265-290. EI-Shimy, N.A. 1996. Revision of the genus Barbronia Johansson, 1918 (Hirudinea: Erpobdellifonnes : Barbronidae) in Egypt.-Zoology in the Middle East, 12 : 99-104. Grosser, C. and P. Trontelj 2008. On the taxonomic status of Barbronia wuttkei (Kutschera, 2004) n. comb.-a leech species (Hirudinea: Salifidae) from a Gennan aquarium. Lauterbornia, 65 : 69-75. Table-I: List of leech species of Erpobdelliformes (fonner Erpobdellidae sensu Soos, 1966), which are preliminary added to Salifidac (Sav,'yer. 14X() I with three new combinations. Taxa of uncertain posItion are marked with asterisk. The Number of pairs of eyes is indicating: 1 labial pair +- number of the buccal pairs ~ number of the lateral pairs). SI. Taxon Author(s) and Year of Description Measurements of Number of pair No. Description Asian Species of eyes (L. x W. in mm) 1. Salifa perspicax Blanchard, 1897 Africa 48 x 4 1 + 6 2. *Salifa cambouei Blanchard, 1897 Madagascar, Reunion - - 3. Salifa lateroculata (Kaburaki, 1921) Asia, SE to Bali 14 x 3 1 +4(-5) 4. Salifa indica (Kaburaki, 1921) NW-India 45 x 4 1 + 5 5. Salifa heptamerata (Kaburaki, 1921) South-India 40 x 5 1 6. Salifa africana (Moore, 1939) Africa, Central to South 33.3 x 6.8 1 (minute) 7. Salifa elongata Moore, 1939 Africa, Central to North 75 x 2.9 Not visible 8. Salifa delicata (Moore, 1939) Africa, Tanganyika Lake 14.3 x 1.6 1 9. Salifa johanssonia Sawyer, 1986 Africa, White Nile 18 x 3.5 1 + 8 10. Salifa hainana Yang, 1996 China 24 x 3.5 1+3(-5) 11. Salifa zhejiangica nov. comb. (Yang, 1996) China 45 x 5 1 + 2 (small) 12. Salifa yunnanensis nov. comb. (Yang, VVang&Zhang, 1997) China 42 x 5.5 1 + 2 (small) 13. Salifa biharensis Nesemann, Sharma & Sinha, 2004 North-India: Bihar 50 x 5 1+2 14. Linta be Westergren & Siddall, 2004 Madagascar 35 1+4 15. Barbronia weberi (Blanchard, 1897) Asia to New Zealand 31 x 1.9 1+2 16. Barbronia rouxi Johansson, 1918 , New Guinea - 1 + 2 17. Barbronia weberi formosana (Oka, 1929) Japan, 33 1 + (1-2) 18. Barbronia arcana (Richardson, 1970) Australia - 1+2 19. Barbronia assiuti Hussein & EI-Shimy, 1982 Africa, Nile basin 40 1 + 2 20. Barbronia gwalagwalensis Westergren & Siddall, 2004 South-Africa 25 1 + 2 21. Barbronia wuttkei (Kutschera, 2004) Germany (aquarium) 19 x 2.5 1+2 22. Barbronia nepalensis Nesemann & Sharma, 2007 Central Himalaya, Nepal 34 x 5 1 (+ 2) 23. Barbronia shillongensis Nesemann, 2007 Kashi Hills, NE-India 30 x 4 1 (+ 2) 24. Odontobdella blanchardi (Oka, 1910) East-Asia 110 x 8 1 (+ 4) 25. *Odontobdella quadrioculata (Oka, 1922) lnle Lake, Myanmar 24 1 + 1 26. Odontobdella polaneci Nesemann, 1995 Japan 36 (1 minute) 27. Odontobdella krishna nov. spec. Bihar, North-India 77 x 6 Not visible 28. Sinodontobdella kinzelbachi Nesemann, 1995 China 45 1+4 29. *Scaptobdella horsti Blanchard, 1897 Java, Sumatra, Borneo, China 30 x 3 - 30. *Scaptobdella sumatrensis Harding, 1931 Sumatra - - 31. *Dineta cylindrica Goddard, 1908 Australia - 1 + 2 6 Rt.'('. zoo/. Surv. India

Harding, W.A. & Moore, J.P. 1927. Hirudinea. The fauna of British India. including Ceylon and Burma.­ London, Taylor & Francis, 302 pp. Hussein, M.A., Kinzelbach, R. & EI-Shimy, N.A. 1988. A key for freshwater Hirudinea of Egypt.-Bulletin of the Faculty of Science, Assiut University, 17 : 29-43. Johansson, L. 1913. Hirudineen aus dem Sudan.-Results of the Swedish E. .... pedition to Egypt and the White Nile, 1907, No. 24 : 42 pp., pI. I. Johansson, L. 1918. Hirudineen aus Neu-Caledonien und den Neuen Hebride11. -In Sarasin & Roux : Nova Caledonia, A, Zoologie, 2, Lief. 4, p. 373-396. Kaburaki, T 1921. Notes on some Leeches in the Collection of the Indian Museum. -Records of the Indian Museum, 22 (5): 689-719. Kottelat, M. and Lim, K.K.P. 1994. Diagnoses of two new genera and three new species of earthworm eels from the Malay Peninsula and Borneo (Teleostei: Chaudhuriidae).-Ichthyological Exploration of Freshwaters 5(1) : 181-190. Mandai, C.K. 2004a. Check-List of the Hirudinea (Leeches) of India.-Rec. zoo!. Sun: India. t02 (Part 1-2) : 41-46. Mandai, C.K. 2004b. Placobdella harasundarai (Hirudinea: Glossiphoniidae) a new species of leech from West Bengal, India.-Rec. zoo!. Surv. India, 103 (Part 1-2) : 99-102. MandaI, C.K. 2004c. Endemic Leech Fauna of India.-Rec. zoo!. Surv. India. t03 (Part 1-2): 103-110. MandaI, C.K. 2004d. Paraclepsis gardensi (Hirudinea: Glossiphoniidae) a new species of leech from West Bengal, India.-Rec. zool. Surv. India, 103 (Part 1-2) : 111-114. MandaI, C.K. 2009. Haemadipsa Anaigundensis sp. nov. (Hirudinea: Haemadipsidae) a new species of Leech from Tamil Nadu, India.-Rec. zoo!. Surv. India, 109 (Part 3). Moore, J.P. 1939. Additions to our Knowledge of African Leeches (Hirudinea).~Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 90 : 297-360. Nesemann, H. 1995. On the morphology and taxonomy of the Asian leeches (Hirudinea: Erpobdellidae, Salifidae).­ Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientarum Hungaricae, 41 (3) : 165-182, Budapest. Nesemann, H., Sharma, G. & Sinha, R. K. 2004. Aquatic Annelida (Polychaeta, Oligochaeta, Hirudinea) of the Ganga River and adjacent water bodies in Patna (India: Bihar), with description of a new leech species (Family Salifidae).-Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien, 105 B : 139-187. Nesemann, H., Sharma, S., Sharma, G., Khanal, S.N., Pradhan, B., Shah, D.N. & Tachamo, R.D. 2007. Aquatic Invertebrates of the Ganga River System: Volume I-, Annelida, Crustacea (in part), 263 pp., published by Hasko Nesemann, Chandi Press, Kathmandu. Oka, A. 1910. Synopsis der Japanischen Hirudineen, mit Diagnosen der Neuen Species.-Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, 7: 165-183. aka, A. 1926. Sur les deux genre Mimobdella Blanchard et Odontobdella nov. gen.-Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, 10 : 243-253. Sawyer, R.T 1986. Leech biology and behaviour, Vol. II. Feeding biology, ecology, and systematics. Oxford University Press, : 419-793. Sket, B. & Trontelj, P. 2008. Global diversity of leeches (Hirudinea) in freshwater.-Hydrobiologia, 595 : 129-137. Soos, A. (1966) Identification Key to the Leech (Hirudinoidea) Genera of the World, with a Catalogue of the Species. III. Family Erpobdellidae.-Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientarum Hungaricae, 12 (3-4) : 371-407. Westergren, S. & Siddall, M. E. 2004. Two New Species of Salifid Leeches (Arhynchobdellida: Erpobdelliformes: Salifidae) from and Madagascar.-American Museum Novitates, 3456 : 1-6. Yang, T 1996. Annelida Hirudinea.-In : Editorial Committee of Fauna Sinica, Academia Sinica Vol. 92, 252 pp, ISBN 7-03-004560-2, Science Press Beijing, China. Yang, T; Wang, D. & Zhang, Y. 1997. A New Species and New Record of Freshwater Leeches from China (Arhynchobdellidae: Salifidae ).-Zoological Research, 18 (4) : 383-388. R A : D '. 'riplion o/a n w p, de ' 0 the ie,e h/ami~v alifidae ...... Ganga at Patna, Bihar 7

12

13

bOllotohdella kri' hna n v, p, Fig. 9 : lateral vie\¥. 'g. I : ' ntral vi'ew 'g., 1 : d, r ,al vi w f type P cln n .

14

h llotobd lla kri hna I I <0. p. Fig. 12 : Dor al View of fuBy _xtended specimen with two cocoon " 'g. 1 : contracted pecimen, Fig. 14: H,abit type spedInen.

Re('. :oo/. SWT. India: 1l1(Part-3): 9-19,2012

ON A COLLECTION OF EULOPHIDAE (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDOIDEA) FROM SUNDERBANS BIOSPHERE RESERVE OF WEST BENGAL, INDIA

P. GIRISH KUMAR, T.e. NARENDRAN* AND S.I. KAzMI Zoological Survey of India, M-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700053, West Bengal, India E-mail: [email protected][email protected] *Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Department of Zoology, University of Calicut-673635, Kerala, India E-mail: [email protected]

INTRODUCTION All the specimens except Chrysonotomyia The Sunderbans area is composed of a group of postmarginaloides (Saraswat) and Leptocybe invasa Islands from the mouth of the river Hoogly on the west Fisher & LaSalle were collected by using sweep net and extending up to the river Meghna in the east, specially made for the purpose. C. postmarginaloides covering North and South 24 Parganas districts of West and L. invasa were reared from the leaf galls of Bengal in India and Khulna and Barishal districts in Mangifera indica and respectively. The Bangladesh. It lies approximately 87°51'-91 °30' east card mounted specimens were studied under Leica MZ longitude and 21 °31' -22°30' north latitude. It is 6 stereozoom microscope (Switzerland) and the considered as the largest single mangrove belt of the photographs were made by using Sam sung (Model PL world. comprising an area of 9827 sq. km. of which 50~ 10.2 megapixels and 3x optical zoom) digital camera 4264 sq. km. comes under India. In 1989, the Government while specimens kept under the microscope. of India declared the entire Indian Sunderbans (9630 sq. Acronyms for museums and depositories: ANIC = km.: mangrove belt plus nearby villages) as Sunderbans Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, Biosphere Reserve. Due to its unique ecosystem, it has Australia~ BMNH = The Natural History Museum, also been declared a World Heritage site in 1989. It is London, England; BPBM = Bernice Pauahi Bishop the largest estuary delta in the world with extremely Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii; NZSI = National Zoological rich diversity of aquatic and terrestrial flora and fauna. Collections, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, India~ Lulophidae is one of the economically important QMB = Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Australia~ SAMA = South Australian Museum, Adelaide, t~ll1lilies ofChalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). Many species Australia; SEA = School of Entomology, St. John's of this t~lInily are parasitic on insect pests of agricultural College, Agra, India~ USNM United States National crops. In continuation of our explorations of the = Museum, Washington DC, USA~ ZDAMU = Insect chalcidoid fauna of Sunderbans (Narendran & Girish Collections, Department of Zoology, Aligarh Muslim Kumar, 2009a & b: Narendran et al., 2010), we are University, Aligarh, India~ ZSIK = Western Ghats reporting here 20 species of eulophids of which 13 Regional Centre, Zoological Survey of India. Kozhikode, species are new record from Sunderbans Biosphere Kerala, India. Resen'e and 11 species are new record from West Bengal State. The following abbreviations for terms are used in the text: CC = Costal cell; F I-F3 = Funicular segments J\;IATERIAL AND METHODS I to 3; MS = Malar sulcus; MY = Marginal vein; SLG = The collections were taken from several localities in Sublateral grooves or sulcus or line of scutellum; SMG = the Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve. All the identified Submedian grooves or sulcus or line of scutellum; specimens are deposited in the "National Zoological SMY = Submarginal vein; STY = Stigmal vein; T 1-T6 = Collections' of the Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Gastral tergites 1 to 6. 10 Rt!c. ::001. SUIT. India

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT 19XX. Elacht!rtus lligril/lOnn (Girault) : Boucek, 642. Family EULOPHIDAE 20 I 1. Elacht!rtus I1Igril/lOrax (Girault) : Narendran, 11 1. Subfamily ENTEOONINAE Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.73 mm. Head and I. Chrysonotomyia postmarginaloides (Saraswat) thorax black; gaster blackish brown; antenna dark (Image I) brown except scape and pedicel pale brownish yellow; eyes dark brown; ocelli retlecting yellow; tegula brown; 1975. Tetras t iehus pos tmarginaloides Saraswat, 19,· Holotype Cj!, India: Shencottah Gap (USNM). legs pale brownish yellov.' except all coxa blackish 1981. Chl)'sonotomyia postrnarginaloides (Saraswat) : Khan brown; wings hyaline and veins pale brown. & Shafee, 351. lv/aleria/ examined: I'~ IN DIA : West Bengal, 1981. Ch,ysonotomyia kerriehi Khan & Shafee, 348, Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., Holotype Cj!, India : Aligarh (ZOAMU). Synonymy by Hayat & Perveen, in Hayat et al., 2005 : 7. Haldibari, 27.iii.200R, ColI. P. (lirish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 12557/H3); 19, Netidhopani, 3 \'iii.2008, ColI. P. Diagnosis: Female: Length 2.34 mm. Body yellow except for dorsomedian metallic coppery-green and Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 1255X/H3): 1 9 , lharkhali, green patch on mesonotum and scutellum respectively; 3.iv.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 125591 head reddish brown; antennae dark brown with scape H3). yellowish brown; eyes dark red; legs pale yellow; T3- Dislrihlltioll : India: Karnataka, West Bengal (new T6 with brownish black transverse band; ovipositor record) (Australia, China). sheath brownish black; wings hyaline. 4. Ela.wnus punensis Mani & Saraswat < Material examined: 1 ~ INDIA: West Bengal, (Image 4) \ Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., 1972. Elasl11us pUllcllsis Mani & Sar~wat, 479, Holotype Chamta, 28.iii.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Cj!, India: Pune (USNM). No. 125551H3). 2011. Elasmlls PlIIlCI1.\/S Mani & Saraswat : Narendran, 170. Host: The studied specimen reared from the leaf 2009a. Elasmus plIllt!llsis Mani & Saraswat : Narendran and galls of Mangifera indica (Family: Anacardiaceae). Girish Kumar, 92. Distribution : India : Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.5-2.5 mm. Yellowish West Bengal (new record) (). brown or pale brownish yellow~ middle coxa dark brown 2. Pseudosecodes calicuticus Narendran or black on basal half; head with ocellar triangle, axillae, (Image 2) propodeum, a spot on base of first gastral tergite on 2006. Pseudoseeodes ealieutieus Narendran, Narendran et aI., either side, an obscure narrow patch above near base 561-563, Holotype Cj!, India: Kerala (ZSIK). of hind coxa; ovipositor sheath brownish black. Diagnosis: Female: Length 3.2 mm. Dark metallic Material examined: 1 ¥ INDIA: West Bengal, green reflections with the following parts as follows: Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., eyes pale yellow with a dark tinge; ocelli reflecting pale Bagabadpur, 25.xi.2007, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, brownish yellow; tegula pale brownish yellow; legs with Regd. No.1 06051H3); I ~ , Murir lhabri, 30.iii.2008, Coil. coxae concolorous with body; femora concolorous with P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 12560/H3). body except base and apex paler; trochanter yellow; tibiae mostly yellow with weak brownish band in middle; Distribution : India : Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, first three tarsal segments yellow, fourth brown; wings Kerala, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, West hyaline with veins pale brown. Bengal ().

Material examined: 1 ~, INDIA : West Bengal, 5. Elasmus anticles Walker Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., (Image 5) Dwarikapur, 24.xi.2007, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, 1846. Elasmlls antides walker, 1XI, Holotype 9, India : Regd. No. 125561H3). Bombay (BMNH). Distribution: India: Kerala, West Bengal (new 2011. Elasmlls antides walker: Narendran, 137. record). Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.3-2.13 mm. Black with Subfamily EULOPHINAE green reflections on head, mesosomal dorsum and on 3. Elachertus nigrithorax (Girault) sides of basal T 1; tegula dark brown; mesoscutum with (Image 3) a yellow spot on each side near tegula; scutellum black 1913. Pseudelaehertus nigrithorat Girault, 260, Holotype with slight metallic refringence; metanotum yellow at Cj! , Australia: Queensland (QMB). base of posterior hyaline extended part; legs dark brown Kll1\, 1A R ('{ £I/. : 011 (/ col/celioll oj Eu/opliiclae (Hymenoptera .. C/w!t'idoidea) ./hJlll SUllderhans ...... Bengal, India 1 1 with lruL'iwnters. apical half of fore femur, apices and brown; ocel1i reflecting yellow; tegula brown; legs middk of hind femur and tibiae of all legs pale yellow. yellow except all coxae and tips of tarsi dark brown; (jaslL'r slightly longer than head and mesosoma wings hyaline and veins pale brown. l'Pl11hined. Material examined: 1 ~, INDIA : West Bengal, .\Iaferial examilled : 79, INDIA: West Bengal, Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve. S-24 Parganas dist., Gosaba, 26.iii.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. NClidlwpani. J l.iii.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, No. 12571/H3). Rl'gd. Nos. 12561/H3 to 1256 7/H3); 1 ~, Sudhanyakhali, Distribution: India: West Bengal (Japan, Peoples' 1.i\'.2()O~. ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NlSI, Regd. No. 12568/ Republic of China, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, United 113). Arab Emirates, ). nislriblll;ol1 : India: Gujarat, Jharkhand, Kamataka, Remarks: Earlier Kamijo (1976) reported this species KcraJa. ~ladhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, from India without mentioning the state or exact llttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, West Bengal (new record) collection locality. Most probably, new record for West (Bangladesh. ). Bengal. 6. Hellliptarsenus varicornis (Girault) Subfamily TETRASTICHlNAE (Image 6) S. Aprostocetus bangaloricus Narendran Il) 1J. Erig~\'ploidells varicornis Girault, 154, Holotype ~, (llTIage 8) Australia: South Australia (SAMA). 19X8. Hemiptarsenus varicornis (Girault) : Boucek, 627. 2003. Aprostocetlls bangaloricus Narendran, (in Hayat et al.), 323, Holotype ~, India: Bangalore (ZSIK). 20 II. Hemipfarsenus \'aricornis (Girault) : Narendran, 279. 2009a. Aprostocetus bangaloriclls Narendran : Narendran and Diagnosis : Female: Length 1.23 mm. Head and Girish Kumar, 91. mesosoma blackish brown to black~ gaster dark brown~ Diagnosis : Female : Length 1.22-1.25 mm. antenna dark brown except scape pale brown~ eyes Predominantly black with slight metallic reflections on dark brown~ ocelli reflecting black~ tegula dark brown~ head and mesosoma; flagellum brown; scape, pedicellus, all coxa concolorous with mesosoma except at apex pale femora, trochanters, tibiae, tarsi and tegulae pale yellow: mid and hind femur yellowish brown~ all brownish yellow; coxa dark brown; T 1 and sides of T2 trochanters and remaining parts of legs pale brownish pale yellowish brown; wings hyaline, veins pale whitish ydlow except at apical tarsal ,seglnents brown; wings yellow. Mesoscutum with 4 adnotaular setae~ pedicellus hyaline and veins pale brown. plus flagellum O.8Sx width of meso soma; MV 3.15x as Alaterial examined : 2 ~ INDIA: West Bengal, long as STY; gaster 1.16x as long as mesosoma. Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., MaJerial examined : 1 ~, INDIA : West Bengal; Sajnekhali, I .iv.200S, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve; S-24 Parganas dist.; Nos. 125691H3 & 12570/H3). Dwarikapur, 24.xi.2007, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Distribution : India : Karnataka, Kerala, Regd. No.1 0558/H3). ivlaharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, West Bengal Distribution: India: Kamataka, West Bengal. (new record) (Australia, Canary Islands, China, , Figi, Ghana, Guam, Hawaii, Indopesia, Iran, Japan, 9. Aprostocetlls benazeer N arendran . Madeira, Malaysia, New Caledonia, , (Image 9) Peoples' Republic of China, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, 2007. Aprostocetus benazeer ,Narendran, 44, Holotype ~, Seychelles, Spain. Sri Lanka, Sudan~ Taiwan, , India: Pattambi (NZSI). Turkey. ). Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.63 mm. FlagellUlTI 7. SYl1lpiesis striatipes (Ashmead) brownish black; pedicellus and scape yellow, head (Image 7) black; pronotum yellow with median region and posterior part near scapula black; pronotal spiracle pale 1904. Eulophus striatipes Ashmead, 165, Holotype ~,Japan ( USNNl). yellow; Inesoscutum and scapula ye1iow~ (lxllI~ ),-:lbw 1976. Sympiesis strialipes (Ashmead) : Kamijo, 486-488. with brown patch at apex; scutellUlTI black with pale 20 II. Sympiesis striatipes (Ashmead) : Narendran, 383. brownish yellow on sides; prepectus and tegula yellow; Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.5 mm. Head and thorax mesopleuron and metapleuron black with upper part of black: gaster blackish brown; antenna and eyes dark mesopleuron pale brownish yellow; propodeum black; 12 legs yellow with basal upper part near propodeum of Diagnosis : F~male : L~ngth 1.50 111111. Body reddish hind coxa slightly brown and slight brownish tinge on brown to black with m~tallic grt?t?nish hlut? luster: I~gs outer and middle femora: all pretarsi dark brown: gaster yellowish brown with hind co\.a dorsally hlack: antenna black with base yellow: wings hyaline. Pedicellus plus with 1 anellus: postocellar line 1.5:\ ucdlocular line: flagellum I .58x width of mesosoma: mesoscutum with 4 t()rewing 2.4x as long as broad: 1\1\' .i.n5:\ as long as adnotaular rows of setae on either side: propodeal STY: hind femur 1.25:\ as long as \\ idt?: gaster 1.5x as spiracle partly covered by callus: MV 4.8x as long as long as mesosoma. laterally compressed: 0\ ipositor long STY exerted from ventrally far ahead of abdominal tip. A1ateria! cxamined : 1

nillgllosis : Female: Length 1 mm. Dark brown with brown with pale scape; mouth slightly pale; legs pale 10\\ cr frons. mesoplcura. metapleura. coxae and gastral yellow with hind coxa brown and reflecting metallic tcrgites light brown~ antenna pale brownish yellow with green; fourth tarsal segment and pretarsus brown; scape. pcdicelllls. anelli. F 1 pale yellow~ tegula pale wings hyaline. Eye length 1.06x its maximum width in yellow: legs except fore coxae pale yellow with fOUl1h profile; F 1 nearly 2x as long as pedicellus; pedicellus tarsal segment and pretarsi brown: wings hyaline. SMY plus flagellum about 1.8x width of mesoscutum; anterior \\ ith 3 dorsal setae: MY 2.83x as long as STY. pair of scutellar setae placed a little before middle of ,\lalcrilll ('xwllilled : 1 Sf!. INDIA: West Bengal; scutellum; hind coxa 2x as long as broad; CC 0.74x as SUllderbans Biosphere Reserve: S-24 Parganas dist.: long as MY. [)"arikapur. 24.xi.2007. ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI. Material examined: I Sf!, INDIA : West Bengal; Rcgd. No. I 0561/H3). Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve; S-24 Parganas dist.; /)isll'lhlllioll : India: Kerala. Maharashtra, Uttar Bagabadpur, 25.xi.2007, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Pradesh. West Bengal. Regd. No. 10593/H3). 14. Lepto(l'be invasa Fisher & LaSalle Distribution: India: Kerala, West Bengal. (Image 14) 16. Neotrichoporoides galia Narendran & Santhosh 2004. LL'ploc.ybe im'(lsa Fisher & LaSalle. (in Mendel et al.), (Image 16) 103. Female. Male, Holotype

Alalerial examined: 31 Sf! , INDIA : West Bengal; on body pale white. Scape exceeding level of vertex; Sllnderbans Biosphere Reserve; S-24 Parganas dist.; midlobe of mesoscutum with 7 adnotaular setae in Ragabadpur. 25.xi.2007, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, irregular double rows, posterior pair longer than other Regd. Nos. 10562/H3 to 10592/H3). pairs; forewing 3.47x as long as its maximum width: tip of hypopygium reaching middle of gaster. Host : Specimens reared from leaf galls of ElIca~l'PtltS . Material examined: I Sf! , INDIA : West Bengal, Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist., Do Dislrihlltion : India : Andhra Pradesh, Kamataka, Banki, 27.iii.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Kerala, Tamil Nadu. West Bengal (Algeria, Iran, Israel, No. 12576/H3); I Sf! , Murir Dabri, 29.iii.2008, ColI. P. Italy, Jordan, Kenya. Morocco, Spain, Syria, Turkey and Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 12577/H3); I Sf! ). Sajnekhali, l.iv.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Remarks: This is a serious pest of Euca~vptus and No. 12578/H3); I Sf! , Sudhanyakhali, l.iv.2008, ColI. P. has widely affected the ElIca~l'ptus plantations In Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 12579/H3); 2 ~ . Jharkhali, Sunderbans. 3.iv.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Nos. 105801 15. Neotrichoporoides curiosus Narendran & H3 & 125811H3). Girish Kumar Distribution : India : Kerala, Tamil Nadu, West (Image 15) Bengal. 2006. XL'Olrichoporoides clirioslls Narendran & Girish Remarks : This is the new record of this species Kumar. in Narendran et aI., 12-13, Holotype

2007 . .\('olrici1ojJoroide" idllkkiell.\is (l\arelldlan I : bn)\\'Il: all co.\ae concolorolls \\ ith mesosoma. remaining ~arendran, 1)6,\)7. segments yello\\' \\ ith a slight reddish tint on 0.85 part Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.7 mm. Body metallic of its length from base: apical n. 15 part yellow: pretarsi green: antenna brown with basal part of scape sl ightly brown: wings hyaline. Eye height ~.14x MS: fore wing paler: fore and mid coxae brown: hind coxa concolorolls about ~Jn.\ its width: gaster 1.~6x as long as mesosoma. with mesosoma and other parts of legs yellowish \\hite: ,\/u/criul C\-,IIJlilll'd : 10 if> INDIA: West Bengal: tegula pale yellowish white: puhescence on hody white: Sunderbans Bio~phere Reserve: S-24 Parganas dist.: Wings hyaline. Scape exceeding a little ahove level of DwarikapuL ~4 ..\i .2007. Coil. P. Girish Kumar (NZSL vertex: mesoscutum \\'ith 3 pairs of adnotaular setae. Regd. Nos. 10594/ H3 to I 0603/H3): 1 ~ Bagabadpur, Afaterial examined: 22, INDIA: \\:'est Bengal. 25.xi.~O()7. ColI. P. Girish Kumar. Regd. No. 10604/H3 Sunderhans Biosphere Reserve, S-:24 Parganas dis!.. (NZSI). Nlurir Jhahri, 29.iii.2008, Call. P. Girish Kumar (NZSL Distrihutiol1 : India: Kerala. West Bengal. Regd. Nos. l0582/H3 & 12583/H3): I 2, Sajnekhali, l.iv.2008, Call. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. No. 1258 ..1-/ ~(). Tetl'a.\·tich liS epilach"ae (G iard) H3). (Image 20) Distrihution : India : Kerala, West Bengal (new I ~l)6. Lygel/II,' epJ!uc!lIwc Giard, ~3l). Syntypes. France: Saint-Roeh. near Valenciennes (Narendran. 2007 stated record). that types arc 110t located). 18. Neotrichoporoides viridbllaClilatlls (Fullaway) 19"+0. Tl.'lrasliell1l\ joh/o)J()I\skii SLclenyi. R6, Holotype ''fJ, (Image 18) Hungary : Blldape~t. Harmashatarhegy. II.vi. 193..+ (Synonymiscd with ('!lif(/( ';III({C hy Domcnichini 1966,. 1955. BlIrksia \'iridimacli/ata Fulla\\'ay, ..+ \ 0, Holotype 9, 92. Hawaii: Honolulu (BrBM). 1987. Seofriclloporoides \'iridilJ1(JclI/atlis (Fullaway) : 2007. Tctros/icl/ll.\ (,/Ji/o( )1Il0C ( iiard I : Narendran, 256. Graham, 67. Diagllosis : Female: Length) .J- 2 mm. Body black Diagnosis: Female: Length 1.93 mm. Yellow with with weak hluish or greenish tinge; antenna with I characteristic pattern of black or metallic green anellus; F2 1.4-l.43x as long as hroad: clava about as markings; antenna with scape as long as or a little longer long as F2 and F3 comhined: mesosclltum with distinct than eye; SMG of scutellum absent or faintly indicated median line: SMV with single dorsal seta; CC of in part; surface relatively smooth and shiny with fine forewing very narrow, more than lOx as long as broad. engraved reticulations; gaster slightly longer than head Alaterial examined: I ~. INDIA : West Bengal. plus mesosoma, 2.3-3x as long as broad. Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve. S-24 Parganas dist., A1aterial examined: 1 ~. INDIA : West Bengal. Burir Dabri, 29.iii.2008. ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSI, Regd. Sunderbans Biosphere Reserve, S-24 Parganas dist.. No. 12595/H3): 1 ~ . Sajnekhali. l.iv.2008, Call. P. Girish Chamta, 28.iii.2008, ColI. P. Girish Kumar (NZSL Regd. Kumar (NZSL Regd. No. ] 2596/H3); 3 ~. lharkhali, No. 125851H3); 3

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS first author is also grateful to Dr. S.N. Ghosh, Senior The first and the third authors are grateful to Dr. K. Research Officer, West Bengal Biodiversity Board for Vcnkataraman, Director, Zoological Survey of India, his valuable helps during the collection of some Kulkata for providing facilities and encouragement. The specimens for our studies. The authors thank Mr. Mridul second author is grateful to the authorities of University Purakayasha, IT Assistant (Data Entry), ENVIS Centre, of Calieut, Kcrala for providing research facilities. The ZSI, Kolkata for editing the photographs.

REFERENCES Ashmead, W.H. 1904. Descriptions of new Hymenoptera from Japan. II. Journal of the New York Entomological S(}cie~l', 12(3): 146-165. Boueek. Z. 1988. Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). A biosystematic revision of genera of fourteen ./lllnilies, with a reclassification ofspecies: 832pp. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, U.K. Domeniehini, G. 1966. I Tetrastichini (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) palearctici ed I loro ospiti. Bollettino di Zoologia Agraria e di Bachicoltura, 6(2) : 61-205. Fullaway. D.T. 1955. Description of a new genus and species of parasitic wasp (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae). Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society, 15 : 409-410. Giard, A. 1896. Retard dans I' evolution determine par anhydrobiose chez un Hymenoptera cha1cidien (Lygellus epilachnae n. gen. n. sp.). Comptes Rendus des Seaaces. de la Societe de Biologie, Paris, 3(10) : 837-839. Girault, A.A. 1913. Australian Hymenoptera Cha1cidoidea-IV. The family Eulophidae with descriptions of new genera and species. Memoirs Queensland Museum, 2 : 140-296. Graham, M.W.R. de V. 1987. A reclassification of the European Tetrastichinae (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), with a revision of certain genera. Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History, Entomology, 51( 1) : 1-392. Hayat, M., Aftab, H. and Perveen, S. 2005, Taxonomic notes on some Indian Eulophidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea)-2. On the types of some Eulophinae, Entedoninae and Euderinae. Oriental , 39 : 1-14. Hayat, M., Narendran, T.C., Remadevi, O.K. and Manikandan, S. 2003. Parasitoids (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea : Ceraphronoidea) reared mainly from Coccoidea (Homoptera) attacking sandalwood, Santalum album L. Oriental Insects, 37 : 309-334. Husain. T. and Khan, M.Y. 1986. Family Eulophidae. (In : Subba Rao, B.R.; Hayat, M. (Eds.)-The Cha1cidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera) of India and the adjacent countries). Oriental Insects, 20 : 211-245. Kamijo. K. 1976. Notes on Ashmead's and Crawford's types of Eulophidae (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea) from Japan. Kontyu, 44(4) : 482-495. Khan, M.Y. and Shafee, S.A. 1981. New species of the genus Chrysonotomyia Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) from India. Journal of Bombay Natural History Society, 78 : 348-351. Kurian. C. 1954. Descriptions of some new chalcids (parasitic Hymenoptera) from India. Agra Univel~sity Journal o.lResearch (Science), 3( 1) : 119-134. Mani. M.S. and Kurian, C. 1953. Descriptions and records of chalcids from India. Indian Journal of Entomology, 15(1 ) : 1-22. ivlani. M.S. and Saraswat, G.G 1972. On some Elasmus (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) from India. Oriental Insects, 6: 459-506. NlendeL Z .. Protasov, A., Fisher, N. and LaSalle, 1. 2004. Taxonomy and biology of Leptocybe invasa gen. and sp. nov. (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) an invasive inducer on Eucalyptus. Australian Journal of En tom 0 logv, 43 : I 0 1-1 13. Narendran. TC. 2007. Indian Chalcidoid Parasitoids of the Tetrastichinae (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), Records of Zoological Survey of India, Occasional Paper No., 272 : 1-386+ 5pp plates. Narendran. TC. 20 11. Fauna ofIndia, Eulophinae (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) : 1-342 (Published by the Director, Zoo!. Surv. India, Kolkata). Narendran, TC .. Girish Kumar, P. and Santhosh, S. 2005. On a new genus and two new species of Eulophidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) from Oriental Region. Journal of Experimental Zoology India, 8(2) : 269- 274. 16 Rcc. ::001. SUIT. India

Narendran, T.C., Girish Kumar, P., Santhosh, S. and Jiley, M.C. 2006. A revision of Neotrichoporoidcs Girault (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) from India. Oriental Insects. 40 : 1-21. Narendran, T.C. and Girish Kumar, P. 2009a. Taxonomic studies on a collection of chaleidoid wasps (Hymenoptera: Chaleidoidea) from Sunderbans, West Bengal, India. Records of Zoological Sun'cy (~llndia. 109( 1) : 89- 96. Narendran, T.C. and Girish Kumar, P. 2009b. Three new species ofPteromalidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) from Sunderbans, West Bengal, India. Journal of Environment & Sociobiology. 6(2) : 123-1 JO. Narendran, T.C., Girish Kumar, P. and Vastrad, A.S. 2010. Two new species of Megastigmlls Dalman (Hymenoptera: Torymidae) from India, with a revised key to Indian species. Records of Zoological SUlTey (~l India. 110(2) : 1-6. Narendran, T.C. Sheeba, M. Santhosh, S. Jiley, M.C. and Peter, A. 2006. A preliminary revic\\ of [\l'lfdo.\;ecodes Girault (Hymenoptera : Chalcidoidea : Eulophidae). Indian Journal ot' Environment lind f:coplanning 12(3) : 559-564. Noyes, lS. 2003. Universal Chalcidoidea Database. Updated. http://www.nhm.ac.uki entomolog~/chacidoids (Accessed on September, 2011). Saraswat, GG. 1975. On some Tetrastichus (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) from India. Mem. Schoo/l:nf. .';, .John \ College. Agra, No.4: 1-34. Szelenyi, G. von. 1940. A lusemabode (Subcoccinella vigintiquatuorpunctata L.) es eloskodoje : 71..'(!"u.\(icl!us jablonowskii n. sp. Jb. AmH. Pfl Gesundh Dienstes Budapest (Novenyegeszsegugyi Evkony\). 1 : X3-XX. Walker, F. 1846. Characters of some undescribed species of chalcidids. Annals and lvlaga::ine 0/ Nalill (//llisrOl~\', (1)17: 117-185. R ' t ar : On a I oUe tiOf1 of Eu loph ida (Hymenoptera : Chalcidold aJ from underban ...... Ben ' ai, India 17 R C 200/. un: India

9

11 g., II. Apr.o.st,ocetlls kllrialli

arendran. Female.

eotrkhopoI'oides "II rio It arendran & or. h Kumar. Fema'ie. KUMAR t'l /1. : (n a col/

PLAr

17

i '. 11. , eo(ric/wpol'

20

Fig. 19. Telraslid,tl dlllcicu/us arendran. Female. Fi . 20. Tetrastidtus epi/achnae (Giard). em ale.

Rec. ::oul. SUIT. India: 1l1(Part-3) : 21-25, 2012

STATUS SURVEY OF THE KHASI HILLS ROCK TOAD (BUFOIDES MEGHALAYANA) AT CHERRAPUNJEE, MEGHALAYA

KAUSHIK DEUTI, SUKUMAR RAY AND SWAPAN KUMAR DEY Zoological Survey of india, 27, lawaharlal Nehru Road, Kolkata-700016

INTRODUCIlON AND BRIEF mSTORY breed in running water of streams like Ghatophryne, The Khasi Hills Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana) led these authors to accommodate the species in a new was first collected on 17th April, 1970 amongst the leaf genus Bufoides. axils of Screw Pine trees (Pandanusfurcatus) from the Das et af. (2009) re-discovered the species from the plateau of a large hill at Mawblang, about 5 km south"" deep horizontal cleft of a sandstone boulder along a east of Cherrapunjee town in East Khasi Hills district dry rocky stream about 100 meters from Mawblang of Meghalaya State, Northeastern India by G.M. Yazdani village. The toads exhibited "unken" reflex and both and S.K. Chanda. The collectors described the species sexes were found to possess parotoid glands. as Ansonia meghalayana assuming its relationship with Specimens reported earlier as Bufoides Ghatophryne ornata of Brahmagiri hills in Coorg, meghalayana from Ngengpui Wildlife Sanctuary and Karnataka due to "absence of parotoid glands" but Dampa Tiger Reserve in Mizoram by Pawar and Birand thought it distinct from it by presence of cranial ridges (2001) and the one collected from Tura in Garo hills of and the hidden tympanum (Yazdani and Chanda, 1971). Meghalaya by Firoz Ahmed were examined and found The describers observed the species breeding in the to be undescribed species of the genus Bufoides which leafaxils of screw pines where they also collected egg is endemic to India and currently considered monotypic capsules measuring 91-122 mm with 23-40 eggs in them, (Das et af., 2009). each measuring about 4 mm in diameter. They presumed that these tiny toads migrated to the screw pine trees METHODOLOGY from elsewhere for breeding purpose and bred in the To determine the population status of the Khasi rain water accumulated in the leafaxils due to non­ Hills Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana) in and around availahility of suitable water bodies on the Mawblang Cherrapunjee, Meghalaya, a status survey tour was plateau and also to secure better protection for their conducted for 16 days from 25 th June to 11 th July, 2010 brood. in the above mentioned areas of the East Khasi Hills. Later Pillai and Yazdani (1973) again surveyed the The three-member survey team conducted day and Mawblang area of Cherrapunjee where they found night surveys in all places likely to harbour this Rock these toads breeding only in elevated pot-holes on Toad. This included the plateau of Mawblang, rocky boulders, half a meter above the ground. These pot­ ravines around Mawsmai caves, Eco-park and holes were 12-25 cm in diameter and 25-40 cm in depth, Thangkharang Park, hill streams near Saitsophen contained only 1-3 liters of water and sheltered up to (Lower Sohra), areas around Mawmluh Cement Factory 400 metamorphosed toadlets but no eggs or dead and the areas with screw pine vegetation atop tadpoles. These authors concluded that the tadpoles Nohkhalikhai and Dainthlein Waterfalls. These areas of this species fed on eggs and dead tadpoles in the were first visited during the daytime and possible pot-holes or resorted to cannibalism. The small size of habitats of the Rock Toad were earmarked which were the tadpoles and comparatively short larval duration visited during the evening with powerful torch lights supported their conclusion. Due to absence of sucker­ to locate these unique anurans. GPS readings were like oral discs in tadpoles and as the adults do not taken at all these sites to determine the exact localities 22 Rec. zoo/. Sur\!. India of occurrence of these amphibians using a Garmin C -12 The adult Rock Toads were found hiding inside several Global Positioning System. Air temperatures inside the clefts of sandstone boulders in the stream. However, rock crevices where these toads were located were also the total population in this stream was definitely less taken with a digital thermometer. than 50. Second Stream : OBSERVATIONS AND RESULTS Another stream on the southern side of the The Khasi Hills Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana) Mawblang plateau (25.13857 N, 9] .43916 E and altitude: was located at only three sites among all the areas 1113 meters above mean sea level) also sheltered a few surveyed in and around Cherrapunjee town of the East Rock Toads This stream was Khasi Hills, Meghalaya. The names, geographical co­ (Bufoides meghalayana). ordinates and altitude of these three sites are given less steep and less rocky with few sandstone boulders. However this stream was more shaded with screw pine below: trees. There was more water in the stream than the 1) Rock-crevices inside sandstone boulders in the previous one although the stream did not have running wet stream on the eastern side of Mawblang plateau: water in June-July. Most of the water was restricted to 25.13893-25.13898 N huge rock-pools on the stream-bed and they all 91.44018-91.44020 E contained hundreds of tadpBles of the Twin-spotted Between the altitudes of 1084-1093 meters above mean Tree Frog (Rhacophorus bipunctatus). None of the sea level. rock-pools had any tadpoles of the Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana). Very few adult Rock Toads were found 2) Crevices among boulders in the nearby hill-stream hiding inside the crevices of the sandstone boulders with water on the southern side of Mawblang plateau: on the side of the stream. Their population here was 25.13857N definitely less than 30. 91.43916 E Third Stream : altitude: 1113 m As we could not find any other hill-streams on or 3) Forested rocky ravine near Mawsmai Cave area: near the Mawblang plateau which was strewn with huge 25.14586N boulders and covered at several places with Screw Pine (Pandanus fiu"catus) trees, we searched for the Rock 91.43477 E toads among crevices of the boulders on the plateau altitude : 11 92 m itself and among the leafaxils of the Screw Pine trees The three sites where the species were located were but could not locate any. We therefore continued our all within 1.5 kilometer of each other. The descriptions survey in other localities in and around Cherrapunjee. of the three sites are given below: Opposite to the Mawblang plateau is the seven First Stream : cascades of the Nohsngithiang waterfalls on the top of The first was a wet stream (25.13893-25.13898 N, which is another flat plateau which is called as the 91.44018-91.44020 E, altitude: 1084-1093 meters above Eco-park. This area unlike the Mawblang plateau has mean sea level) on the eastern side of the Mawblang no vegetation and is totally exposed to the scorching plateau, within 100 meters of Mawblang village. There sun. Although like the Mawblang plateau this area too was no running water in the stream during June-July had a number of rocky pot-holes, no tadpoles of any but the stream-bed was wet due to heavy rains. The anurans were found in them. surfaces of rocks and sandstone boulders were covered We continued our survey in the sacred grove with moss and were consequently very slippery. This forested area near the Mawsmai cave about a kilometer stream was well-shaded by canopy cover provided by from the Eco-park. This is the largest sacred grove in several screw pine (Pandanus furcatus) trees. A few and around Cherrapunjee. This area has some good pot-holes were located on boulders down-stream. These mixed forest with canopy cover. On the way to this were 30-50 cm in diameter but only 15-20 cm in depth. sacred forest we found two streams but both had sandy They contained water to the brim and sheltered several banks with no boulders and hence no Rock Toads. tadpoles of the Twin-spotted Tree Frog (Rhaeophorus Finally while surveying inside the sacred forest at hiplinelalus) which is a species very common around Mawsmai cave area we located a very narrow hill-stream Cherrapunjee. None of the pot-holes contained any passing through a rocky ravine (25.14586 N, 91.43477 E tadpoles of the Rock Toad (Bl~foides meghalayana). and altitude : 1192 m) just opposite to the entrance DE UTI ('( al. : StaWs survey (~rthe KhllSi Hills Rock Toad (Bli/oides meghlliayana) at Cherrapunjee, Meghalaya 23 area of the Mawsmai cave but deep inside the forest. were being blasted with dynamite. Even the plateau at This hill-stream had very small rocks and boulders but Mawblang and the hill near Saitsophen (Lower was completely shaded and covered by a canopy of Cherrapunjee) were being blasted everyday. Stones mixed deciduous trees. There were some screw pine were being quarried by large number of labourers using tr~cs ill the vicinity of the stream too. While overturning bull-dozers and these were being carried away to the focks on the stream-side we located eggs of Shillong in huge trucks throughout the night. Xt'I1()ph/~l'S sp in the afternoon. Later in the evening we DISCUSSION heard Xenop/u:vs parva calling and saw some Amolops This survey revealed that this highly saxicolous and ,'t!t'rhil/lls on the stream-side. Among the clefts of the extremely flattened rock toad (Bufoides meghalayana) focks on the stream-side of this rocky ravine we was specialized and adapted to live inside clefts and suddenly located a single Rock Toad (Bu/oides crevices of boulders in three rocky hill-stream beds on 111 L'Kh£I laymw ). This stream being narrow with little the Mawblang plateau and near the Mawsmai cave area waleI' and very few small rocks on the sides sheltered a of Cherrapunjee, East Khasi hills of Meghalaya, very small population of the Rock Toad which was Northeastern India. Air temperatures inside these rocky estimated to be less than 20. clefts and crevices varied from 21.5 - 24.5 °C. It was The air temperatures inside the rock clefts and noticed that canopy-covered rocky streams had a better crevices in the three streams where the Rock Toad was chance to harbour these Rock Toads. The total lengths found varied from 21.5°C-24.5°C at around 8 pm. and the thickness of the fleshy dermal pads on the Considering the rarity of the species, only five palm and sole did not vary between sexes and cannot specimens were collected (3 males and 2 females) from be used to identify males and females as claimed by the three hill-streams mentioned above. The snout to Pillai and Yazdani (1973). However~ males had bright vent lengths of the males varied from 38.4-39.1 mm (n = yellow marblings on the lower flanks near the hind legs 3) and the females from 38.8-39.6 mm (n = 2) thus and in the inguinal region which was absent in the showing no significant differences in size. However, females. Both sexes possessed parotoid glands, the males had bright yellow marblings on the lower exhibited unken reflex and could climb vertical rock flanks near the hind legs and in the inguinal region surfaces with ease. which was absent in the females. Data on annual rainfall at Cherrapunjee from 1973- Roth sexes exhibited "unken" reflex on capturing, a 2009 gathered from the Meteorological Station of the fesponse widespread in anurans with noxious dermal India Meteorological Department at Saitsophen, Lower secretions. The thickness of the fleshy dermal pads on Cherrapunjee revealed no significant fluctu~tions in the palm and sole seemed to be similar in both sexes rainfall at Cherrapunjee over the last 37 years except and they could both climb vertical surfaces just like for some lower rainfall in certain years like 2005, 2006 geckos. 80th sexes also possessed parotoid glands. and 2009. Data on annual rainfall at Cherrapunjee from 1973- RAINFALL CHART OF CHERRAPUNJEE 2()()9 was gathered from the Meteorological Station of the India Meteorological Department at Saitsophen, Year Rainfall (in mm) Lo\\ er Cherrapunjee. The data showed no decrease or 1973 10910. I significant fluctuations in rainfall at Cherrapunjee over 1974 24555.3 the last 37 years. 1975 11961.4 Many other areas in and around Cherrapunjee like 1976 9019.4 the exposed and vegetation-less streams near the Fire 1977 12109.7 Sef\'ice Station at Saitsophen (Lower Sohra)~ the small 1978 6950.3 but exposed streams near Mawmluh Cement Factory, 1979 12094.8 ~1a\\'mluh: the areas having Pandanus trees atop the 1980 9132.9 Nohkhalikhai and Dainthlein Waterfalls in Upper Sohra 1981 9417.5 were thoroughly surveyed but none harboured any 1982 10380.8 Rock Toads (Bll/oides meghalayana). 1983 9764.0 Extensive rock-blasting and stone-quarrying 1984 16760.7 activities were observed in and around Cherrapunjee 1985 11816.3 and all over the Khasi hills. Large portions of the hills 1986 8139.5 24 Rec. =001. Sun'. india

Year Rainfall (in mm) extremely flattened toads were found to hide inside rocky clefts and crevices of boulders in these three 1987 13153.3 sites merely 1.5 kilometer apart and surrounding the 1988 17930.4 type locality of the species. Their total population in 1989 13460.0 the three hill-streams seemed to be less than 100 1990 11597.7 individuals. The IUCN currently considers the Khasi 1991 13505.9 Hills Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana) as 1992 8536.5 Endangered. Considering their highly specialized 1993 12801.3 saxicolous habit and extremely small distribution range 1994 11204.8 so far known, we propose that this species be 1995 14209.8 considered as Critically Endangered (CR) as it meets 1996 12896.6 the following criteria set by IUCN (B2biiiC2ai): 1997 8993.6 1998 14536.9 B. Geographical Range 1999 12502.8 2. Area of occupancy estimated to be less than 10 sq 2000 12262.2 km 2001 8971.5 b. Continuing decline observed in 2002 12262.0 iii. Area, extent and quality of habitat. 2003 10498.8 Population size estimated to number fewer than 250 2004 14970.8 C. 2005 9758.0 mature individuals. 2006 8734.1 2. A continuing decline observed in number of mature 2007 12646.8 individuals. 2008 11414.6 a. Population structure in the form of the following 2009 9069.9 1. No subpopulation estimated to contain more than 50 mature individuals. Extensive rock-blasting and stone-quarrying activities in and around Cherrapunjee and also in the ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Mawblang plateau area, the type locality and only We are grateful to the Director, Zoological Survey known area of occurrence of the Rock Toad is definitely of India, Kolkata for granting us the project on the affecting the population of the species and is a cause Status Survey of the Khasi Hills Rock Toad at of serious concern for the future survival of Bufoides Cherrapunjee, Meghalaya. We are also grateful to Prof. meghalayana. Indraneil Das, Universiti Malaysia, Sarawak, Malaysia The Khasi Hills Rock Toad (Bufoides meghalayana) for going through the manuscript. We thank Mr. could be located in only three sites, all rocky hill-stream Anthony Nongrum, Senior Observer, India beds with good canopy cover, although all possible Meteorological Department, Meteorological Office, localities were thoroughly searched in and around Cherrapunjee, Meghalaya for the rainfall data of Cherrapunjee of the East Khasi hills. These small but Cherrapunjee for the last 37 years.

REFERENCES Das, I., Rangad, D., Lyngdoh, R.K., Deuti, K & Hooroo, R.N.K. 2009. Rediscovery of the Endangered Khasi Hills Rock Toad, Bufoides meghalayana in Meghalaya, Northeastern India. Froglog., 92 : 1-4. Pawar, S & Birand, A. 2001. A survey of amphibians, reptiles and birds in northeast India. CERC Technical Report 6. Center for Ecological Research and Conservation, Mysore. 118 pg. Pillai, R.S. & Yazdani, GM. 1973. Bufoides, a new genus for the rock-toad, Ansonia meghalayana Yazdani & Chanda, with notes on its ecology and breeding habits. J. Zool. Soc. India., 25( 1-2) : 65-70. Yazdani, G.M. & Chanda, S.K. 1971. A new toad, Ansonia meghalayana (Family : Bufonidae) from Meghalaya (Assam), India, with observations on its breeding on Pandanus furcatus Roxburgh (Pandanales: Pandanaceae). J. Assam. Sci. Soc., 14(1) : 76-80. " 11. : t ttll 111' \ . ' tlr Kllll 'i Hill R 'k 1bad (Bu oid m halayana) at nerrapunje , Me halaya 2 5

i:g 2. Horizontal rock cleft on boulder inside which Rock Toad resides

. Mal fKha i ill Rock Toad ( Bu oide. III halaJ alla

Nt'c. ::001. .SUlT. India: 111 (Part-3) : 27-30, 2012

POPULATION FLUCTUATION OF GRASSHOPPER FAUNA IN A FIELD NEAR KAKDWIP, SUNDERBANS, WEST BENGAL

N ARENDER SHARMA Zoological Survey of India, Northern Regional Centre, 218 Kaulagarh Road, Dehradun-248 195 Email: [email protected].

INTRODUcnON Temperature and relative humidity data were also Kakdwip having 251.10. sq km area is one of the recorded at sampling time. The grassfield mainly husiness towns and port of South 24 Parganas comprised grasses like Cynodon dactyln Pers., Dichanthium qnnulatum (Forsk), Digitaria marginata bordering by Sagar Island on west, Pathar Pratima in • the east, Mathurapur in the north and south covered Linn., Chrysopogon aciculatus Trin., Eragrostis pilosa by Bay of Bengal. On the basis of salinity, Kakdwip is Beauv, E. brachyphylla Beauv., Digitaria royleana coming under medium saline zone. The rivers are the Prain and Arurzdinella sp. live matrix of deltaic complex, on which the unique OBSERVATIONS AND RESULT spectrum of biological diversity is embedded. During the course of present studies, the total Saptamukhi, Hugli and Muriganga are the three rivers number of species obseved were ten under nine genera which flow near Kakdwip town. and two families. When total population of all the Workers like Katiyar (1956), Uvarov (1967), Phipps species is considered, it is observed that the maximum ( I (70) and Parihar (1974) have studied the biology and population of all the species are associated with ecology of some grasshoppers in India and abroad. moderate temperature and relatively high atmospheric Tandon and Khera (1978) presented a brief account of humidity i.e., 29° C and 940/0 respectively, seems to be the climate, vegetation, habitat and seasonal abundance suitable for these species. The maximum number of of the species belonging to 23 genera under 3 families species were observed when the temperature and the trom Anmachal Pradesh. According to them, the species relative humidity was 27° C and 93% respectively (Table- varies in color during different seasons. Hazra et. al 1,2; Chart-I, 2) ( 199 1) worked on the ecology of grasshoppers in a The rise and fall in the population of different grassland and presented the impact of some physical species appear independent to each other. Fluctuations factors. Bhowmik and Halder (1984) worked on ecology occur due to choice of the host in relation to season. and seasonal abundance of Acridids. The present work With the growth of rice crops and other vegetable is a part of long tenn bioecological study in a grassland crops, the individuals of different species migrate ecosystem near Kakdwip. towards the rice and other vegetable fields from the nearby wild vegetations, in particular the adjoining MATERIALS AND METHODS grasses. The grass field is located near Centre of Brackish Maximum population of grasshoppers was observed Water Aquaculture and is two Kms from Kakdwip, during July to October (Chart-3,4,5) and their Sunderbans in the district of South 24 Parganas. Site abundance may be related to the maximum vegetative area which was situated for the estimation of population growth of the grass species in the field during this of grasshoppers and their seasonal abundance was period. This agrees with the findings of Dwivedi (1977), about 150m x 100m. The entire site was subdivided Tandon and Khera (1978) and Hazra (1984). The number into 5 sq. m. sub-plots. The grasshoppers were collected of adults were lesser during June but increased very by catch-count method (Andrewartha, 1970) by using soon in the month of July. Consequently, the nymphs standard net of conventional size of 36 cm in diameter. increased first and then became less in number. 28 Rcc, ::001. SWT. india

Table-I. Maximum temperature and relative humidity in different months during collections at Kakdwip.

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. JuI. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec.

Temperature 25.5 27.6 37.3 36.0 34.0 34.4 30.8 29 34 34.6 25.1 27.6

Relative Humidity 84 94 91 93 89 94 ex> 94 89 94 94 93

Table-2. Monthly population fluctuations of predominant Acridid species.

Name of the species Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. .luI. Aug. Sep. Oct . Nov. Dec.

Phlaeoba infumata Brunner 17 18 12 4 3 14 56 52 44 28 8 11

Spathosternum prasiniferum 20 24 14 9 19 36 62 ffi 59 % 16 17 prasiniferum (Walker)

Trilophidia annulata (Thunberg) 6 - - 6 5 7 16 22 26 14 15 9

Oxya hyla hyla Serville 5 - - 3 2 - 8 21 15 h 4 5

Oxya Juscovittata (Marschall) 4 9 8 7 5 18 22 26 87 62 35 23

Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabr.) 12 19 4 6 16 21 44 37 9 22 24 12

Gesonula punctifrons (Stal) 2 1 1 2 1 - - - - 3 3 2

Aulacobothrus sp. I 2 - 1 ------2

Acrida exaltata (walker) 8 6 7 8 17 27 23 40 34 19 15 12

Ai/opus thalassinus tamulus (Fabr.) - - - 3 4 9 44 37 29 15 X 9

Total 75 79 46 49 72 132 275 315 303 265 12X 102

Chart·1 Chart·2 Fluctuation of total population of grasshoppers 100 350 80 5 300 Q) 60 ~ 250 Senes1 ~ I-+- I ra "R 200 40 > ci: 150 20 ro 100 0 ~ 50 .... C .0 >- c =:; Ol ~ t> > u O+-~~--~~~--~~~~~~~~ ro Ql ro a. ro :J """) :J Ql 0 Ql '""") lJ... ~

Chart-3 Chart·4

120 !!1 100 l 100 -.- Phfaeoba infumala 80" +- Oxya hyla hyla J/.! Brunner ~ (IS r 1 .g 80 ___ Spathosternum prasiniferum prasiniferum ]60..., i ~Oxya :~ 1\\ ~ 60 (Walker) C ~ t-- ! fU5covittata :: 40 -+-Atractomorpha ...... Tn/ophidia annufata ~' ~ 40 20 -,,",'w '---_cre_nu_lat_B_....J. z,. (Thunberg) ~ ~ 20 Z\o\~ i O+-~~~~~~~~~~ C.o > u m a.~§ '5 g>~u o Ql ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ $ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ' ~ w 0 Z 0 Months Months SII:\/{ 1\ fA : Pop"llltiol1/llcfllltioll o(grass/lOppcr.tluma in a field near Kakdwip. Sunderbans. West Bengal 29

Chart·S J~ly, August, September, October and November respectively. Out of ten species, the lowest population "CI --+- Gesonula punctifrons was observed in Aulacobothrus species. The species, Acrida exaltata (Walker) showed maximum peak during ~ Aulacobothrus sp monsoon period (July) and with minimum fluctuation -+- Acnda exaltata from January to April. Ai/opus tha/assinus tamulus

___ Ai/opus thalassinus (Fabr.) was ~ot found during January to March, ramulus whereas, after June the population of species becomes suddenly high in the monsoon period. Therefore,

Month different species have different temperature tolerance range.

/nlt'l'ospcC Uh' .lll/ctliat ion : Fi ve species viz., The temperature showed direct influence on the I) hI (/('u hu i ll/illnata Brunner, Spat hos tern u m popUlation stfl:lcture of grasshoppers but failed to show /JrUSillifi.'rufIl prasil1~l(>rum (Walker), Oxyafuscovittata any significant correlation in this field. This is in perfect ( l\larschall). A troctomorpha crenulata (Fabr.) and agreement with the findings of Hazra ( 1984) according .lcridu ('xu/tata (Walker) were predominant throughout to whom temperature alone is of little importance in the year and such a year round occurrence with different governing the abundance and distribution pattern of nymphal stages suggests of polyvoltine cycle in these grasshoppers. The relative humidity content of the species as reported earlier ~y Uvarov (1977). The lowest surface soil was positively correlated with the frell ueney was found in two species i. e., Gesonula grasshoppers popUlation. In the monsoon months, /JlII1c1Ui'oI1S (Stal) and Aulacobothrus species. higher content of relative humidity enhanced the growth rate of vegetation. This observation also agrees with The population of Phlaeoba infumata Brunner was that of Hazra (1984). tl)lmd very low during April (1.40/0) and May (1.120/0), whereas. the species showed two clear peaks during It may be concluded from the present study that the monsoon period i.e., in the months of July (20.97%) the vegetation in conjunction with other physical % and August (19.47 ). The population of Spathosternum factors considered this study collectively influence the /W(lSilli/i!rlllll prasin{(erum (Walker) was found maximum popUlation fluctuation of grasshoppers at Kakdwip. in the month of October (postmonsoon period) when SUMMARY the n1,:l.\imuITI temperature was 34.6° C and relative PopUlation fluctuation of ten species of nine genera humidity was 94% The species Trilophidia annulata under two families of short homed grasshoppers were (Thunherg) was found absent during February and studied in a grassland at Centre of Brackish Water March. whereas the species, O.,)'a hyla hyla Serville Aquaculture which is two kms from Kakdwip town, was il1lmd absent during February, March and June, Sunderbans in the district of South 24 Parganas. however their population show increase in the monsoon Monthwise analysis shows that the maximum period (August and Septelnber). The population of Oxya popUlation was during monsoon period and minimum jZ{sc(}l'itrara (Marschall) was less in the months of was during pre-monsoon period. The impact of January (1.300/0) and May (1.63%) and showed the temperature and humidity was also studied on the highest peak in the month of September (28.43%). The popUlation fluctuation of short homed grasshoppers. peak -abundance of Atractomorpha crenulata (Fabr.) was occurred during July (19.460/0) and August (16.370/0) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS and this falls suddenly in the month of September Author is thankful to the Director, Zoological ( .3. 98~/o) and again rise in the month of October and Survey of India, Kolkata and Dr. T.K. Pal, Officer November. The species, Gesonula punctifrons (SHU) Incharge, Entomology Division A and Field Survey and Aulacobothrus species. were found absent during Division, ZSI for all sorts of facilities in connection June. July. August, September, and March, May, June, with this survey.

REFERENCES Andrewartha, H. G. 1970. Introduction to the study of Animal populations. Methuen & Co. Ltd., London. pp.I-283. Bhowmik. H. K. and Halder, P. 1984. Population ecology of some Acridids of Howrah, West Bengal: India. Proc. Fourth Nat. Zool. ConI, Bangladesh, 1984 : 106-121. 30 Rec. zoo!. SUII'. India

Dwivedi, K. P. 1977. Ecological studies of certain grasshoppers in the grassland ecosystem. Ph.D. thesis submitted to the Univeristy of Ravishanker, M.P. Hazra, A. K. 1984. Ecology of the above ground and underground insects fauna in relation to the respective floral changes of Botanical Graden grassland, West Bengal, India. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. (a/lim. Sci.). Vol. 93(7) : 675-689. Hazra, A. K., Barman, R. S., Mukherjee, T. K., Dey, A., MandaI, S. K. 1981. Ecology of grasshoppers in two grasslands of West Bengal in relation to some physical factors. Bull. zool. SUIT. India. 4 : 309-317. Katiyar, K. N. 1956. Some observations on low temperature quiescence in short horned grasshoppers of Northern India. (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Proc. zool. Soc., Calcutta. 9(2): 111-113. Parihar, D. R. 1974. Some observations on the life history of AK Grasshopper. Poekilocerus picflls (Acridoidea : Pyrgomorphidae) at Jodhpur, Rajasthan, India. 1. zool. Soc. India. 26( I & 2) : 99-1 ~9. Phipps, 1. 1970. Notes on the biology of grasshoppers (Orthoptera : Acrididae) in Sierra Leone. 1. Zoo I. , Lond., (1970) 161 : 317-344. Tandon, S. K. and Khera, S. 1978. Ecology and distribution of grasshoppers (Orthoptera : Acridoidea) in Arunachal Pradesh, India and impact of human activities on their ecology and distribution. A1emoirs of the School of Entomology, Agra, 6 : 73-92. Uvarov, B. P. 1967. Hibernation of active stages of Acridoidea in temperate climates. Atti. Accad. Gionia Sci. nat. 18(166): 175-189. Uvarov, B. P. 1977. Grasshoppers and Locusts (A handbook of general Acridology) Vo1. 2. Published by Centre for Overseas Pest Research, London. N.ec. ::oul. Sun: india: 1l1(PaI1-3): 31-34,2012

'VING MACULATION AND GENITALIC VARIATIONS IN YPTHIMA INICA (: SATYRIDAE)

NARENDER SHARMA Zoological Survey of India, Northern Regional Centre, 218 Kaulagarh Road, Dehradun-248195 Email: [email protected]

INTRODUCfION 1886. Ypthima complexiva Swinhoe, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. : 424. The scrutiny of relevant literature shows that the wing maculation variations in the species Ypthima inica Adult (male) : Head with frontoclypeal region beset Hewitson have not been adequately discussed by with fulvous and black, hair and scales, lateral rows of earlier workers (vide Marshall & de Niveville, 1883; white scales and hair; eyes medium sized, dark brown, glabrous; labial palpi three segmented, distal segment f\1oore. 1892~ Elwes & Edwards, 1893; Evans, 1932; Talbot, 1947; Shirozu & Shima, 1979). The ocelli/eye­ slightly longer than proximal segment, middle segment like spots are variable in the species. The species is longer, densely clothed with white scales and hair; included in the Obscura group of the genus Ypthima antenna 11.0 mm, slightly less than half of the wing, HObner (Shirozu & Shima, 1979). Dry-seasons forms club slender, ochraceous, segment longer than broad, (DSF) and wet-season forms (WSF) are found in this nudum extend to the base of flagellum, the latter distal species. The dry-season forms are characterized by end ochraceous black, incomplete white ring at base of more angulate wings, the cryptic pattern of underside each segment; thorax dorsally dressed with fuscescent and the reduced submarginal ocelli, whereas, in wet­ hair and scales, ventrally with white hair and scales; season forms the submarginal ocelli on the underside foreleg with trochanter and tibia subequal, femur less of the wings are well developed. During the course of than coxa, tarsus absent, densely studded with black present studies, besides making detailed observations and white scales and hair, meso and meta legs covered on the wing maculation variation, the account of the with white scales, tibia and tarsi spinose, tarsus clawed; male genitalia which shows unique variation has been dry season form: upper side dark brown; forewing with updated. small black, bipupilled, yellow-ringed SUbapical ocellus, submarginal and discal fasciae indistinct, ocelli variable OBSERVATIONS (Table-I), underside whitish grey with brown striations, The author has examined the wing maculation in, as ocellus as on upperside of forewing, ring more many as, forty-eight individuals collected from certain prominent, ocelli variable (Table-I); hindwing upperside habitats of India. In view of the earlier drawbacks, the with black, yellow-ringed, single pupilled ocellus in Cula, updated diagnosis of the species is as follows: size variabie (Table-I), underside brown, striated with white, ocelli absent; wet season form: uppers ide similar Ypthilna inica Hewitson to dry season form except slightly more darker; Common name : The Lesser Threering. underside densely striated with greyish white; forewing 1865. Ypthima inica Hewitson, Trans. ent. Soc. Land. 2(3) : with subapical, black, bipupilled, broadly ringed with 284. yellow, ocellus, marginal and submarginal fasciae 1874. Ypthima ariaspa Moore, Proc. zool. Soc. Land. : 586. obscure, hindwing with three, black, single pupilled, 1R83. Ypthima rara Butler, Proc. zoo!. Soc. Land. : 145. yellow-ringed ocelli in Rs, Cula, Culb, ocellus in Rs 1886. }'pthima daedalia Swinhoe, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. : 422. largest, marginal and submargianl fasciae indistinct. 1886. }'plhima alkibie Swinhoe, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. : 424. Androconia parellel sided, sharply tapering distally. 32 Ret". ::uo/. SII1I'. India

Venation (Figs. 7-8) : Cell of forewing less than half dissected out and found to agree with each other in the length of wing, vein R] arising before the upper every respect except one male genitalia of the specimen angle of cell, vein M:; equidistant between vein M] and collected from Sur Saro\"ar Bird Sanctuary. Keetham. M" udc minute, oblique, mdc incurved, Idc slightly Agra in which ampulla of the \'alva is not rounded -' excurved; hindwing with cell more than half the length rather straight in structure (Figs. 2. 3). In fact. in the of wing, vein Cula well before lower angle of cell, h male genitalia. the valva is quite unique in the entire vein T-shaped. genus Ypthima Hubner. as has been reported by Elwes Abdomen above dark brown, furnished with brown and Edwards (1893), who however. did not mention scales, below clad with dusky scales. anything else about the other constituent parts of the male genitalia. On the basis of present studies it is Adult (Female) : Dry season form: Foreleg being suggested that the structure of ampulla be developed with tarsus segmented, subapical ocellus on cautiously used taxonomically for providing upperside of forewing larger; otherwise as in male; wet conspecificity of different individuals of this biological season fonll : foreleg with sgmented tarsus, subapical species. Such type of variation has not been seen in ocellus larger than male; otherwise as in male. any of the fifty-five satyrid species. presently examined. Male genitalia (Figs. 1-6) : Uncus subequal to However. Evans (1955) has recorded some variations tegumen, weakly curved ventrally, distal end slightly in the male genitalia of Lycaenid species. Toruelis nara pointed, clothed with sparse setae; tegumen long and (Kollar). Smiles (1982) has remarked that the male and broa,d; fenestrula small, oval, membranous; appendices the female genitalia find little assistance in the taxonomy angulares small, hook-like; vinculum longer than of the Nymphaid genus Polyura Billberg. David (1993) tegumen; saccus small, tubular with rounded distal end; has stated that the genitalia are extremely. useful valva with proximal half broader, distal half sharply taxonomic characters though they diverge rapidly narrowed, pilose, costa long, sacculus long and narrow, during speciation in some cases. According to him, the distal end trilobed, ampulla variable (figs. 2, 3); juxta V­ most variable portions of the male genitalia are the distal shaped; aedeagus long, tubular, narrow at middle in and dorsal margins of the valvae. as has been observed dorsal view, subzone smaller than suprazone, ductus in the satyrid species, Maniolajurtina (Linnaeus). entering dorsad. and Sidhu (1996) have also reported variations in the Material examined: Uttar Pradesh : Aligarh, valva of lycaenid species. Aricia agestis (Denis and Kasimpur,6 cJ, 2 ~ WSF, 7.ix.2005, (Reg. No. 22913- Schiffennuller). The species, under reference, also show 22920), ColI. N. Sharma; Agra, Bird Sanctuary Keetham, such type of variation. 1 6, I ~ WSF, 4.ix.2005, (Reg. No. 2292 i, 22922), ColI. ABBREVIATIONS USED N. Shama; Muzaffamagar, Sukartal, 2 6 WSF, 13.ix.2005 (Reg. No. 22924, 22925), colI. N. Sharma; Faizabad, 1 r3 lA + 2A : Fused first and second anal veins, 3A : WSF, 23. ix.1883 (Reg. No. 6666), ColI. de Niceville). Third anal vein. AED : Aedeagus, APX.ANG. : Appendix Madhya Pradesh: Mhow, Inow, 2 cJ WSF, 6.v.1882 (Reg. angularis, CO : Costa. Cu 1a : Upper branch of first No. 6653-6654) ColI. de Niceville; Mhow, 1 cJ WSF, cubital, Cu I b : Lower branch of first cubital. 0 : Discal 6.x.1881 (Reg. No. 6655), 2 ~ DSF, xi.l881 (Reg. No. cell, DU.El. : Ductus Ejaculatorius. h : Humeral vein. 6656, 6657), 2 6 DSF, 6.i.82 (Reg. No. 6658,6661),2 6 ldc : Lower discocellular, M] : First medial vein. M2 : DSF, xii.1881 (Reg. No. 6659, 6660), ColI. de Niceville; Second medial vein, M J : Third medial vein, mdc : Indore, Sagor, 1 r3 DSF, 12.vii.1886 (Reg. No. 6691), Middle discocellular, R] : First radial vein, ~ : Second colI. de Niceville. West Bengal: Bholahat, 1 ~ WSF, radial vein, R3 : Third radial vein, R4 : Fourth radial vein, 6.iii.1889 (Reg. No. 6662), CoIl. W.H. Irvine; 4. cJ DSF, 25 Rs : Fifth radial vein, Rs : Radial sector, SA : Saccus, r3 WSF, l.iv.1886 (Reg. No. 6687 to 669.0), ColI. de SBZ : Subzonal portion of aedeagus. Sc : Subcosta, Niceville & W.H. Irvine. Sc + R] : Stalk of veins Sc and R" SL : Sacculus, SPZ : Suprazonal portion of aedeagus, TEG : Tegumen, udc : Remarks : During the course of present studies, a Upper discocellular, UN : Uncus, VIN : Vinculum, VLV : sample comprising forty-two males and six females (9 valva. r3, 2 ~ DSF, 33 6, 4 ~ WSF) have been studied to record variations in wing maculation in the Dry-Season SUMMARY and Wet-Season populations. In view of variations in The hitherto unrecorded variations in wing the dry and wet populations, eight males and three maculation of th~ species, Ypthima inica Hewitson have females (3 cJ, 1 ~ DSF, 5 cJ, 2 ~ WSF) have been been recorded in considerable details In the male SII:\R\1:\ : Wing .\lucu/alioll alld CJL'llilalic \'arialiolls ill }/}lhim(J illica (Lepidoptera.' Satyridue) 33

UN

VIN--.... ~r

.. ~. ~'

"., ,.;" . ., ..... , ~", .' 4 O.5mm

0.5 nun

L--__ SBZ--- SPZ -----'- 5 0.5mm

h Rs

Cula

O.04mm

Fig. 1-8 : rpthima inica Hewitson. : 1. Male genitalia (lateral view) 2. Valva (Inner view) 3. Dorsum 4. Juxta (Dorsal view) 5. Aedeagus (dorsal view) 6. Aedeagus (Lateral view) 7. Venation of forewing 8. Venation of hindwing. genitalia the apex of the valva is variable and Incharge, Entomology Division 'A' and Field inconsistent in this bilogical species Survey Division, ZSI for all sorts of facilities in connection with this survey. My sincere thanks are ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS also to different governmeut officials of Forest Author is thankful to the Director, Zoological Department of Uttar Pradesh for helping me during Survey of India, Kolkata and Dr. T.K. Pal, Officer survey.

REFERENCES David, G. 1993. Variations in the genitalia of the butterfly Maniolajurtina (Lepidoptera: satyridae). 1. Linn. Soc. Land. ::001. l07( 1) : 65-71. Ehves, H.J. and Edwards, 1. 1893. A revision of the genus Ypthima with special reference to the .characters afforded by the male genitalia. Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., 1-54, 1-3 pis. 34 Rec. zool. Surv. India

Table 1 Showing variations in Ypthima inica Hewitson Forewing a) SUbapical Rounded Oblique Upperside ocellus (DSF) (7 specimens) (4 specimens) b) Additional Minute black ocellus present Minute ocellus absent in Variations in Cu 1a (1 specimen) Cu 1a ( 10 specimens) Hindwing a) Ocellus in Cula Moderate in size Very small Obscure Upperside (DSF) (8 specimens) (2 specimens) (1 specimen) Forewing a) Subapical Bipupilled Tripupilled Underside ocellus (DSF) ( 10 specimens) (1 specimens) b) Additional Minute ocellus present in Cula Minute black ocellus present Variations in the fonn of yellow speck in Cula (2 specimens) (9 specimen) Forewing a) SUbapical Rounded Oblique Upperside ocellus (WSF) (27 specimens) (10 specimens) b) Yellow ring Yellow ring surrounding the Yellow ring surrounding the subapical black ocellus SUbapical black ocellus prominent (35 specimens) indistinct (2 specimens) c) Subapical ocellus Bipupilled Tripupilled (36 specimens) (1 specimen) d) Additional Minute black ocellus present Minute ocellus absent in Variations in Cula (3 specimens) Cula (34 specimens) Hindwing a) Ocellus in Cu 1a Black yellow ringed and single Ocellus in the form of black Upperside pupilled (35 specimens) dot and without pupil (WSF) (2 specimens) b) Additional Minute black ocellus present Minute black ocellus in MI Variations in M1,.(l specimen) absent (36 specimen) Forewing a) Ocellus in Cula Small, black, yellow ringed Ocellus present in the form Absent Underside ocellus present of small yellow dot (37 (WSF) (1 specimen) (I specimen) specimens)

Evans, W.H. 1932. Identification 0/ Indian Butterflies. Second edition revised Madras, Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., X + 454pp, 32 pIs, 9 figs. Evans, W.H. 1955. A revision of the genus Tarucus (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) of Europe, North Africa and Asia. Entomologist, 88: 179- 187. Marshall, GF.L. and de Niceville, L. 1883. Butterflies ofIndia, Burma and Ceylon, Vol. 1. Calcutta central press, pp, 327. Moore, F. 1892. Lepidoptera Indica L. R~eve London, 1 : 233-317. Rose, H.S. and Sidhu, A.K. 1996. Wing'maculation and genitalic variations in the type-species Aricia agestis (Denis and Schiffermuller) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Uttar PradeshJ Zoo!. 16(3): 159-163. Shirozu, T. and Shima, H. 1979. On the natural groups and their phylogeneitic relationships of the genus Ypthima HUbner mainly from Asia (Lepido~tera, Satyridae). Sieboldia, 4 : 231-295. Smiles, R.L. 1982. The taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Polyura Billberg (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 44(3) : 115-237. Talbot, G. 1947. The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma, Butterflies, Vol. 9. Taylor & Francis, London, 506pp. I.. Z~~(x;-l~l.), "lUIA SU-.r,r'j I ',,~ ~.,,''''1.,. \ , '

I I ------...

Nec ::001. Sun: India: 1l1(Part-3) : 35-48,2012

THE GOATFISHES (FAMILY MULLIDAE) OF ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS

P.T. RAJAN, C.R. SREERAJ AND TITUS IMMANUEL Zoological Survey of India, Andaman Nicobar Regional Centre Haddo, Port Blair-744102 [email protected]

IN1RODUCflON open water with increased height above the bottom Goatfishes are tropical marine perciform fish of the reflecting asymmetrical competition. There is not a family Mullidae. Goatfishes are most associated with single species of goatfish known to enter rivers of these the reefs. Within the family there are approximately 6 islands. All goatfish have the ability to change their genera and 70 species (Randall 2004, Uiblein and colouration depending on their current activity. One Heemstra 2009). Many species of goatfish are notable example, the diurnal goldsaddle goatfish conspicuously coloured; however, they are not popular (Parupeneus cyclostomus) changes colour from a in aquarium. Rather, goatfish are valued food fish in lemon-yellow to a pale cream while feeding and to dark many countries. The largest species, the dash-and dot phase with the terminal male of Gomphosus caeruleus goatfish (Parupeneus barberinus) grows to 55 (Family: Labridae) (Fig. 2). Diurnal species also tend to centimeters in length; most species are less than half be solitary, but will school as juveniles. Goatfish are this size. Their bodies are deep and elongate with forked pelagic spawners; that is, they release many buoyant tail tins and widely separated dorsal fins. Goatfish are eggs into the water which become part of the plankton. tIreless benthic feeders, using a pair of long The eggs float freely with the currents until hatching. chemosensory barbels ("whiskers") protruding from The postlarva floats in surface waters until it reaches their chins to rit1e through the sediments in search of a around 5 or 6 centimeters in length, when it takes on meal. Like goats, they seek anything edible; worms, the adult, bottom-feeding, lifestyle. crustaceans, molluscs and other small invertebrates are METHODOLOGY staple food. By day, many goatfish form large schools: Samples of goatfish (Family Mullidae) were collected these aggregates may contain both conspecifics and from the trawl fishery landings in the Andaman Islands heterospecifics. For example, the yellow fin goatfish in the fishing season during 1990-2010. Samples were (Mulloidichthys vanicolensis) on the reef of the separated into the different species (14 species). A total Andaman and Nicobar Islands is often seen of 65 goatfish specimens were obtained. Specimens congregating with blue-striped snappers (Lutjanus were preserved in 10% buffered formaldehyde. SCUBA kasmira) (Family: Mullidae) (Fig. 1) and association of gears are used for surveying, underwater observation goatfish Parupeneus cyclostomus with bigeye trevally and photography of goatfishes. Morphometric Caranx sexfasciatus (Fig. 5). With such mixed company, characters were measured with a caliper. Meristic the yellowfin goatfishes are shallow water species, characters that vary among species are referred to in going no deeper than about 110 metres. the diagnoses and compared: the number of dorsal fin With common bluestripe snapper, Lutjanus kasmira spines, pectoral fin rays, rudimentary and developed (Forsskal, 1775), in Andaman Islands has resulted in gill rakers on lower and upper limb and lateral line scales vertical habitat shift in yellowfin goatfish, are recorded In order to see the first minute dorsal fin Mulloidichthys van ico lens is , towards staying more in spine in eight spine species a stereomicroscope was

Key words: Goatfishes, systematic, key species, multi-species foraging, fisheries, Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 36 Ree. ::(}ol. SIIIT. 111(//(1 used. Colour photographs for each species were taken often present: no dark blotch on sides under middle of with Nikon 0 300 camera. Caudal fin photographs were first dorsal tin. Attains 3~ em Standard Length. taken for counts of caudal fin bars, include all bars Dh.:tributioll : lndo-Pacitic from the east coast of from the base of each lobe to the lobe tip. Africa, Red Sea to the Hawaiian, Tuamotu Islands, n0l1h RESULTS to southern Japan, south to Lord Howe Island and Micronesia. Studies of goat fish occurrence and abundance in natural habitats in Andaman and N icobar Islands have Parllpellells barberilllls (Lacepede, I XO I ) been documented. Generally they prefer sand­ 180 I. A1111/1is harherillllS Lacepede, II/\f. 17Uf. Poiss .. 3 : 3XJ, associated bottoms, some species are more restricted 406. (type locality: Indo-Pacilic.) PllrllpcnclIs barberinus : RandalL Indo-Pacilie Fishes, to hard bottoms, and others occur in different depths. (36) : 12. Fourteen species are recognized under three genera: Material examined: Mayabunder (North Andaman), /'v/u 110 i Jich thys .II (1\'01 i nea tllS, All1 II oi di c h thys 15.08.199 L 1 ex., 285 mm, lSI ANRC 1678~ Tarmugli vanico/eJ7sis, Parupeneus harberinlls, Parllpeneus Island (South Andaman, 1 ex., 243 mm, lSI ANRC 2586; (yc!os to 111 1I.\', ParupeJ7ells heptacClllthus, Parllpenells North bay (South Andaman), 1 156 mm, ZSI ANRC indic[{s, Parllpencus macronema, Parlipenells ex .. pleurostigma, Parupeneus bifasciatus, Upeneus 33/5. guttatus, Upeneus mo/uccensis, Upenells su/phllrells, Diagnosis: D. VIII + 1.8; P. 16-18; Gr. 6-7 + 19-23 = Upeneus tragula and Upeneus vittatus. 25-30: Ll. 27-29; body depth 3.1-3.5, head depth 2.9-3.2 SL, snout 1.8-2.1, interorbital 3.4-4.4, barbels 1.2-1.5, not M ulloidichthys jlavolineatus (Lacepede, 1801 ) Yellowstripe goatfish reaching to pelvic tln base, caudal peduncle depth 2.8- 3.0, caudal peduncle length] .2-1.4 in head. Body brown I80 l. All/lIlIS .fhll'olincall1s Lacepede, His1. nul. Poiss .. 3 : 384, 406 (Type locality: Hawaiian Islands). to reddish brown, shading to whitish on sides and belly; a dark reddish brown stripe extending from tip of snout Material examined: Junglighat fish market (South through eye across upper end or gill openings, and Andaman), 2 exs., 260 mm, 170 mm, lSI ANRC 3941; along upper side extending beneath rear bas~ of second Bidnabad (South Andaman), 1 ex., 205 mm, lSI ANRC dorsal fin~ caudal peduncle with a round dark reddish 3822. spot larger than eye diametec tins without marks. Diagnosis: D. VII + 1,8; A. 1,6; P. 13-14; Gr. 7-8 + 22- Attains 55 cm Standard Length. 25 = 29-33; Ll. 33-35; body depth 4.0-4.5, head depth Distribution: Lndo- West Pacific, from east coast of 3.1-3.4 in SL, snout 2.0-2.5~ interorbital 3.5-4.0, barbels Africa, Red Sea to southern Australia and eastward to 1.5-1.8~ caudal peduncle depth 3.3-3.5, caudal peduncle the line, Marquesan and tuamotu Islands. length 1.1-1.3in head. Body grey to olive on back, whitish on sides and belly; 1 or 2 longitudinal yellow Parupeneus eye/ostol11US (Lacepede, 180 I) bands~ small dark blotch often present below first dorsal Gold-saddle goatfish fin. Attains 40 cm Standard Length. 180 I. Mu/lus cJ'c!ostomlis Lacepede, Hist. nat. POiss., 4 : 383, 404 (type locality: Indo-Pacific). Distribution: Indo-Pacific from east coast of Africa Parllpcnclis c:rc/ostOnlllS : Randall, Indo-Paqjic Fishes. to the Hawaiian Islands; French Polynesia and the (36) : 22. Pitcairn group of Islands. Material examined: Wandoor (South Andaman), M ulloidichthys vanieolensis (Valenciennes, 1831 ) I ex., 380 mm, ZSI ANRC 1958; Mayabunder (North Flame goatfish Andaman), 1 ex., 250 mm, lSI ANRC 3379; Bidnabad 1831. Upeneus vanicolensis Valenciennes, Hist. nat. Po iss. , (South Andaman), 1 ex., 260 mm, ZSI ANRC 3825. 7 : 521 (type locality: Vanicolo). Diagnosis: D. VIII + 1,8; P. 16-]7; Gr. 6-7 + 21-24 = Material examined: Nancowry Island (Nicobar 27-31; Ll. 27-28; body depth 3.3-3.5, head depth 2.9-3.1 Group), 1 ex. 256 mm, lSI ANRC 2503. in SL, snout 1.8-2.0, interorbital 3.9-4.1, barbels l.1-1.2, Diagnosis: D. VII + 1,8; A. 1,6; P. 13-14; Gr. 7-8 + caudal peduncle depth 2.6-2.9, caudal peduncle 22-24 = 29-32; Ll. 32-35; body depth 3.8-4.0, head depth length lA-I.5in head. Body red, red-bluish or blue with 3.2-3.4 SL, snout 2.5-2.8, interorbital 3.3-3.6, barbels 1.3- a yellow saddle behind second dorsal and often with 1.4, caudal peduncle depth 3.0-3.4, caudal peduncle blue streaks on head; occasionally uniform yellow; two length 1.2-1.4 in head. Body red orange to olive on back colour phases, one yellowish grey with blue markings and whitish on sides and belly; yellow longitudinal band on scales and a yellow saddle like spot on caudal \C\J.\~ l'1 Lit. : Thl' (luur/ishl's (I"£lllli~\' AllllIid£ll') olAndalllun and Nicohar Island\' 37

pL'dUI1L'ie. the other entirely yellow, the yellow posterior part of first dorsal fin to anterior part of second IK'tiullL'ular spot brighter yellow. Attains 50 em Standard dorsal fin; caudal peduncle with a round black spot 1t.'llglh. larger than eye diameter; few blue lines radiating from eye; narrow pale blue bands on second dorsal, anal Ih'/l'lhll/iol1 : Indo-Pacific. Red Sea to the Hawaiian, and caudal fin. Attains 40 em Standard Length. ~ tarqul'san, Tuamotu Islands, North to Ryukyu Island ttl New Caledonia and Rapa, throughout Micronesia. Distrihlltion : Indo-Pacific. East coast of Africa to and Tonga, north to the Philippines, the Ptlrllpellells hept{l(,llllthils (Lacepede, 1802) Ogasawara Island, south to New Caledonia; Palau to Cinnabar goatfish Kosrae, Caroline Islands in Micronesia. S('iU(,I1£1 hepl11colllha Lacepede, Hist. nal. Poiss., 4 : "OX, ,,11 (type locality: not given). Pllrllpenells InacronelnllS (Lacepede, 1801)

Purt'/>l'IlL'lIS hepfacollfllUS : Randall, Illdo-PacUh' Long-barbel goatfish Fishes. (36) : 30. 180 I. NIlIlIlIs macronemus Lacepede, Hist. nat. Poiss., 3 : :\la/erial (!xamined : Bambootlat, 1 ex., 187 mm, ZSI 383, 404 (type locality: Indo-Pacific). Parupeneus indiells : Randall, Illdo-Pacific Fishes, (36) : ,'\ N RC ~ 194: Tannugli Island, 2 exs., 210, 267 mm, ZSI 38. \NRC ~749: Mayabunder (North Andaman), 1 ex., 160 Material examined: Mayabunder (North Andaman), mill, ZSI ANRC 3380; Bidnabad (South Andaman), I ex .. 145 mm. ZSI ANRC 3824. 2 exs., 277 mm, ZSI ANRC 1921; Bambooflat (South Andaman), 1 ex., 215 mm, lSI ANRC 2009; North bay Diagnosis: D. VIII + 1,8; P. 16; Gr. 6-7 + 19-21 = 27- (South Andaman), 1 ex., 20Smm, ZSI ANRC 3377; ~X: Ll. 27-28~ body depth 2.9-3.1, head depth 3.3-3.4 in Bidnabad (South Andaman), 1 ex., IS5 mIn, ZSI ANRC S L. snout 1.8-2.0, interorbital 3.8-4.2, barbels 1.1-1.4, 3827; Inglis Island (South Andaman), 2 exs" ZSI ANRC caudal peduncle depth 3.1-3.5, caudal peduncle length 4027. 1.~-1.5 in head. Body brownish yellow to red shading Diagnosis: D. VIn + 1,8; P. IS-16; Gr. 8-9 + 26-29 = to silvery white ventrally~ scale margins darker with a blue to pearly spot centrally on the back. A small reddish .34-38; Ll. 27-28; body depth 2.9-3.2, head depth 2.9-3.2 in SL, snout 1.7-2.0, interorbital 3.6-4.1, barbels 1.1-1.4, ~pot on the 7th and 8th lateral line in adults; attains 30 cm standard length. caudal peduncle depth 2.5-3.0, caudal peduncle length 1.3-1.S in head. Last ray of second dorsal fin Distrihution : Indo-West Pacific, Red Sea and east extending beyond caudal peduncle blotch in adults. J\ frica to southern Japan and Lord Howe Island and Body reddish brown shading to paler ventrally and thrnughout Micronesia. posteriory with a dark brown stripe passing from tip of Parllpenells indiclls (Shaw, 1803) snout, through eye to rear end of second dorsal fin Indian goatfish base; a round black spot larger than eye diameter on IN03. ,\ltdlus indiclis Shaw, Gen. Zoology, 4 : 611 (type the caudal peduncle; basal third of second dorsal fin locality: Vizagapatanam, Andhra Pradesh, India). black, with a narrow extension to posterior tip of fin. Pal7(pellf!US indiells : Randall, Illdo-Pac[fic Fishes, (36) : Attains 35 em Standard Length. 32. Distribution : Indo-Pacific : Red sea to Sodwana A/aterial examined: Little Andaman, 2 exs., 53, 102 bay, South Africa extends to east to and the mm. lSI ANRC 2996; Port Blair (South Andaman), 1 ex., Philippines. 116 mm, ZSI ANRC 2746; Tarmugli Island (South Andaman), 1 ex., 223 mm, lSI ANRC 2747; North bay Parupeneus pleurostiglna (Bennett, 1831) (South Andaman), 1 ex., 255 mm, ZSI ANRC 3376; Blackspot goatfish Bidnabad (South Andaman), 1 ex., 280 mm, ZSI ANRC 1831. Upenells plellrostigma Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc., 3826~ lunglighat fish market, lex., ISO mm, ZSI ANRC London: 59 (type locality : Mauritius). 4732. Parupeneus indicus : Randall, Indo-PaCIfic Fishes, (36) : 47. Diagnosis: D. VIn + 1,8; P. 16-17; Gr. 6 + 19-21 = 2S- Material examined: Port Blair (South Andaman), 2 27~ Ll. 26-29; body depth 3.3-3.5, head depth 3.1-3.3 in exs., 188, 191 mm, ZSI ANRC 1681; Bambooflat (South SL, snout 1.9-2.2, interorbital 3.7-4.0, barbels 1.3-1.5, Andan1an), 1 ex., 187 mm, lSI ANRC 2194. ~audal peduncle depth 2.6-2.8, caudal peduncle length 1.2-1.4 in head. Body greenish brown to reddish Diagnosis: D. VIII + I, 8; P. 15-17; Gr. 6-7 + 22-23 = brown shading to whitish or pale pink ventrally; a large 28-30; Ll. 27-29; body depth 3.5-3.7, head depth 2.9-3.2 dongale yellow spot centered on lateral line below SL, snout 1.9-2.1, interorbital 3.3-3.6, barbels I.S- L 7, 38 Rcc. ::001. Sun'. India

caudal peduncle depth 3.0-3.3. caudal peduncle length group have bar on caudal lobe. This compl~x includes 1.2-1.4 in head. Third and last anal rays longest. Body Upeneus guttalus from Andaman and N icobar Islands. pinkish dorsally, lighter pink to whitish ventrally: a large Species complex 2 : Tht.: "tragl//a group" : 8 dorsal round dark spot on the lateral line below the posterior tin spines l8-25 total gill rakers and IJ-I-t pectoral fin end of spinous dorsal fin; a broad dusky to reddish rays~ species have bar on caudal fin lob~. This complex patch usually present on the dorsal side under rear includes Upeneus {ragu/a from Andaman and Nicobar part of second dorsal fin base; a rO\\I of pale blue spots Islands. on each scale above lateral line on caudal peduncle; Species compex 3 : The "/110Iucct'llsis group" : 8 blue spots and lines around eye and on upper part of dorsal fin spines, 26-33 total gill rakers. 15-17 pectoral opercle; base of second dorsal fin dark. Attains 30 cm fin rays, bars on upper caudal fin loh~. This complex Standard Length. includes Upeneus moluccensis. Upencus sulphureus Distribution: Indo-Pacific, from east coast of Africa from Andaman and Nicobar Islands. to the Hawaiian Islands and French Polynesia. Species camp/ex 4 : The "l'ittalliS group" : 8 dorsal Parupeneus trifasciatus (Lacepede, 1801) fin spines, 26-32 total gill rakers, 15-17 pectoral fin rays Doublebar goatfish and bars on caudal fin lobes in fresh and preserved 180l. Mullus trifas cia fus Lacepede, Hisf. nat. Po iss. , 383, fish. This complex includes {jpeneus villa{us from 404 (type locality: Indo-Pacific). Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Parupeneus trifasciatus : Randall and Myers, Zool. Stud., 41(4) : 432. Upeneus guttatus (Day, 1868) Material examined: Outram Island (Ritchie's Day's goatfish Archipelago), 1 ex., 185 mm, ZSI ANRC 2531; Narcondam 1868. Upeneoides gUffatus Day. Proc. Zool. Soc., London: Island, 1 ex., 185 mm, ZSI ANRC 2523; Mayabunder 938 (Type locality: Madras). (North Andaman), 1 ex., 260 mm, ZSI ANRC 3378; Upenells gutta/lis : Randall and Kulbicki 2006. Zoological Studies, 45 : 301. Bidnabad (South Andaman), 1 ex., 135 mm, ZSI ANRC 3823. Material examined: lunglighat fish market (South Andaman), 1 ex., 180 mm. ZSI ANRC 6762. Diagnosis: D. VIII + 1,8; p. 15-17; Gr. 7-8 + 27-30::: 34-38; Ll. 27-28; body depth 2.9-3.1, head depth 3.3-3.4 Diagnosis: Dorsal fins VII + 9~ pectoral tins 13-14; SL, snout 1.8-1.9, interorbital 3.1-3.3, barbels 1.7-1.8, gill rakers 6-8 + 16-18 = 23-25; lateral line scales 28-31: caudal peduncle depth 2.2-2.4, caudal peduncle length body depth at first dorsal fin origin 22-250/0 SL; body 1.1-1.2 in head. Body yellowish grey to brownish red depth at anus 19-23; caudal peduncle depth 9.3-11; shading to whitish ventrally; three broad saddle-like maximum head depth 18-22; head depth through eye 15-19; head length 26-30; orbit length 6.3-8.8; upper bars, 151 below first dorsal fin, 2nd below second dorsal jaw length 9.6-12; barbel length 16-19; caudal fin length fin and 3rd one on middle of caudal peduncle; some fish may have only two well defined bars; a dark area 25-30; anal fin height 15-19; pelvic fin length 19-23; generally present surrounding the eye and extending pectoral fin length 20-22; first dorsal fin height 20-24; through interorbital space; scales pale at center on second dorsal fin height 14-180/0 SL; total bars on caudal dorsal side. Attains 35 cm Standard Length. fin 10-13, upper caudal fin lobe with 5 reddish bars, of similar width or narrower than the pale interspaces Distribution: Indo-West Pacific south to Sodwana between the bars, not retained on preserved fish; no Bay. lateral body stripes; first dorsal fin tip pale; barbels SPECIES ACCOUNTS yellow or white in fresh fish; body white below lateral Based on combination of the number of dorsal fin line, covered by red pigmentation above lateral line spines, gill rakers, number of pectoral fin rays and bars which may also reach down ventrally, forming red on caudal fin (Lachner 1954, Thomas 1969, Sainsbury patches or blotches; belly white. Attains 20 cm Standard eta!' 1985, Golani 2001, Randall 2001, Kim and Nakaya Length. 2002), four major species complex can be distinguished. Distribution : Red Sea to Somalia, Kenys, Species complex 1 : The "Japonicus group" : 7 Mozambique, South Africa, Madagascar, Reunion, dorsal fin spines distinguish this group clearly from all Seychelles, India, Sri Lanka, Bay of Bengal, Andaman others; in addition, these species have 21-32 total gill Sea, Malaysia, Singapore, Northern Australia and rakers and 13-15 pectoral fin rays; fresh fish of this Philippines. R:\J.\N ('/ (//. : Tht.' Goa/fisht.'s (Fami(l' ,\!ullidlle) of Andaman and Nicobarlsland\' 39

RC:l1lurks : New record for the Andaman and Nicobar 3942; lunglighat fish market, 1 ex., 130 mm, lSI ANRC Islands. 4731.

l 'pelll'IIS lIlolliccellsis (Bleeker 1855) Diagnosis: Dorsal fins VIII + 9; pectoral fins 15-16; Goldband goatfish gill rakers 7-8 + 19-21 = 27-28; lateral line scales 31-34;

I S~). l j)t'lIt'oidl's 11Io/11cct'llsis Bleeker. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned­ body depth at first dorsal fin origin 25-280/0 SL; body Indie : .. WL) (type locality: Ambon. Moluccan Islands). depth at anus 25-27; caudal peduncle depth 11-12; (1)('IIt'us II1v/ucct.'llsis Randall and kulbicki 2006. maximum head depth 23-25; head depth through eye /o%gico/ Studies. 45 : 301-302. 18-20; head length 29-30; orbit length 7.4-8.7; upper .\/o/c,.io/ examined: P0l1 Blair (South Andaman), 1 jaw length 11-13; barbel length 17-21; caudal fin length L'\ .• I ~5 111 Ill. ZSI ANRC 1888; Chouldari (South 27 -30; anal fin height 16-18; pelvic fin length 20-22; . \ndamall). 2 exs .. 154, 178 mm, lSI ANRC 2998; pectoral fin length 24-26; first dorsal fin height 23-26; :\, layabunder (North Andaman). 1 ex., 160 mm, lSI ANRC second dorsal fin height 17-180/0 SL; no bars on caudal 3JS I: Bidnabad (South Andaman), I ex., 160 mm, lSI fin lobes; lower lobe base yellowish, upper lobe base :\NRC JX2X: Inglis Island (South Andaman), 1 ex., mm, grey, SOine of the caudal fin lobe pigmentation retained ZSI ANRC 4053. on preserved fish; two conspicuous yellow body Diagnosis: Dorsal fins VIII + 9; pectoral fins 14-16; stripes, one mid lateral from operculum to caudal fin gill rakers 7-8 + 18-20 = 26-27; lateral line scales 33-35; base, the other starting behind pectoral fin base and body depth at first dorsal fin origin 24-260/0 SL; body reaching back to caudal fin base; first dorsal fin tip depth at anus 21-23; caudal peduncle depth 9.0-10; black; barbels white; body ventrally white and dorsally maximum head depth 20-22; head depth through eye pale brown. Attains 23 em Standard Length. 16-17; head length 27-29; orbit length 7.3-8.9; upper Distribution: Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Madagascar, jaw length 11-12; barbel length 15-17; caudal fin length Seychelles, Reunion, Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka, 27 -30; anal fin height 13-15; pelvic fin length 17-22; Andaman Sea, Indonesia, New Guinea, , New pectoral fin length 25-27; first dorsal fin height 20-23; Caledonia, Philippines, and southern Japan. second dorsal fin height 14-16% SL; 6-8 thin red bars Upenells tragula Richardson, 1846 on upper caudal fin lobe, faintly retained on preserved Freckled goatfish fish: no bars on lower caudal fin lobe, but a broad 1846. Upeneus tragula Richardson, Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt. band covering the entire lower lobe apart from distal, Sci., : 220 (type locality: Gaungzhou, China). inner margin: most of lower caudal fin lobe pigmentation Upeneus tragula Randall and Kulbicki 2006. lost in preserved fish: one conspicuous yellow or gold Zoological Studies, 45 : 305-306. mid-lateral body stripe from eye to upper caudal fin Material examined: Chidiyatapu (South Andaman), base. not retained on preserved fish; first dorsal fin tip 2 exs., 145 mm, lSI ANRC 2010; Mayabunder (North dark. also in preserved fish; barbells white; body Andaman), 2 exs., 85, 125 mm, lSI ANRC 1918; silvery-rose, darkened above lateral stripe. Attains 20 Bambooflat (South Andaman, 2 exs., 220 mm, lSI ANRC em Standard Length. 2140; Tarmugli Island (South Andaman), 1 ex., 226 mm, Distribution : Eastern Mediterranean, Red Sea to ZSI ANRC 2750; North bay (South Andaman), 1 ex., Mozambique, Arabian Sea, Madagascar, India, 155 mm, lSI ANRC 3384; Bidnabad (South Andaman), Andaman Sea, Indonesia, New Caledonia, Philippines, I ex., 145 mm, lSI ANRC 3830; Junglighat fish market, Taiwan and southern Japan. 1 ex., 155 mm, lSI ANRC 4734. Upelleus sulphureus Cuvier 1829 Diagnosis: Dorsal fins VIII + 9; pectoral fin rays Sulphur goatfish 13-14; gill rakers 5-6 + 14-17 = 19-23; lateral line scales 1829. Upeneus sulphureus Cuvier, Hist. nat. Poiss. : 450 28-30; body depth at first dorsal fin origin 22-260/0 SL; (type locality: Antjer, western Java). body depth at anus 20-22; caudal peduncle depth 9.9- Upeneus sulphureus Randall and Kulbicki 2006. 11; maximum head depth 19-23; head depth through Zoological Studies, 45 : 304. eye 15-17; head length 27-31; orbit length 6.1-8.3; upper Material examined: Port Blair (South Andaman), 1 jaw length 11-14; barbel length 15-18; caudal fin length ex., 185 mm, lSI ANRC 2744; Mayabunder (North 28-32; anal fin height 16-19; pelvic fin length 20-24; Andaman), 1 ex., 180 mm, lSI ANRC 3382; Bidnabad pectoral fin length 19-21; first dorsal fin height 21-24; (South Andaman), 1 ex., 185 mm, lSI ANRC 3829; second dorsal fin height 18-22% SL; total bars on caudal Wandoor (South Andaman t 1 ex., 240 mm, ZSI ANRC fin 10-12 or more, upper caudal fin lobe with 4-6 brown, .f0 Rc('. ::001. SlIn:. India

dark brown or black bars: 4-7 bro\\·n. dark brown or operculum to behind second dorsal tin. the upper one black bars on lower lobe: one brown to black mid-lateral much shorter. beginning below tirst dorsal tin origin to body stripe from tip of snout to caudal fin base~ body second dorsal fin origin: lateral body stripes not retained above stripe greenish grey. body below stripe white or on preserved fish: barbels white: body white to silvery. beige. also on paired fins: dark mark very close to first dorsally dark reddish-brown, belly white. h1int yellowish and second dorsal fin tips~ barbels yellow in fresh fish: patches along pelvic and anal tin bases. Attains 2~ em most of body and fin pigmentation retained on Standard Length. preserved fish. Attains 30 cm Standard Length. Distrihution : Red Sea to South Africa, r-..1adagascar. Distrihution : Red Sea to Mozambique, Oman. Reunion. Mauritius. Indonesia, Thailand, New Guinea. Persian Gulf. India. Sri Lanka. Myanmar. Indonesia. New Caledonia. Palau, southern Japan. Palau, Mariana Cambodia, Thailand, Singapore, Sabah. Vietnam, Islands. Fiji. Samoa Islands, Society Islands. lv1arquesas Philippines, Papua New Guinea, Palau and Southern Islands and Hawaii. Japan. DISCUSSION Upeneus vittatus (Forsskal 1775) Coastal waters are highly structured. covering a large Striped goatfish variety of different bottom types that are inhabited by 1775. AdZ/llus l'itfallls Forsskal Descripl. Anim. : 31 (type a diverse assemblage of organisms. Many of these lovality : Jeddah, Red Sea). 1846. Rep. B,: Ass. A (h '111 t. habitats are still insufficiently known and require Sci. : 220 (type locality: Gaungzhou, China). continued eff0l1 to sample, describe and register all Upenells tragula Randall and Kulbicki 2006. Zoological Studies. 45 : 306. species. However, due to increasing signs of human induced local and global impacts there is also a pressing Material examined: Hut Bay (Little Andaman), 1 need to study further coastal organisms to understand ex., 140 mm, lSI ANRC 1919; Port Blair (South their ecological role and function and to evaluate their Andaman) 1 ex., 160 mm, ZSI ANRC 1622; Chouldari potential use as indicators and/or key species for (South Andaman), 1 ex., 226 mm, lSI ANRC 2997; coastal ecosystem monitoring and management. Some Nancowry Island (Nicobar Group), Mayabunder (N0l1h key species act as • ecosystem engineers' as they Andaman), 1 ex., 280 mm, lSI ANRC 3383; Bidnabad physically change the environment. either by themselves (South Andaman), 1 ex., 355 mm, ZSIANRC 3831; Inglis or by manipulating distinct habitat features. This study Island (South Andaman), 1 ex., mm, ZSI ANRC 4054; highlights the goattishes, family Mullidae. as a group Junglighat fish market, 2 exs., 132 mm, 160 mm, lSI of mainly coastal organisms that have a high value for ANRC 4730 & 4733. ecosystem monitoring and management. but also Diagnosis: Dorsal fins VIII + 9; pectoral fin rays require intensified systematic and ecological research. 15-16; gill rakers 7-8 + 19-21 = 27-29; lateral line scales In the last few years, considerable research on coastal 36-38; body depth at first dorsal fin origin 25-290/0 SL; fishes has been carried out to examine the effects of body depth at anal fin origin 21-24; caudal peduncle both naturaJ]y varying factors and human induced depth 9.9-12; maximum head depth 21-26; head depth modifications on habitat utilization at different scales through eye 18-20; head length 30-31; orbit length 7.0- (Rajan, 2010). Goatfishes occur in a broad range of 8.7; upper jaw length 11-13; barbel length 17-21; caudal habitats, mostly close to or near the bottom of the fin length 26-30; anal fin height 15-16; pelvic fin length littoral zone. However, some species may be found 18-21; pectoral fin length 22-24; first dorsal fin height down to depths of 500 m and surface-dwelling goatfish 22-25; second dorsal fin height 14-16% SL; total bars larvae have sometimes been found drifting in the outer on caudal fin 7-9, upper caudal fin lobe with 4-5 brown shelf or in oceanic waters (Deudero 2002). Most or dark brown bars; 3-4 brown or dark brown on lower goatfish species shift to bottom Ii fe soon after caudal fin lobe; bars on both caudal fin lobe retained metamorphosis, coinciding with barbel development on preserved fish; first dorsal fin tip dark; two yellow (McCormick 1993) and changes in eye structure (Shand or pale brown mid-lateral body stripes, one from eye to 1997). However, some species may remain in the open caudal fin base, where it joins the proximal upper caudal water as juveniles (McCormick & Milicich 1993) or feed fin lobe bar, and other stripebelow, from pectoral fin on plankton even during later ontogenetic stages base to caudal peduncle, continued by proximal most (Krajewski & Bonaldo 2006). Studies on goatfish habitat lower caudal fin lobe bar; two dorsolateral brown or use have considered depth as well as various bottom pale brown stripes, the lower one extending from types, including hard and soft bottoms, open sandy RA.I:\N l'l ul, : Thl' Goortisht.'s (F'omi(r .\/lIl1idae) o(Andaman (Illd lv'icohar Island,' 41 arl:as and those overgrown with vegetation. Clear surroundings. This is particularly evident on coral reefs, pre fe r L' nee S 1'0 r dis tin c t h a bit a tty pes, but a Iso which are usuall~ surrounded by sand habitats in the di fkrl:nccs among species and size/age classes, have back- and fore-reef areas, as well as in reef canals, bl:en replH1cd. Goattishes are most frequently found crevices and between reef patches. Corals feed un sandy nnttoll1s adjacent to hard bottoms, including themselves on microscopic food organisms that may, L'ural rl:ds. Apart from daily sh0l1-distance movements to a large extent, derive from currents transporting them \\ ithlTl and among foraging and resting sites (Holland towards the reefs, but there may also be a trophic link l'I (//. I ql)3: 1\1eyer (!f at. 2000), they may also show between sand bottoms and reef-forming corals, one ~L'aSl)Jlal migrations, in particular during the possible mechanism being the looping back of nutrients rq)rlHiuctive period, leadin'g to the formation of from bottom sediments into the open water and ~pa\\'n\llg aggregations (Colin & Clavijo 1978; Lobel surrounding areas by resuspension. The resuspension 1l)7X: Thresher 1984: Colin 1996: Machias & of bottom sediments can be enhanced by currents or l,abrupoulou 2002: Claydon 2004). Juvenile goatfishes wave action, but also by distinct organisms. There may .UL' often encounkred on soft bottoms, in seagrass also be important indirect effects on the sediment­ beds or mangroves, and at difTerent depths than adults, dwelling fauna itself (Choat & Kingett 1982) and on retlecting both horizontal and vertical ontogenetic other fish species that often follow goatfishes, thus hahitat shifts. Serving as recruitment habitats, seagrass forming mixed-species foraging associations. The hahitats may contribute positively to adult goatfish formation of multi-species foraging associations (also ahundance in adjacent areas (Dorenbosch et a1. 2005). called Inixed-species, heterospecific or interspecific Ontogenetic habitat shifts may also occur during later associations or shoals) may arise if food sources occur life history and coincide with changes in foraging mode, that can be shared with advantage. The stirring-up of social behaviour and the formation of multi-species sediments by goatfishes leads to the uplifting of associations. fonnerly hidden detritus and other organic material into Goattish is a commercially important demersal fish the water column. This activity attracts other species group throughout their distribution around the world that follow goatfishes and feed on the newly available and are considered to be one of the most important particles. Goatfishes themselves may profit, because tishery resources in the Andaman Islands due to their foraging in larger groups reduces the predation risk. delicacy_ the price recently reached about 60 rupees/ Detailed morphological studies of an organism group k.g. Goat fish species arc relevant to fisheries in are the prerequisite for understanding systematics, A ndaman Islands an~l several species have high ecology and diversity. Till today, Inost species are economic importance. For instance, in Andaman Islands described based on morphological characters, although at least five goatfish species are the target of fisheries, genetics is becoming increasingly important. Knowledge the gold-band mullet and the striped mullet have been of the shape, structure, and relative size of external and t~l\'ourite food fishes. The term key species has been internal body characters facilitates the interpretation of used in ecology to rule out those taxa that significantly a species' capability to adapt to distinct environmental contribute to the formation and sustaining of community conditions. However, many other morphological traits structure and interaction among co-occurring species. of goatfishes, such as body size, coloration, head form, The absence of key species would lead to a otolith form, or the number of countable characters, considerable decline in ecosystem coherence and such as gillrakers, fin rays, or vertebrae, may vary integrity. Due to their very active foraging behaviour interspecifically (Thomas 1969; Randall 2004) or with vigorous stirring up of sediments by their barbels intraspecifically (Uiblein et af. 1998). Currently, 70 and mouths, goatfishes may provide important species of goatfishes are known and in the last 13 years, ecosystem services, including resuspension and the eleven new goatfish species have been described. Some formation of mixed species foraging associations (Fig.3). genera have been proven to be particularly specious, These and additional characteristics of their resource the most diverse being Parupeneus, which consists of use may render goatfishes essential components of 27 species (Uiblein and Heemstra 2010), followed by food webs in sand-associated coastal ecosystems. Upeneus with 26 species. From future revisions, more Many littoral hard bottoms undergo a continuous detailed systematic information can be obtained and erosion process due to wave action and diverse mining frOln further exploration of remote areas, like isolated or scraping organisms that contribute to sedimentation islands, new discoveries of goatfish species can be and the formation of sandy areas in the immediate expected. All descriptions of goatfish species so far 42 Rec, zool. Sun', India have been based exclusively on morphological data. In which act as the nursery and spawning grounds and some cases, morphological variation may be higher than shallow waters which protect the fish during spawning differentiation found at the genetic level (Stepien et al. and also protect juveniles and recruits. Detailed studies 1994). involving the gear selectivity for the trawl to find the CONCLUSIONS suitable mesh size should be undertaken. Many knowledge gaps still exist in goatfish ecology SUMMARY and systematics. However, the currently available data Currently, 70 species of goatfishes are known, the suggest that goatfishes may indeed be suitable habitat family occurring widely in tropical, subtropical and indicators and may also qualify as key species in coastal temperate habitats from the upper littoral down to the sand-associated ecosystems. Because ofconsiderable upper slope. Studies of goat fish occurrence and inter- and intraspecific variations in habitat preferences, abundance in natural habitats in Andaman and Nicobar food selection, behaviour, and body structure, special Islands have been documented. Generally they prefer attention should be paid to treat species, populations. sand-associated bottoms, some species are more and size classes separately from each other. Because restricted to hard bottoms, and others occupy various not all goatfish species are equally well known and depths. Fourteen species are recognized under three even some new ones may be encountered, exploration, genera: A1ulloidichthys jlavolineatus, A1ulloidichth.vs monitoring, and management focusing on this group vanicolensis, Parupeneus barberinus. Parupeneus should be co-ordinated worldwide, thus enhancing cyclostomus, Parupeneus heptacanthus, Parupeneus information exchange and initiating joint research efforts indicus, Parupeneus macronema, Parupeneus in goatfish ecology and systematics. At the same time, pleurostigma, Parupeneus bifasciatus, Upeneus this study may also serve as a model for screening guttatus, Upeneus moluccensis, Upeneus sulphureus, other organisms for their potential as ecosystem Upeneus tragula and Upeneus vittatus. Goatfishes indicators. Fresh colouration of head, body and fins is respond to human-induced factors such as fisheries important for species diagnosis. The number and and habitat modification, as reflected by abundance, configuration of bars on the caudal fin are also useful size, or weight changes, or changes in their distributional to distinguish several species. The fish fauna of range. Goatfishes may act as allochthonous ecosystem Andaman and Nicobar Islands that comprises more than engineers through their vigorous foraging behaviour 572 islands, islets and deep water habitats is not well with barbells and mouth, which leads to the stirring-up known. The genus Upeneus Cuvier 1829 was reviewed of sediments and associated detritus particles high into from India by Kumaran and Randall 1984 and for the the water column. Goatfishes play a key role in the Western Indian Ocean (Uiblein and Heemstra 2010). A formation of multi-species foraging associations as a particular problem in the taxonomy of Mullidae is the nuclear species that are followed by many other species. dearth of diagnostic characters. One of the few useful There is a considerable lack of basic systematic and meristic characters is the number of dorsal fin spines, taxonomic knowledge, new species still being described which requires careful examination in order to detect and intraspecific morphological variation and genetic the minute recumbent first spine. Another important differentiation reqiring more detailed studies. Goatfishes character is the number of pectoral fin rays. A third clearly deserve more attention in future coastal habitat useful character is the number of gill rakers. In this exploration, monitoring and management efforts. account 65 specimens comprising 14 species were ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS examined from the Andaman and Nicobar Islands from The authors are thankful to Dr. K. Venkataraman, the field collections. One of the goals was to the use of Director, Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata, Dr. C. relatively quickly identifiable meristic, morphometric and Raghunathan, Officer-in-Charge, Zoological Survey of colour characters. Goat fishes are considered to be one India, Port Blair for encouragement and support. Thanks of the most important fishery resources in the Andaman to Dr. C. Sivaperuman, Zoological Survey of India, Port and Nicobar Islands, due to their high prices and Blair, John E. Randall, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, marketable power that recently reached about 60 Rs.! Hawaii, USA and for fruitful discussions and advice kg in the local market. In conclusion, the available on related topic. Special thanks to Dr. K. Rema Devi, results suggested that, goatfishes in the Andaman and Scientist, Marine Biological Station, Zoological Survey Nicobar Islands are not overexploited and it is due to of India, Chennai as reviewer for providing helpful effective management regulations such marine reserves comments. RAJAN l'l a/. : The G(}a~tishcs (Fami(\' AflilliJae) of'Andaman and Nicobar Islands 43

REFERENCES Choat. J. II., Kingett, PD. 1982. The influence of fish predation on the abundance cycles of an algal turf invertebrate t~1llI1a. (}('cologia. 54 : 88-95. Claydon, J. 2004. Spawning aggregations of coral reef fishes: characteristics hypotheses, threats and management. ()c('allograp/~\' al1d A1arine Biology: An Annual Review, 42 : 265-302. Col in, P. L. I 99(). Longevity of some coral reef fish spawning aggregations. Copeia 1996 : 189-192. ('olin, P.L., Clavijo, I.E. 1978. Mass spawning by the spotted goatfish, Pseudupeneus maculatus (Bloch) (Pisces: rVlullidae). Bulletin of Marine Sciences, 28 : 780-782. [)~lId~ro, S. 2002. Unexpected large numbers of Mullus surmuletus juveniles in open waters of the Mediterranean sampled with light attraction devices. Journal of Fish Biology, 61 : 1639-1642. Dorcllbnsch, M., Grol, M.G.G., Christianen, M.J.A., Nagelkerken, I., van der Velde, G. 2005. Indo-Pacific seagrass bcds and mangroves contribute to fish density and diversity on adjacent coral reefs. Marine Ecology /Jrogress Series, 302 : 63-67. (iolalli, D. 200 I. Upenells davidaromi, a new deepwater goatfish (Osteichthys, Mullidae) from the Red Sea. Israel Jourl1alofZoolog)', 47 : 111-121. I folland, K.N., Peterson, 1.0., Lowe, C.G., Wetherbee, B.M. 1993. Movements, distribution and growth rates of the white goatfish Mlilloides /lavolineatus in a fisheries conservations zone. Bulletin of Marine Science, 52 : 982-992. Krajewski, J.P., Bonaldo, R.M. 2006. Plankton-picking by the goatfish Pseudupeneus maculatus (Mullidae), a specialized bottom forager. Journal of Fish Biology, 68 : 925-930. Kumaran, M. and Randall, J.E., 1984. Mullidae. In : Fischer, W. and Bianchi, G. (eds.) FAD Species Identification Sheetsfor FishelY Purposes. Western Indian Ocean. Fishing area, 51. Vol. 3. Food Agriculture Organisation, Rome. Lobel, P.S. 1978. Die!, lunar, and seasonal periodicity in the reproductive behavior of the pomacanthid fish, Centrop.lge potteri, and some other reef fishes in Hawaii. Pacific Science, 32 : 193-207. Machias, A., Labropoulou, M. 2002. Intra-specific variation in resource use by red mullet, Mullus barbatus. i:stllarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 55 : 565-578. rvtcCormick, M.1. 1993. Development and changes at settlement in the barbel structure of the reef fish, Upeneus 'ragula (M ullidae). Environmental Biology of Fishes, 37 : 269-282. 1\1cCortnicK. M.l., Milicich, M.J. 1993. Late pelagic-stage goatfishes : distribution patterns and inferences on schooling behaviour. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 174 : 15-42. 1\1cyer. C.G, Holland, K.N., Wetherbee, B.M" Lowe, C.G. 2000. Movement patterns, habitat utilization, home range size and site fidelity of whitesaddle goatfish, Parupeneus porphyreus, in a marine reserve. Environmental Biology C?f Fishes, 59 : 235-242. Rajan, P.T. 2010. Diversity of Buttertlyfishes (Chaetodontidae) of Andaman and Nicobar Islands: Indicators in Coral Reef Habitat, Monitoring and Management. Recent Trends in Biodiversity ofAndaman and Nicobar Islands: 337-342. Randall, 2001, Mullidae. In : K.E., Carpenter & V.E., Neim (eds.), The living marine resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAG species identification guide for fishery purposes. Volume V. Bony fishes, part 3 (Menidae to Pomacentridae). Rome, FAO : 3175-3200. Randall, J.E. 2004. Revision of the goatfish genus Parupeneus (Perciformes : Mullidae), with descriptions of two new species. Indo-pacific Fishes, 36 : 1-64. Randall, lE. and Kulbicki, M. 2006. A review of the gcat fishes of the genus Upeneus (Perciformes : Mullidea) from New Caledonia and the chesterfield bank, with a new species and four new records. Zoological Studies, 45 : 298-307. Shand, J. 1997. Ontogenetic changes in retinal structure and visual acuity : a comparative study of coral-reef teleosts with differing post-settlement lifestyles. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 49 : 307-22. Stepien, C .A., Randall, J .E., Rosenblatt, R.H. 1994. Genetic and morphological divergence of a circumtropical complex of goatfishes : Mulloidichthys vanicolensis, M dentatus, and M. martinicus. Pacific Science, 48 : 44-56. 44 Rec. zoo!. Surv. India

Thomas, P.A. 1969. Goatfishes (Mullidae) of the Indian seas. Marine Biological Association of India Memoirs. 3: 1-174. Thresher, R.E. 1984. Reproduction in Reef Fishes. Neptune City: TFH Publications. Uiblein, F., Kohler, C., Tian, M.C. 1998. Quantitative examination of morphological variability among goatfishes of the genus Upeneus from the Malayan Province (Pisces: Percifonnes : Mullidae). Senckenbergiana Maritime. 28: 123-32. Uiblein, E, and Heemstra, P.C., 2010. A taxonomic review of the Western Indian Ocean goat fish genus Upeneus (family: Mullidae), with description of four new species. Smithiana Bulletin. 11 : 35-71. t't II. : The a~fi he (~mlily J\1ul/idac) of ndamon and i oba,. 1 'land. 45

ngrl:gating

IIl1oidic!,tltys jlavolineatus (Laeepcd ) 2 em L.

}lflllloidi(.'/rthJ . vall icolen ,' j- ' ( alcncienne ) 2, m L. Parllpetlcus ,~yd(} tOlnllS (Lacepede) 4

Parupeneu cy 10 "tomu ark pha e I Ph tl re raj).

Parup neLl' C, clostomus Blue col

Panlpetle" maCrOltellUlS La ~ epcde 22 em L. et al. : The Family Mul/ida ,,) 0 ndaman and i ohar Island 47

P rllp 11£111 Parllpeneus trifasciatus (Lacep d 48 Ret'. :00/. Sun: India

Upeneus "ittatus (Forsskal 1775) 21 em SL.

auda fin pattern in Upeneus sp.

Upeneus vittatus (7-9 bars). Upeneus moluccensis (6~8 bars on upper Upeneus gultatus (] 0-12 bars). lobe only).

Upeneus suJphureus 140 mm (9-l0 bars). l60 mm 0 1 ~ 12 ). 260 mm I( 14-] 5 bars). (no bar). Upeneus tragula (in larger pecimen the number of caudal bar is more).

Fig. 4. Association of goadish Parupeneus maClUnemliS with parrotfish Scarus bleekeri (Initial phase). Re('. ::'001. Sun'. India: 1l1(Part-3): 49-77, 2012

CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE ON INDIAN MARINE MOLLUSCS: FAMILY TEREBRIDAE

R. VENKITESAN AND A.K. MUKHERJEE Zoological Survey of India, 'M'-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700053

INTRODUCfION names. Still there is confusion exist in ascertaining the Members of family Terebridae are one of the most number of species due to polymorphic nature of the spectacular groups of shelled molluscs. Shells of the family Terebridae in geographical differences among the t~-lInily Terebridae are very typical in nature. These are morphological features in different species. Only 69 commonly known as auger shells. They take their species are known from India and 12 species known vernacular name from their long, slender and pointed from literature. Species of this family are predominantly shell, \\'hich are often attractively coloured and grouped into the genus Terebra or Hastula with a few delicately sculptured. The salient feature of the Terebrid species remaining into the genus of Diplomeriza and shell. are smooth or with axial sculpture, spiral sculpture Impages, one species remain in the genus Terenolla. or combination of the both. Varices absent, usually with Indian Terebrids have been inadequately treated so subsutural grooves, outer lip not thickened and without far. Smith (1899) describes 18 species under 3 genera 2 denticles or lirae, columella smooth or with a plait, subgenera from the collections present in the British presence of shallow to deep siphonal notch, with Museum. Melvill and Sykes (1897, 1899) described t~lsci()lar band. They have close relationship with some about 3 species from Andaman Islands. Smith (1877- other families like Turritellidae, Cerithidae and 1906) described four species and reported about 24 Pyramedellidae. Terebridae differs from Pyramedellidae species from Andaman seas. Preston (1908, 1914) hy having no fasciolar band and often have lirae or described 4 species from Orissa coast. Ray (1948) denticles inside the outer lip, shells of Turritellidae and described 3 species of Terebrids from Orissa coast. Cerithidae have no fasciolar band, but Cerithidae often Subba Rao et at., (1991) reported 6 species under have varices. two genera from Orissa coast. Surya Rao et af. (1992). Terebrids are sand dwelling . In tropics the Subba Rao et af. (1992) reported about 3 species under majority occur inter tidally and in the shallow sub-tidal, one genera from Digha coast of West Bengal. Subba down up to about 40 meters. Sub-tidal species down Rao and Dey (2000) reported about 25 species belongs up to about 350 meters, also occur in tropics, to 4 genera in their catalogue of marine gastropods constituting more significant component of the fauna from Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Subba Rao (2003) in temperate latitudes. All Terebrids are carnivorous, reported 15 species belongs to 4 genera of family usually burrowing not exceeding the shell length. There Terebridae from different locations of Indian coast. are three different types of feeding mechanisms. (a) Surya Rao (2004) reported about 2 species belongs to Radula and without poison apparatus; (b) there is a 2 genera from Gujarat coast and Ansari ef al. venom apparatus which injects venom by harpoon. (c) (2006) reported of 6 species of genus Terehra from Without radula and venom apparatus in which the Andaman. animal feeds the slow moving worms, which can be The objective of this work is to update our swallowed whole. Globally this family represented by knowledge on Terebridae of India. The present account about 265 species. with the greatest concentration of deals with the 52 species inhabiting the Indian seas. It species in the Tropical Indo Pacific region (153 species). includes the up to date nomenclature, synonymy, About 412 species were reported globally in different distinctive features, affinity and their distribution. 50 Re('. ::001. SlIIT. India

MATERIALS AND METHODS Buccinul11 had not been established by Linnaeus, since This work is based on the large collection of which period it has only been necessary to embrace Terebridae present in the National Zoological Collection under it the two species erroneously referred to the of Zoological Survey of India obtained from the Buccinum of Adanson and this way the genus becomes following sources. naturally constituted. The nomenclature of Bruguiere and Lamarck ought therefore to be retained. The inutility i) Shore collections from Indian main land and its adjoining islands by surgeons Naturalists of Indian of the genus Subula of Schumacher is in this manner Marine Survey, Abroad RIMS • Investigator' during demonstrated. No one had dreamt of this genus till 1887-1939. Adams and Adams attempted to establish in their work instituted "The Genera of Recent Molluscs" ii) Collection brought by faunestic survey parties of Zoological Survey of India from different coastal Terebra have the closest relation to Buccinum, as areas. conchologist well known, and it fell to Lamarck to introduce two species of the Buccil1ul11 amongst the PROCEDURAL TECHNIQUES Terebra. And the reversal has also taken place, for some Morphological examination of the shell was carried true Terebra have been ranged with BliccillUI11. These out with the help of magnifying glass (lOx) or under a facts show how these two genera are related; and so it binocular microscope. seems natural to place first the species most nearly All the measurements are given in millimeters (mm). allied to BuccinWl1 and lastly those with a farthest For each species, largest and smallest were selected removed from them. for measurements. Shell measurements are given in SYSTEMATIC LIST OF INDIAN SPECIES terms of maximum dimension along the longitudinal axis (Length) maximum dimension along body whorl (Width) Class and the maximum length of the aperture (Aperture Subclass PROSOBRANCHIA length). All the measurements were taken with the help Order NEOGASTROPODA of a dial caliper. Superfamily CONOIDEA I n the descri pti ve part the usual procedure Family TEREBRIDAE employed by malacologist is followed for the sake of Major Genera: uni formity. Genus The systematic arrangement of genera and species Diplolneriza is mainly based on Vaught's classification (1989). Genus Hm.lula Genus Impages HISTORY OF CLASSIFICATION Genus Terebra Adanson, (1757) in his voyage to Senegal instituted Genus Terenolla the genus Terebra, to include those Species, which Family TEREBRIDAE Linnaeus (1857) after wards jncluded in his genus 1. Genus Diplomeriza Buccinum. It is true that Adanson's genus brought together two distinct form of molluscs; one group 1. Diplomeriza anomala (Gray) belonging to the Buccinum, to comprehended within 2. Diplomeriza duplicata (Linnaeus) that genus; whilst the other contains species which 3. Diplomeriza evoluta Deshayes** have been considered by Bruguiere (1789) and Lamarck 4. Diplomeriza raphanula Lamarck ( 1822) as typical of the genus Terebra and this genus, 5. Diplomeriza spectabilis (Hinds) so reconstituted, has been recognized of all naturalists. 6. Diplomeriza straminea Gray Not withstanding this unanimity with respect to the 7. Diplomeriza tiurensis Schepman** genus, an attempt has been made by Schumacher ( 1817) 8. Diplomeriza tricolor (Sowerby) and supported by Blainville (1825) to make an alteration 2. Genus Hastula in its consitution. Schumacher in fact proposes to give 1. Hastula albula (Menke) the name Terebra to the Bucciniform species, and call 2. Hastula bacillus Deshayes the others by a new generic name reformed by Bruguiere 3. Hastula cinerea Born and Lamarck. This change might have been brought 4. Hastula diverse Smith about it during the time of Adanson, the genus 5. Hastula hastata Gmelin VFNKITESAN & MUKHERJEE: Contribution to the knowledge on Indian Marine Molluscs.' Family Terebridae 5 I

h Ilustu/a inconstans Hinds 37. Terebra succinea Hinds** 7 111I.litula il1col1stans canfilsa Smith** 38. Terebra tessellata Gray* * x. ""slll/a /allCeala Linnaeus** 39. Terebra textilis Deshayes 9 II1Istuia laula (Pease) 40. Terebra trlcincta. Smith 10. I-Iastula matherianana (Oeshayes) 41. Terebra tricolor Sowerby** It. lIastula penicil/ata Hinds * * 42. Terebra triseriata Gray 12. lIastula salida Oeshayes 43. Terebra undulata Gray Il Hastliia ...,·trigilata (Linnaeus) 44. Terenolla pygmaea Hinds** 14. Hastula stylala (Hinds) 15. /I£I.\"(ula tenera (Hinds) **Literature only *forms 16. lIastlila trail/ii (Oeshayes) Class GASTROPODA 3. Genus Impages Subclass PROSOBRANCHIA I. Impages hectica Linnaeus Order NEOGASTROPODA Superfamily CONOIDEA 4. Genus Terebra Family TEREBRIDAE I. Terebra arealata (Link) Family TEREBRIDAE Moerch ') Terebra affinis Gray 1852. Terebrina Moerch, Cat. Conchyl. foldi 1., p. 741-853. J Terebra alveolata Hinds Acusidae qray. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, 14(62) : 4. Terebra amanda. Hinds 129 (based 'on Acus Gray, 1847-non Lecepede, 1803). 5. Terebra amoena Oeshayes 1853. Terebrinae H & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., l: 224. 6. Terebra anilis (Roeding) 1969. Pervicaciidae Rudman, Ve/iger, 12(1) : 63. 7. Terebra babylonia. Lamarck** Diagnostic Characters : Shell variable in shape, K Terebra bijrons Hinds** generally fusiform, with a high slender spire. Outer 9. Terebra cerithina Lamarck surface with many sculptural patterns composed of 10. Terebra chlorata Lamarck spiral or axial to oblique ribs and cords, grooves, 11. Terehra cingulifera Lamarck nodules or spines. Often present with periostracum. \ 2. Terebra columellaris (Hinds) Aperture more or less elongate, siphonal canal well 13. Terebra commaculata (Gmelin) marked, short to long, outer lip thin and sharp. A 14. Tcrehra crenulata (Linnaeus) characteristic slit or notch along the posterior part of 15. l'erebra crenulata f fimbriata Oeshayes* the outer lip, which is reflected in the growth line made 16. Ten'hra crenulata f interlineata Deshayes* by the lip. 17. Ten:hra decorata Oeshayes** Key to the Genera 1K Terebra deshayesi Reeve 19. Terebra dimidiata. (Linnaeus) 1. Suture distinctly separated, absence of a heavy 20. Terebra durgella Ray callous on the parietal wall ...... Terebra Bruguiere 21. Terebrafelina (Oilwyn) - Suture indistinctly separated, presence of a. narrow 22. Terebra Jenestrata Hinds callous band ...... lmpages Smith 23. Terebra funiculata Hinds 2. Spiral sculpture absent; siphonal canal with a deep 24. Terebra guttata (Roeding) notch ...... Hastula Adams & Adams 25. Terebra laevigata Gray - Spiral sculpture present; siphonal canal without a 26. Terebra maculata (Linnaeus) deep notch; axial ribs prominent, spiral grooves deep 27. Terebra macandrewii Smith ...... Diplomeriza Dall 28. Terebra nebulosa Sowerby Genus D;p!omer;za Dall 1908 29. Terebra nodularis Deshayes** 30. Terebra pertusa Born D;p!omer;za duplicata Linnaeus, 1758 31. Terebra polygyrata (Deshayes) Diagnostic Characters: Shell solid, glossy, medium 32. Terebra punctatostriata Gray in size, aperture small and ovate, sculptured with 33. Terebra quoygaimard Cernohorsky prominent axial rjbs and deep spiral grooves at suture. 34. Terebra roseata. Adams & Reeve* * Interstices narrow and smooth, with stain, pre-sutural 35. Terebra subulata (Linnaeus) band below the suture divides by grooves with folded 36. Terebra succincta Gmelin whorls. 52 Re£'. ::oo/. SlIIT. Il1dia

Genus DipiOlneriza, Dall 1908 Distrihution : India: Tamilnadu. Chennai Coast. Diplomeriza duplicata Linnaeus. 1758 ElseH'here : Philippines. Sandwich Island. Singapore. Key to the species under the Genus Diplon,eriza 2. Dip/omeriza duplicata (Linnaeus) 1. Columella strongly twisted fasciole with a ridge. (PI. L Fig. 2) suture with sub-sutural band ...... strominea 175~. Buccil1ulJ1 duplic(lllil11 Linnaells. Sn'f. Sal. 10 : 758. 12 : 1206. - Columella slightly twisted. fasciole without a ridge. 1767. Diplomcriza dllplicala Linnaells . .~\'sl. /\'al., ed. 12 : suture without sub-sutural band ...... 2 1206. 2. Whorls flatly convex. ornamented with square I X39. Terchra lamarcki Kiener. Icol1 des emf. r l\'. p. 30. t. orange spots ...... raphanula 9. fig. 19. - Whorls straight sided, without any ornamentation 1857. Tcrehra rce\'ei Deshayes . .I. (·ollch.d, 6 : p. 65-102. pi. 35 ...... 3 1906. Tcrchra eluplica/a : Comher. J B(}mh(~l' IlUl. His!. Soc., 3. Earlier whorls expanding. axial ridge above and 17 : 21~. below on all whorls ...... spectahilis 1921. Tcrchra dllplicafa : Hornell. J\ludru\ Fish. Bull., 14 : - Earlier whorls expanding. axial ridge above and 141. below on all whorls ...... spectahilis 1942. Duplicaria dllplicalll : Gravely. 1311/1. ,\ladras Gm'!. AlliS. New Sel: (Nal. Hisl.). 5(2) : XO. - Earlier whorls not expanding, with out axial ridge 1952. DlIplicaria duplicata : Satyamurti, BIIII. ,\fadrlls Gol'f ...... 4 !vIliS. Xc\\' Sa (Nat. Hist.), 1(2) : 214. PI. 21. fig. 5.

4. Shell with a peripheral band~ pale spiral band with 1952. Terebra duplicata : Subramanyam, Karandikar and Murti, 1. Un i\'. Bombay, 21(3) : 55. Fig. 171. isolated brown spots " ...... dllplicata 1961. DlIplicaria dllplicata : Menon, Datta Gupta and - Shell without a peripheral band; absence of pale Gupta, 1. Bomhay nal. Hisl. Soc., 58(2) : 490. PI. 9. spiral band with brown spots ...... 5 fig. 77. 5. Whorls flatly convex, smooth with 3 distinct orange 1986. Duplicuria dllplicata : Tikader. Daniel and Subba Rao. red lines ...... tricolor Sea shore animals of Andaman lIl1d 7Vicohar Islllllds. Zoo/. SUI1'. Illdia, p. 173. - Whorls folded above, without any colored lines, 1990. Duplicaria duplicala : Pinn. Sea Shells otPondicherry, axial ribs straight not continuous on entire whorl Nehru Science Centre, p. 109, fig. 200...... anomala 2000. Diplomcriza duplicala : Subba Rao and Dey Rec. zool. 1. Dip/olneriza anomala Gray Surv. Ind. Occ. Paper, 187 : p. 175. 2003. Duplicaria duplicata : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. (PI. 1, Fig. 1) Ind. Oce. Paper, 192 : pI. 87, fig. 2 & 3 and pi. 89, 1834. Terebra anomala Gray, Proc. zoo!. Soc. Lond., p. fig. 6-7. 62 : (habitat: Singapore). 2004. Diplomeriza duplicala : Rao, Maitra, Barua and 1844. Terebra anomala : Hinds Thes conch. p. 180. PI. 45. Ramakrishna, Fauna of Gujarat, State Fauna series, figs. 101-102. 8(2) : 324. Zoo!. Surv. India. 1859. Terebra anomala : Deshayes Proc. zoo!. Soc. Lond., 2007. Diplomeriza duplicata : Ramkrishna, Dey, Barua and 27 p. 291 SI. No. 81. Mukhopadhya, Fauna ofAndhra Pradesh, State Fauna 1860. Terebra anomala : Reeve, Conch. Icon, 12, Terebra. series, 5(7) : 136, XI, figs. 131 & 132. Zoo!. Surv. PI. 12; fig. 36. India. Material examined: Chennai coast (26 exs). Material examined: Andamans (9 exs), Gujarat (2 Measurements (mm) : Length: 15.30-34.00, Width: exs). Tamil Nadu (5 exs). 3.70-7.00 Aperture length: 2.30-5.40 Measurements (mm) : Length: 47.70-52.50, Width: Description : Shell small in size, up to 34 mm in 8.00-8.30 Aperture length: 8.10-8.80. height, spire pointed, whorls about 12 and folded Description: Shell of medium size, up to 50 mm in above; aperture broad and quadragular, columella height, narrowly elongate with 15 to 17 whorls. Aperture straight and little calloused. Suture divided by an small and ovate, columella twisted, anterior canal impressed punctuate line. Shell smooth polished with a recurved. Sculptured with a deep sutural groove, 25-30 whitish band on the periphery. flat and close set of axial ribs, whorl divided by a spiral Remarks: The chief distinct feature of this species groove above the middle. Shell glossy, cream or brown is the wavy spiral groove 'or impressed line which coloured with darker rusty brown transpirally elongate divides the whorls a little below the suture. markings with a pale band just above suture. \TNKITFSAN & MUKHERJEE: COll(rihll(ion (0 (Iu.: klUHdedge on Indian J.vfarine Molluscs: Family Terehridae 53

RC/JIlir/t.\ : It can be differentiated by the presence than later ones, last whorl roundly keeled at base, suture ur deep -"lltllral groove and flat close set of axial rib in deep; deep sutural groove has crowded, straight, axial tl ansparent in appearance. ridges above and below on all whorls, smooth between I >/\(r/hlil/oll : India: Tamil Nadu : Madras, Gulf of ridges, siphonal canal strongly recurved, amber with "!annar (Tuticorin, Pamhan, Krusadai Islands), white band above and below suture, columella white. :\ ndaman Islands. Remarks : A gracefully colored species, encircled 1:'I.\(,\\·here : Ch ina, I ndo- Pac i fic (common) by a marked depression above and below the suture. 1\ bdagascar, Malacca's, Singapore, Viti Islands. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. J. Diplollleriza raphanula Lamarck Elsewhere: Guinea, Pakistan, Sumatra, Tasmania. (PI. 1, Fig. 3) 5. Diplomeriza straminea Gray I S.2.2. Tl'I"t'hra raplwlllila Lamarck, Anim. Sans. Na(. 10 : p . (PI. 1, Fig. 5) .246. 1843. Diplomeriza straminea Gray, Proc. zool. Soc. London, I S ~1J. 7;'rehr£l raphnllia : Kiener, Icon. des Coq. vivo p. 21, 11 : 62. (16): pI. 10, fig. 20. 1839. Terebra habylonia Var. Kiener, Icon. Decay 5 : pI. 14, I X44. Terehr£l raphanliia : Hinds. Thes Conchyl. P. 159. fig. 35a. (23) : pI. 44, fig. 94. 1859. Terebra approximata Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. I ~NX. Terl.'hra raphanula : Melvill and Sykes, Proc. malac. Lond., p. 299, sp. no. 125. Soc. London, 3 : 43. 1898. Terebra straminea : Melvill and Sykes, Proc. malac. Il)X6. Duplicaria raphallula : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Soc. London, 3 : 43. Sea shore animals of Andam an and Nicobar Islands. 1908. Terebra unicolor Preston, Rec. Indian Mus., 2 : 190, ZO()/. SlUT. India. p. 173. pI. 17, fig. 65. 1990. Duplicaria raphanula : Pinn, Sea Shells ofPondicheny, 1986. Duplicaria straminea : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Nehru Science Centre, p. 110, fig. 202. Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Afalerial examined: Andamans (5 exs), Marine Zoo I. Surv. India, p. 173. survey (2 exs), Kerala (3 exs), Kamataka (4 exs). 2000. Diplomeriza straminea : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No. 187 : 175. A/ellsllrements (mm) : Length: 38.10-46.70, Width: Material examined: Andaman (4 exs). X.JO-X.50 Aperture length: 10.00-10.60. Measurements (mm) : Length: 54.60-65.20, Width: Description: Shell somewhat cylindrical, up to 46 9.00-10.30 Aperture length: 8.60-10.00. n1l11 in height, whorls flatly convex gives some what tower like apperance, whorls divided at the upper part Description : Shell large and slender, up to 65 mm in height, about 21 whorls, whorls convex, spirally and by a sharp groove, the folds disappearing on the last finely ridged, aperture narrowly oval, columella twisted whorl. aperture squarish, columella slightly recurved. and recurved at the base, outer lip thin. Sculptured Ornamented with longitudinally square orange spots with fine axial and spiral lines, suture deep, interstices and red dotted at the sutural margin. rather excavated, swollen and turreted suture impressed Remarks: It can be differentiated from other species with orange or brown color. by its more slender and shiny distinct tessellated ash Remarks : It nearly allied to T quoygaimard. It can colour. be identified by the sculpture of fine incised grooves. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Distribution : India : Andaman Islands and Elselt'here : South Africa, Fiji Island, Philippines. Lakshadweep. 4. Diplon,eriza spectabi!is Hinds Elsewhere: Philippines, China. (pt. L Fig. 4) 6. Diplolneriza tricolor (Sowerby) 1844. Terebra spectabilis Hinds, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.. pI. (pt. 1, Fig. 6) 1 L p. 153. 1825. Diplomeriza tricolor Sowerby, Cat. Shell Tankerville, 2003. Terebra spectabilis : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind. appendix, p. 24. Occ. Papel: 192 : 319, pI. 87. 1833. Terebra taeniolata Quoy & Gaimaird, Voy. De PAstl: Material examined: Andamans (8 exs). T ii. p. 466, pI. 36, fig. 25-2. Measurements (mm) : Length: 10.50-17.00, Width: 1860. Terebra deshayesii : Reeve, Conch. /con., 12. Fig. 45. 2.90-4.50 Aperture length: 2.70-4.20. 1898. Terebra tricolor : Melvill and Sykes, Proc. malae. Soc. London, 3 : 43. Description: Shell solid, 17 mm in height, glossy, 1906. Terebra tricolor: Comber, 1. Bomba}' nat. Hist. Soc., straight sided but earlier whorls expanding more rapidly 17 : 212. 54 Rec zool. SIifT. India

1986. Duplicaria tricolor: Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao. 5. Upper part of suture with continuous plication, and Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. with a sutural groove ...... albula Zool. Surv. India. p. 173. Upper part of suture without continuous plication 2000. Diplomeriza tricolor: Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Surv. India. Dec. Paper No. 187 : 175. and without a sutural groove ...... 6 Material examined: Andamans (9 exs). 6. Shell elongate cylindricaL columella arched; suture without band ...... hastata Measurements (mm) : Length: 33.70-55.40, Width: 5.80-8.60 Aperture length: 4.80-8.20. - Shell short not cylindricaL columella twisted, suture with a band ...... 7 Description: Shell large and slender, up to 56 mm in height, almost straight sided, whorls slightly convex, 7. Suture with red color band below. with interstices about 18-21 whorls, early whorls slightly crenulated and concave ...... tenera later one become smooth; aperture small, columella - Suture variously handed. interstices not concave, twisted recurved. Suture impressed, sutural band with coloration on apex ...... 8 creamy white in color, each whorl is covered by 3 8. Suture encircled with a narrow violet band, band distinct red-orange color spiral lines; shell orange fawn becomes broad at base ...... trailli in color. - Suture encircled with a purple hand, band becomes Remarks : It is charactrized by a typical state, narrow at base ...... 9 encircled with 3 distinct orange red lines; it differs very 9. Shell grayish, columella without callous, axial ribs little from T. cingulifera. straight ...... lauta Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. - Shell brownish, columella with callous, spot below Elsewhere: Indonesia, Japan and Tonga Islands. suture ...... 10 Genus Hastula H. Adams & A. Adams, 1853 10. Length of aperture more than half of the body whorl, pre-sutural margin with a pit ...... matherionana Type sp. : Hastula (Hastula) strigilata Linnaeus, 1758 - Length of aperture less than half of the body whorL Diagnostic Characters : Shell of moderate size, pre-sutural margin without a pit ...... 11 aperture wide, anterior canal very short with a wide deep notch; siphonal fasciole wide, with an indistinct 11. Axial ribs narrow and sharp; interstices with peculiar leaden ash colour ...... bacillum groove, columella with a basal fold, callus curving inner wall, narrow axial ribs, which fade out on anterior part - Axial ribs broad and flat; interstices with orange of whorls. colour .. , ...... solida Key to species under genus Hastula 7. Hastula alhula (Menke) (PI. 1, Fig. 7) l. Axial ribs continue on entire body whorl, presence 1843. Terebra (Hastula) albula Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. Spec. of a narrow pre-sutural band ...... inconstans p. 30, No. 163. - Axil ribs not continue on entire body whorl, absence 1844. Terebra (Hastula) albula : Hinds, Thes conch. p. 183. of a narrow pre-sutural band ...... 2 (93) PI. 43, fig. 126. 2. Nuclear whorl with brown color, with blackish brown 1859. Terebra incolor Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 283. . rhomboidal blotches ...... strigilata 1898. Terebra casta Lamarck : Melvil and Skyes, Proc. - Nuclear whorls without color, without' any blotches; malac. Soc. London, 3 : 42. body whorl with a color band ...... 3 1986. Duplicaria albula : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 3. Body whorl with a narrow brown band, purple spot Zool. Surv. India, p. 173. in upper part ...... cinerea 2000. Hastula albula : Subba Rao and Dey Rec. zool. Surv. - Body whorl with a broad white band, ornamented Indi. Dcc. Paper, 187 : 176. with short axial streaks ...... 4 Material examined: Andamans (6 exs). 4. Shell shining brown, axial streaks forms a narrow Measurements (mm) : Length: 22.00-26.80, Width: band .. , ...... stylata 2.30-2.50 : Aperture length: 5.40-6.00.

~ Shell shining white, axial ~treaks not forming a band, Description: Shell small and cylindrical, up to 27 well defined at suture ...... 5 mm in height, about 9-11 flattened whorls, undivided, VENKITESAN & MUKHERJEE: COl1tributiull to the knuwledge un Indian Marine !vlolluscs : Family Terebridae 55

C\os~ly plic3ted round the upper part plaits produced 12 sharply flattened; whorls, longitudinally finely at tilt' slltur~. whorls divided by an impressed punctuate striated; aperture small, columella callous, shining lin~ n~ar suture; aperture rather small, and columella , straight, somewhat truncated. Ornamented ratht'r ShOI1. weakly arched. Shell smooth, polished, with a dark brown, short axial streaks at suture which urnam~nted with a whitish band on the periphery. gives a narrow band appearance. Sculptured with Rcmarks : This species is widely distributed, varies narrow curved axial ribs which become obsolete in short is sklllier and sculpture. Variability may occur due its distance before to the suture; body whorl with a white hahitats. This species does not have any encircling and brown band. gruun: . Remarks : Characterized by a uniform cinereous I )I.\'/ril>ution : India: Andaman Islands. colored shining chestnut columella, and by the delicate concentric placations of the upper part of the whorls, 1:'/scH'i1l!re : Australia, Philippine, Straits of rvlalacca. round which there is only- a scarcely perceptible R. Hastula bacillus (Oeshayes) depression in the place of the customary groove. (PI. 1, Fig. 8) Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. I X59. J(n:hra bacillus Oeshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., pI. 25, sp. no. 134. Elsewhere: Isles of Mindanao, Japan, Philippines, 1l)59. Terbra lactca Oeshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., no. Polynesia and West Africa. 52. p. 285. 10. H astula hastata (Gmelin) I XhO. Ten!hra bacillus: Reeve, Conch. Jeon., 12, Terebra (PI. I, Fig. 10) sp. 134, pI. 25, fig. a, b, c. 1791. Buccinum has tatum Gmelin, p. 3502, no. 144. 2008. Hastlila bacil/um : Mahapatra, Fauna of Krishna EstuaI)', Estuarine Ecosystem series, 5 : 136, Zoo1. 1828. Terebra costata Menke, Syn. Mus., p. 84. Surv. India. 1839. Terebra hastata, Kiener, Icon. Des Coq. Viv., 17 : p. 22, pI. 10, fig. 23. A1ateria/ examined: Orissa (72 exs) Visakhapatnam 1844. Terebra hastata Hinds, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 162, (56 exs). no. 43. A-!easurements (mm): Length: 13.15-18.75, Width: 1859. Terebra crasula Oeshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 2J~5-3.46: Aperture length: 3.20-5.30. 282, No. 37. Description: Shell solid, needle like, up to 18 mm in 2000. Hastula hastata : Rao and Dey. Rec. zoo/. Surv. Ind. Occ. Paper, 187 : 176. height, whorls slopping flattered, undivided, elongate Andamans exs). plicate crenulated round the upper part, aperture small, Material examined: (5 columella arched and short. Ornamented with banded Measurements (mm) : Length: 14.60-26.50, Width: I~aden ash-colour, shining, some times spotted 3.00-6.50; Aperture length: 3.40-7.10. beneath the sutures, apex lead colour. Description: Shell elongate and cylindrical, keeled Remark'i : A shining solid shell, of transparent white, at base, whorls about 9-10, flattened, undivided, closely variously banded with a peculiar leaden ash colour. plicated round the uppe~ part plaits produced at the suture, Axial ribs flat and continuous, aperture rather Distribution : India : Orissa, Andhra Pradesh: small, columella rather short and arched. Shell creamy Visakhapatnam, Bhimlipatnam. white, ornamented with a white band at sutures, ElseH'here : Red sea; Sandwich Island. interstices smooth filled with dark-orange color. Pre­ 9. Hastula cinerea (Born) sutural groove is absent. (PI. 1, Fig. 9) Remarks : Widely distributed species varying in 1780. Terbra cinera Born, Test. Mus. Caes. Vindobonesia p. slender and define of sculpture along to its habitat. It 267, pI. 10, fig. 11 & 12. is one of the species which do not have pre-sutural 1843. Terebra luctuosa Hinds, Proc. zo'ol. Soc. Lond., p. groove. 157. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. 1850. Terebra jamaicensis Adams, Cont. conch. p. 58. Elsewhere: Australia, Philippines, Sandwich Island, Material examined: Andamans (5 ·~xs). West Indies. Measurements (mm) : Length: 25.0'0-27.40, Width: 11. Hastula inconstans (Hinds) 5.20-5.70; Aperture length: 5.40-6.60. (PI. 1, Fig. 11) Description : Shell medium in size, up to 27 mm 1844. Terebra inconstans Hinds, Thes. Conch., p. 179, no. height, with pointed and long spire, whorls about 10- 85, pI. 44, fig. 83. Ree. ~(}()1. Sun'. Il1dia 56

1859. Terebra illcollstalls Oeshayes Proc. zool. Soc. LOIld.. 13. H ustliia matllerolliwltl (Deshayes) p. 291, no. 80. (Pl. L Fig. 13) 1860. Terebra aciculina Reeve, Conch. Icon.. 12, Terebra 1959. Terehra mal/7ertJlliollll Deshay~s, Proc. zool. Soc.. sp. 134, pI. 25, fig. a, b, c. Lond : p. 287, no. 60, pl. 27. 2003. Terebra inconstans : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Sun'. Ind. 1860. Tt>rebra aciclililhi Laman:k, Reeve Proc. zoo/. Soc.. Dcc. Paper, 192 : 338, pI. 89, fig. 1. LOIld.. pI. 23, sp. no. 121. Material examined: Andamans (5 exs). 1869. Terehra strigillahl LinnaclIs, Pease, Am. J. Conch., 4, Measurements (mm) : Length: 23.80-29.80, Width: p. 123. 6.30-7.10; Aperture length: 6.50-8.60. 1885. Terehra laura Pease, Tryon, .\1<111. COl1ch. 7 : 33, pI. 10, fig. 91 (figd. Type spec 1111 en ). Description : Shell small, up to 30 mm in height, 2000. Haslula mathemnial111 : SlIhha Ran and Dey. Rec. zoo I. thin, narrow and acicular with about 12 whorls. Aperture SlIr\,. Illd. Oc('. Paper So. IH7 : 17().

short broadly effused at base, columella calloused, very Material examined: Andamans (5 exs). short and straight, keeled at base. Upper part of the Measurements (Inm) : Length: \ X.50-11.00, Width: whorls sculptured with elongate folded axial ribs. Color 3.60-4.50~ Aperture length: 4.30-4.XO. shining white, with pale band towards base, sutures white with pale band and brown dots below. Description: Shell solid, small up to 11 ml1l in height, spire long and pointed, whorls about 14. whorls Remarks : This species has much of general slopping flattened, undivided. Longitudinal placations character of T anomala but whorls are continuous entire are continuous to the base of the whorl. apel1ure small and the shells are more acuminate of the body. and narrow, broadly effused at the base, other lip thin, Distribution : India : Andamans; Tamil Nadu columella very short, callous, and straight keeled at Tranquebar. base. Color white or ash, shining, ornamented with pale Elsewhere : Merques Island, Sandwich Islands. band towards the base, suture white, encircled with 12. Hastula lauta (Pease) elongated brown dots. Body whorl with a white band. (Pl.l,Fig.12) Remarks : Longitudinal plications are continuous 1869. Terebra lauta, Pease, Am. Jow"n. Conch., 5, p. 66. to the base of the whorl, and the aperture is sma]] and 1967. Hastula lauta : Cernohorsky. Marine shells of Pacific, narrow and not patulateas. This species varies little in 1, p. 210, fig. 404. form, except in having the plicated sculpture more or 2003. Terebra lauta : Subba Rao, Rec. zoo I. Sun'. India, Dcc. Paper No. 192, p. 339, pI. 89, figs. 8 & 9 (only less strongly developed. It is nearly allied to H. description not figures). strigilata. Material examined: Andaman (2 exs). Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Measurements (mm) : Length: 21.50-22.00, Width: Elselvhere : Manila, Singapore, Sandwich Islands. 4.50-4.70; Aperture length: 4.30-4.60. 14. Hastula solida (Oeshayes) Description: Shell solid, sub-cylindrical in shape (PI. I, Fig. 15) up to 22 mm in height with about 12 whorls, aperture 1859. Terebra solida Deshayes Proc. zool. Soc., Lond, p. small; sculptured with strong longitudinally plicated 282, no. 36. axial ribs, the placations are regular, sharp and extending 1898. Terebra solida : Melvill and Skyes, Proc. malac. Soc., across the whorls, the interstices witl:l a single row of London, 3 : 42. p~nctuation near the suture; deep spiral groove at 1967. Has/ula solida : Cernohorsky. Marine shells of facific, 1, p. 212, pI. 54, fig. 408. suture~ leaden gray to orange brown in color, ornamented with polished banded with yellow, bearing Material examined: Andamans 1 ex. a row of chestnut spots at the suture with a pale Measurements (mm) : Length: 18.50, Width : 4.60~ peripheral band, beneath which the body whorl is Aperture length: 3.20. chestnut colored. Description: Shell solid, with pointed spire, whorls Remarks : This species is nearly allied to H. about 9-12, nuclear whorls light orange in colour strigilata but it can be identified by sharp plication aperture broad, columella straight, little callous. and the line of punctuation which indicate a sutural Sculptured with 14-18 broad and flat axial ribs; white space and no demarcation defined upon the in the ribs. ornamented with a narrow fawn band; interstices are Distribution : India : Andaman Islands. smooth and often s'tained with orange. \TNKITESAN & MUKHERJEE: COlllrihlllion 10 Ihe know/edge on Indian A/orine Molluscs: Family Terebridae 57

Rt'/llorb : This species can be identified with the columella callous, shining chestnut, straight, somewhat aid or a\ial ribs are flat and broad; stained with orange truncated, color shining brownish gray, Ornamented ("lour. with dark brown short axial streaks at suture, which tend to form a narrow band. Sculptured with narrow I )islrlhullOl1 : India: Andaman Islands. curved axial ribs, which becomes obsolete before suture. Fls(' wherc : Tropical Paci fic, uncommon Body whorl with a white and brown band. ( 'lTlloilorsky. 1(67). Remarks: Narrow curved axial ribs which become 15. Hastliia !itrigilata Linnaeus obsolete a short distance posteriorly to sutures helps (PI. I, Fig. 14) to identify this species. I :~X HIIC('/lIl1ll1 slrigel/alliln Linnaeus. Sysl. Nal., ed., 10 : Distribution: India: Andaman Islands, Orissa. 741 (Type locality: 0 Asiatic). I X-l-l /,"1'('l>l'a strigilala Hinds, Thes. Conch. p. 180. pI. 45, Elsewhere: Tropical Pacific. ligs. 10 1-1 02. 17. Hastula tenera (Hinds) I X:'9. 71.'/'('1>1'£1 modesla Deshayes, Proc. zoo!. Soc.. Lond. : (PI. I, Fig. 17) p. 2XX. No. 64. 1843. Terebra lenera Hinds, Proc. zoo!. Soc. Lond., p. 158. 19h 7. Huslli/a strigilata : Cernohorsky. Marine shells of 1940. Terebra tenera : Crichton,1. Bombay nat. His I. Soc., Pacific. 1, p. 154. fig. 409. 42 : 335 . .\!aterial examined: Orissa (12 exs). 1952. Terebra tenera : Subramanyam. 1. Univ. Bombay, ,\/ew;uremellts (mm) : Length: 25.60-28.35, Width: 21(3) : 55, fig. 169. 1992. Terebra tenera : Subba Rao, Dey and Barua, Fauna of ),()O-h.20; Aperture length: 4.20-5.20. West Bengal, State Fauna series, 3(9) : 200. ZooI. Dcscription : Shell medium in size, with pointed spire, Surv. India. lip to 2~ mm in height, about 10-15 whorls; Whorls flat 2004. Terebra tenera : Surya Rao, Zoo!. Surv. india, State sitkd. aperture small, columella short, slightly twisted; Fauna Series 8, Fauna of Gujarat, p. 324. color shining brownish gray, with white bands below Material examined: Andamans (5 exs) Gujarat (3 suture. blackish brown rhomoboidal on a white pre­ exs) Karnataka (5 exs). sutural band. Sculptured with broad and flat axial ribs, Measurements (mm) : Length: 8.00-17.50, Width: interstices narrow and smooth; body whorl with a white 1.00-2.20, Aperture length: 1.50-1.90. peripheral band. Description : Shell small and narrow, up to 17 nun in Remarks: White purple band with blackish brown height, about 6-8 flattened convex whorls; aperture rhumhoidal below the suture helps to identify this shining, oblong and small, columella little twisted;

~peclcs. suture distinct beaded with red, surface almost smooth, [)istribUlivn : India: Orissa; Tamil Nadu : Madras. polished with darkish spiral bands, ribs transpired, interstices distant concave. Elscwhere : Australia, Indonesia, Indo Pacific, Remarks : This little species, with its distinct Philippines, Sandwich Islands, Sri Lanka. varicose ribs has somewhat the appearance of Mangelia 16. Hastliia stylata (Hinds) but, it can be identified with shell small, polished with (PI. I, Fig. 16) darkish spiral bands, ribs transpiral. 1844. Tc.:rbra stylala Hinds, Proc. Zoo I. Soc. Lond.. 11 : p. Distribution: India: Gujarat, Kamataka, Maharastra, 152. Tamil Nadu, West Bengal. 1967. Hastu/a sty/ata : Cernohorsky. Marine shells ofPacific. 1. p. 214, fig. 410. Elsewhere: Pakistan, Sri Lanka,. Straits of Malacca. 1898. Terebra confusa : Melvill and Sykes, Pmc. ma/ae. 18. H astula traillii (Deshayes) Soc. London, 3 : 42. (PI. I, Fig. 18) 2000. Haslula slylata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Surv. 1859. Terebra trailli Deshyes, Proc. zoul. Soc. Lond.. p. india, Dec. Paper No., 187 : 177. 285 no. 53. (Type locality : Viasigapatnam, Ocean AJaterial examined: Andaman Ishmds (4 exs) Orissa Indian (= Visakhapatnam). (2 exs). 1860. Hastula trailli : Reeve, Conch. Icon., 12, Terebra sp. 142, pI. 26, figs. 142a-b. Measurements (mm) : Length: 25.60-36.50, Width: 1991. Hastula trailli : Rao, Zoological Survey ofindia. State 5.60-7.40; Aperture length: 4.20-5.40. fauna series, 1. Fauna of Drissa (Part-3) 148 : p. 90. Description: Shell medium in size, with pointed spire, 2003. Hastula trailii : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind., Dec. up to 36 mm in height, about 10 whorls; aperture small, Paper No., 192 : p. 338, pI. 89. fig. 3 & 4. 58 Ree. zool. Sun: India

2007. Hastula trail/i : Ramkrishna. Dey, Barua and 1995. Impages heeliea : Bosch Sea shells of Eastern Arabia.. Mukhopadhya, Fauna ofAndhra Pradesh. State Fazma p. 170. pI. 761. series. 5(7) : 136, XI, figs. 127 & 128. Zool. Surv. 2000. Hastu/a hectiea : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Surv. india. India. Occ. Paper No., 187 : 176. Material examined: Orissa (99 exs). Andhra Pradesh 2003. Imp ages heetica : Subba Rao, Ree. zoo!. Surv. Ind., Gce. Paper lv'o .. 192 : 337, pI. 89. fig. 5. (57 exs). Material examined: Andamans (17 exs) Andhra Measurements (mm) : Length: 13.3S-2S.92, Width: Pradesh (4 exs), Tamil Nadu (6 exs). 3.0S-4.60, Aperture length: 2.00-2.53. Measurements (mm) : Length: 15.S0-S3.60, Width: Description : Shell small, narrow and needle shape, 3.20-12.70, Aperture length: 3.1 up to 26 mm in height, with flattened slopping whorls; o-s.no. whorls with ash colour spiral bands and indistinct spots Description : Shell solid, glossy. up to 53 mm in below the suture. Aperture small, columella arched and height. Suture finely incised, about 10-12 whorls, last short, ornamented with orange yellow color, encircled whorl gently rounded below, early whorl with weak axial with a narrow violet band. Suture indistinct, surface ribs; aperture broad at the base and triangular; almost smooth, except for elongate plications on the columella smooth and almost straight, fasciole with upper part of whorls, axial ribs continued up to the central groove, basal ridge does not reach columella. base. Surface smooth, callous near suture, ornamented with Remarks : This species closely agrees with H. grayish yellow with white band above suture, purplish bacUlum but differs from it in size. Coloration and brown flames and streaks below them. absence of dark brown patch on the ape'x, axial ribs not Remarks : It is mainly collected for its shell, this continued to base. species is commercially important on the Coromandel Distribution : India : Andhra Pradesh : coast of India. Vishakapatnam, Bhimilipatnam, Orissa, Tamil Nadu; Distribution : India : Andhra Pradesh : Chennai. . Visakhapatnam; Tamil Nadu. Elsewhere: Indian Ocean. Elsewhere: Wide spread in the Indo Pacific, Africa, Genus Impag~s Smith, 1873 Hawaii, Japan Madagascar, Polynesia~ Queensland and Type sp : Impages caerulescens Lamarck, 1822 Red Sea. Diagnostic Characters: Shell moderate in size, with Genus Terebra, Bruguiere, 1789 pointed spire, aperture broad at the base and triangular, 1789. Terebra Bruguiere, Encyc/. Melh. Hist. Nat. Vers .. 1 : columella smooth and stright, whorls entire, sculptured 15. Terebra Bruguiere, Encyc/. Melh. Hist. Nat. Vers, with fine deep grooves. Suture indistinctly separated, 1 : xy, type species by SM (Lamarck, 1799) Cinum with a narrow callus band above it. subulalum Linnaeus, 1767, Recent, Indo Pacific. 19. Impages hectica (Linnaf!us) Type sp. : Terebra subulata Linnaeus (PI. I, Fig. 19) Diagnostic Characters: Shell long and slender, very 1758. Buccinum hecticum Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10; 758 sharply turreted, profusely colored, and often very ed 12 : 1206. elaborately sculptured, sinuate at the base, whorls 1791. Buccinum niveum Gmelin, Linn., ed xiii, p. 3504. narrow, very numerous, flatly convex, aperture small, t1817. Buccinum bifasciatum Dillwyn, cal., ii, p. 651, No. lip simple, never reflected, operculum small, hotny. The 155. flaring apex and absence of a heavy callous on the 1822. Terebra caerulescens Lamarck, Ani'm, sansvert., x. p. 245. parietal wall are characteristic in the typical Terebra. 1828. Buccinum terebrale Menke Syn. Mus., p. 84. Terebra subulata Linnaeus, 1758 1839. Terebra castanea Kiener, Icon. Des Coq. Viv., p. 22, Key to the Species under the genus Terebra No. 17, pI. 9, fig. '23. 1843. Bullia fuscus Gray, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 62. l. Shell sculptured with two spiral cords at suture; 1844. Terebra nimbosa Hinds, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. whorls with growth lines ...... (2) 151. - Shell sculptured with row of beads at suture; whorls 1898. Terebra chlorata Lamarck: Melvil and Skyes, Proc. without growth lines ...... (4) malac. Soc., London, 3 : 42. 1898. Terebra caerulescens : Melvill and Skyes, Proc. malac. 2. Suture with deep punctuate spiral groove; whorls Soc., London, 3 : 42. with shallow spiral line ...... cingulifera VENKITESAN & MUKHERJEE: Contribution to the knowledge on Indian Marine Molluscs: Family Terebridae 59

Sulun.' with moderate punctuate spiral groove~ - Interstices with spiral ridges, absence of pre-sutural whnrls with crenulated margin ...... (3) band ...... (19)

~ Sutural margin swollen; presence of close set of 14. Beads squarish at suture; spiral groove punctuate, white nodules at suture ...... quoygairmardi whorls with 3-4 rows of punctures ...... amanda

~utl1ral margin not swollen, absence of close set of - Beads oblique at suture, spiral groove deep whorls white nodules at suture, Shell smooth, suture with spiral ridges ...... (15) separated by deep spiral groove .. " ...... laevigata 15. Interstices without overriding spiral ridges, axial -to Body whorl with colour band; ornamented with growth line ...... funiculata colour spots ...... (5) - Interstices with overriding spiral ridges, axial growth Hody whorl without a colour band, ornamented with line ...... (16) blotches ...... " ...... (9) 16. Suture separated by deep groove; ...... fenestrata ). A row of brown spots on infra sutural band ...... - Suture separated by concentric wrinkles ...... (17) ...... alveolata 17. Whorls flat and encircled with 3 distinct linear A row of reddish purple spots on infra sutural band grooves prickled granules ...... deshayesi ...... (6) - Whorls straight sided; crenulated ...... (18) 6. Suture with alternate white and brown spots, 18. Early whorls slightly crenulated, spirals lining of 3 Interstices with reddish purple colour...... pertusa distinct red-orange colour ...... tricolor - Suture with white axial zone, interstices without - Early whorls not crenulated whorl with 5 low spiral colour, axial ribs curved ...... (7) ridges ...... anilis 7. Infra sutural band stands out from the shell ...... 19. Interstices with 8-9 spiral cords and a row of oblique ...... amoena beads at sutures : ...... textilis -- Infra sutural band stands equal to the shell, whorls - Interstices with 4-6 spiral cords and two rows of stepped up at suture ...... (8) oblique beads at sutures ...... (20) K Spire longer than the body whorl; axial ribs narrow, 20. Interstices with spiral ridges; highly marked sub- strong and regular ...... durgella sutural groove ...... succincta Spire shorter than the body whorl; axial ribs broad, - Interstices with spiral ridges; lightly marked sub- basal ridge continuous with outer lip .. polygyrata out sutural groove ...... (21) 9. Interstices filled with colour; axial ribs broad and Spiral groove with granulated sculpture, axial rib curved ...... (10) 21. weak ...... triseriata _. Interstices filled with punctuations, axial ribs narrow and round ...... (12) - Whorls arranged like a pyramid, radial striae throughout whorls ...... tricincta 10. Ornamented with irregular orange red blotches ...... nebulosa 22. Whorls with axial lines or bands or spots, shell with ornamentation ...... (23) - Ornamented with regular orange yellow axial lines and bands ...... (11) - Whorls straight sided, whorls divided by spiral platforms or tubercles ...... (28) 11. Whorls slightly stepped up at suture; axial cords 23. Early whorls plicated, with a deep groove below the white ...... '" cerithina sutures; six rectangular brown blotches bordered - Whorls not stepped up at suture; axial cords yellow by a white ridge with thin brown dashes ...... with punctuate line ...... ; ...... affinis ...... commaculata 12. Interstices with deep groove filled with dark yellow - Early whorls not plicated, without a deep groove colour ...... columel/aris below the sutures; top of each whorl is well rounded - Interstices with a moderate groove filled with dark ...... (24) brown colour ...... undulata 24. Three rows of blotches on body whorl, two rows of 13. Interstices without spiral ridges, with presence of dark brown squarish blotches on spire whorls, ..... pre-sutural band ...... (14) ...... subulata 6() Rc('. :001. Sill,\" India

2000. TCI'L'hra an:()/a{a : Subba Rao and Dey. Rec. ::'001. Four row~ blotches on the body whorl: Three rows SII/'\', India. Oee. PapL'1' Xo .. 187 : 17"2. of hlackish bro\vn square blotches on spire whorls 2003. Tcn.:hra arco/ala : Subba Rao. Rcc. :001. SUIT. Inti...... (25) Oc('. Paper Xo .. 192 : p. 335. pI. 88, fig. 1. 25. Spiral groove divides the whorls into lower and ,\la(erial cxamined : Andamans (6). upper part: blotches above suture are larger ...... l\lcaslfrCl1lel1ls (mm) : Length: 72.20-118.70, Width: ...... ~ ...... arco/ala 12.70-19.50. ApeI1ure length: 10.20-11.40. - Spiral groove not divides the whorls into lower and upper part: blotches above suture are smaller...... Description: Shell large, up to 118 mm in height, ...... (26) about 20-21 whorls. Early whorls have vertical ridges which tend to become obsolete on later whorls. 26. Presence of purple-brown blotches and wavy lines Aperture oval. columella straight with a strong fasciole in whorls; columella not in line with the outer lip and with a ridge upper half of the outer lip angled...... ehlorata Color shining cream or pale yellowish brown. Surface - Absence of purple-brown blotches and wavy lines smooth except for growth striae. Spiral grooves divides in whorls: columella very much in line with the outer the whorl into a smaller ( 1/3) upper part and a broad lip ...... ' ...... (27) (2/3) lower part. Sculptured with spiral rows of blackish 27. Suture divided by an impressed line, one row of brown blotches, blotches just above the suture are brown spot above the suture~ two rows in the last larger than others. whorl ...... felina Remarks : This species can be identified with its - Suture not divided by an impressed line~ two rows ornamentation of three rows of blackish brown square of dark brown blotches below the suture: five pale blotches on spitre whorl and four rows on the body tan rectangular blotches on the body whorl ...... whorl~ it is mainly collected for its shell...... n1aculata Distribution : India : Andaman Islands, 28. Whorls with 2 rows of distinct reddish brown dots~ Lakshadweep. presence of sharp white tubercles ...... crenulala Elsewhere: East Africa Hawaii. Japan, Madagascar, - Whorls without reddish brown dots, absence of Polynesia, Queensland, Red Sea, Wide spread in lndo­ sharp white tubercles, ...... (29) west Pacific. Y' 29. Axial riblets on early whorls; ornamented with, 21. Terebra affinis Gray shaped white streaks on the upper part of the whorl (PI. II, Fig. 21 ) ...... dimidiata 1834. Terehra allinis Gray, Proc. zoo!. Soc., London, 1834 : - Axial riblets absent on early whorls; ornamented 60. with spots ...... (30) 1839. Terebra perfllsa var. Kiener, Icon. des Coq viv, pI. 11, 30. Two rows of large white spots, spiral groove minute, fig. 24c. suture slightly raised ...... guttata 1860. Terehra affinis : Reeve, Conch Icon. 12 Terebra. : pI. 10, fig. 39. - Absence of large white spots, spiral groove strong, 1878. Terebra affinis : Smith, Proc. zool. Soc., London, 1878 : suture deep and whitish ...... macandrewii 805. 20. Terebra areolata (Link) 1898. Terebra affinis : Melvill and Sykes, Proe. malae. Soc., (Pl. II, Fig. 20) London, 3 : 41. 1807. Sublila areolala Link, Alders Erben, Rostock, pp. 94- 1906. Terebra afjinis : Comber, 1. BombaJ' nat. Hisf. Soc .. 160. 17:212. 1816. Terbra subulata, Lamarck, Anim. Sans. Vert. 2 ed. 10, 1952. Terebra affinis : Subramanyam, Karandikar and Murti, p. 242 (Non-Linnaeus, 1767). 1. Univ. Bombay. 21(3) : 55, fig. 174. 1906. Terebra rnuscaria : Comber, 1. Bombay nat. Hisf. Soc., 1986. Terebra qffinis : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Sea 17 : 212. shore animals ofAndaman and lVicobar Islands. Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. 1952. Terebra muscaria : Subramanyam, Karandikar and Murti,1. Univ. Bomba); 21(3) : 55, fig. 173. 1991. Terebra affinis : Rao and Rao, Fauna ofLakshadweep, 1972. Terebra areolala : Cemohorsky, Jvlarine Shells of the Stale Fauna series, 2 : 341. Zool. Surv. India. Pacific, 1 : 198, pI. 49, fig. 358. 2000. Terebra affinis : Subba Rao and Dey, Ree. zool. Surv. 1986. Terebra areolata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, India, Dec. Paper No., 187 : 172. Sea shore animals of Andaman and lVicobar Islands, Material examined: Andamans (15 exs) Marine Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. Survey station. 655. (2 exs). VLNKI n'SAN & MUKHERJEE: CUIltnh1ltioll to the kllowledge Oil Illdiall !'vlarille !'vIol/uses : F(Jmi~l' Terebridae 61

,\/l'u'UrCII1L'lIfS (mm) : Length: 9.80-38.80, Width: Material examined: Andaman Island (3 exs). 3,()()-l),:'(). :\p~rtlln: length: 2.00-9.00. Measurements (mm) : Length: 35.00-44.20, Width: 1)( ,'t'l'lIJlioll : Shell medium in size, up to 38 mm in 6.50-7.25, Aperture length: 2.00-2.50. hl'ight spire long and pointed: aperture small: columella Description: Shell medium in size, up to 44 mm in ~trollgl) t\\ isted. Color creamy white with blotches of height, long and pointed spire, aperture small; columella hl\)\\ n or yellowish orange, interspaces between the recurved, twisted, canal short. Pale brownish orange nbs olkn brownish, body whorl with light tan band, colour throughout; whorls 14-18; sculptured with a slIh-suturaJ band marked with deep punctuations coarse infra sutural spiral crenulated ribs and fine hetween rihs, broad axial ribs with punctuate line bd ween interspaces tilled with punctuations. smaller spiral crenulated ribs, and with two white beads of tubercles below the suture, the interstices finely RClI1arks : It is more allied to Terebra l1ebulosa but punctuate. "ma ller and more slender in proportion and grooves arl' more punctuate. Remarks: It can be distinguished by its much blunt form, lack of white edging to the whorls, coarse ribbing l>isfrihllfiol1 : India: Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Lak:-,hadweep, Maharastra. and finer punctuation. 1:'lscH'hcre : Fij i Island, Maldives, Philippines, Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. S~ychelles. Throughout tropical Indo-Pacific. Elsewhere: Throughout Indo-Pacific. 22. Terebra alveolata Hinds 24. Terebra alnoena Deshayes (PI. II, Fig. 22) (PI. II, Fig. 24) I X44. ]'CI"ehra al\'evlata Hinds, Pmc. Zool. Soc. Land., p. 1859. Terebra amoena Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Land., p. 151. 297, no. 113. I XhO. Tt.'I"<.'hra al\'colata : Reeve, Conch. ICOI1, 12 Terebra : 1860. Terebra specillata Reeve, Conch. Icon, 12 Terebra : pI. 19, sp. no. 89. pI. 24, sp. no. 89 . .::!OOO. Tt.'rehra alveolata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. 1898. Terebra andamanica Melvill and Sykes, Proc. malac. S1In: Illd. Occ. Paper No., 187 : 172. Soc. Lond., 3 : 41, pI. 3, fig. 3. ,Haferial examined: Andaman (9 exs). Material examined: Andaman (2 exs). Alcasllr

1857. Terebra circinalu Deshayes. Pmc. ::001. SOt'. Lond, Remarks : Cylindrical form and orange yellow 27 : 270-321. coloration in the interstice between the ribs, darker spots 1908. Terebra rubrobrunnea, Preston. Rec. Indian ,\filS., 2 : below the suture help to distinguish it from other 189, pI. 17. fig. 64. species. 1995. Terebra anilis Bosch. Sea shell 0/ Eastern Arahia.. No. 763, p. 170. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Material examined: Andaman. (3 exs) Goa (1 Ex). Elsel1here : Philippines, Seychelles. Measureme11ts (mm) : Length: 30.00-88.00, Width: 27. Terebra chlorata Lamarck 4.60-6.00, Aperture length: 4.20-6.00. (PI. II, Fig, 27) Description : Shell solid, up to 88 mm in height, 1822. Terebra chlorata Lamarck, His!. nat. Anim. Sans. Vert .. moderately glossy, whorls narrow concave sided, 10 : 246. sutures shallow, base slightly keeled. Each whorl has 5 1839. Terebra chlorata : Kiener, Icon. desCoq. viv., p. 24, pI. 6, fig. 2. low, spiral ridges and many more axial ridges giving 2003. Terebra chlorata : Subba Rao, Rec. Zoo!. Slirv. Ind.. cancellate effect; above these ridges is a broad, nodular Gcc. Paper No., 192 : 335, pI. 88, fig. 2. sub-sutural cord with lesser cord below. Siphonal canal Material examined: Andaman (3). slightly twisted, bearing a thin basal ridge continuous with outer lip dark brown fading to amber. Measurements (mm): Length: 60.10-67.20, Width: 13.40-15.90, Aperture length: 16.70-17.00. Remarks : Allie~ to T. Jenestrata, Hinds, The transverse costae in the present species are however, Description: Shell solid, moderately large, up to 68 close together and not to coarse, the spiral striae are mm in height, with about 14 whorls. Aperture small, also more numerous and not so well defined. outer lip thin, lower part of columella not in line with Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. the outer lip. Surface smooth, obsolete plications on the early whorls, a deep groove below the sutures. Color Elsewhere: Western Pacific; North Queensland. white, ornamented with irregular, purple-brown blotches 26. Terebra cerithina Lamarck and wavy lines. (PI. II, Fig. 26) Remarks: The spots which have a milky appearance 1822. Terebra cerithina Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. Sans. Vert., 10 : 247. and the splashed wavy line, the purple brown blotches 1839. Terebra cerithina : Kiener, Icon. des Coq. viv., p. 33 make this species distinct from others. (25), pI. 11, fig. 25. Distribution: India: Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 1844. Terebra pulchra, Hinds Thes. Conch., p. 178. (81) pI. 45, fig, 129. Elsewhere: Maldives, Singapore and Tropical, Indo­ 1859. Terebra cerithina : Deshayes Proc. zoo!. Soc. Land., Pacific. p. 299. No. 124, 28. Terebra cingulifera Lamarck 1860. Terebra cerithina : Reeve, Conch. Icon, 12, Terebra, (PI. II, Fig. 28) pI. 9, sp. no. 35. 1822. Terebra cingulifera Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. Sans. Material examined: Andaman (2 exs). Vert., 10 : p. 247. Measurements (mm) : Length: 43.80-51.70" Width: 1825. Terebra punctlilata Sowerby, Tank. Cat. App., p. 25. 9.80-10.50, Aperture length: 8.30-10.50. 1859. Terebra columnaris, Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Land., Description: Shell large, up to 52 mm in height, p. 310. 1860. solid, pointed spire, aperture narrow and rectangular. Terebra cingulifera : Reeve, Conch /can. 12 Terebra : sp. no. 44a and b, pI: 11. Outer lip thin and constricted posteriorly, columella 1898. Terebra cingulifera : Melvill and Skyes, Proc. malac. rather straight, anterior canal curved towards left. About Soc., London, 3 : 42. 25 whorls, lightly stepped at suture. Early whorls are 1986. Terebra cingulifera : Tikader, Daniel and S.ubba Rao, divided by a punctuated spiral groove. Suture Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, impressed; Posterior whorls show two rows of Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. nodulation which disappear in the middle portion of 1967. Terebra cingulifera : Cemohorsky, Marine Shells of the shell. Sculpture of axial rib is very pronounced. the Pacific, 1 : 198, pI. 49, fig. 358. Axial and spiral ribs have dark yellow colour the axial 2000. Terebra cingulifera : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. cord are white and the groove have cream to orange Surv. India, Gcc. Paper No., 187 : 172. pale markings. Material examined: Andamans (13 exs). VENKITESAN & MUKHERJEE: Contrihution to the knowledge on Indian Marine Mol/uscs : Family Terebridae 63

,\I(,(/.\UI"l·l11elllS (mm) : Length: 62.00-80.00, Width: 30. Terebra comma cilIata Gmelin l2.JO-I3.40. Aperture length: 12.40-12.50. (PI. II, Fig. 30)

1 )(,SC"ljJliol1 : Shell large, up to 80 mm in height, 1791. Buccinum strigillatum Gmelin Syst. Nat. ed., 13, (Nee. pointed spire. whorls smooth, about 18-20, Aperture Linn). small and oval. outer lip thin, columella straight and 1822. Terebra myuros, Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. Sans. Vert., 10 : 247. ~Iightly n:curved at hase. Sculptured with a deep groove 1822. Terebra scabrella Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. Sans. Vert., helow suture; sutural band spirally grooved and sutural 10 : 248. margin superficially crenulated, each whorl has 3 fine 1834. Terebra myuros Gray Proc. Zoo!. Soc. Lond. No., 60, ~piral linings, axial ribs finely striated. p. 163. Rema,.ks : Shell yellow whitish, encircled with 1860. Terebra commaculata, Reeve, Conch. Jeon, 6, pI. 8, millutely punctured grooved striae and finely, densely sp. no. 31. crt'llulateu at the sutural margin in an oblique manner. 1898. Terebra myllros : Melvill and Skyes, Proc. malac. This species has no other specific markings. Soc., London, 3 : 42. 1906. Terebra myuros : Comber, 1. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., j)istrihutiun : India: Andamans islands. 17 : 212. E/sewhere : Indo-West Pacific, Mauritius, Tuamotu 1940. Terebra commaclilata : Crichton, 1. Bombay nat. Hist. Archipelago. (Bratcher & Cernohorsky, 1987). Soc., 42 : 335, pI. 4, fig. 6. 29. Terebra columellaris (Gray) 1986. Terebra commaculata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, (PI. II, Fig. 29) Zoo 1. Surv. India, p. 174. 1X34. Terehra coll/mel/aris Gray, Proc. zoo!. Soc., London, 1990. Terebra commaculata : Pinn, Sea Shells ofPondicherry, 1834 : 151. Nehru Science Centre, p. 109, fig. 197. 1X44. Decorihastula coilimel/aris Hinds, Proc. zoo!. Soc. 2003. Terebra commaculti'ta : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. LOIld.. p. 151. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No., 187 : 172. 1X60. Terehra coilimel/aris, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 6 : pI. 22, sp. no. 113. Material examined: Andaman (26 exs). 1X69, Tercbra propinqua, Pease, Amer. 1. Conch., 5(2) : 66. Measurements (mm) : Length: 62.00-95.00, Width: 1YOX, Terehra carnicolor, Preston, Rec. Indian Mus., 2(2) : 8.60-11.40, Aperture length: 7.70-12.50. 1Xl), pI. 17. fig. 63. Description : Shell large, up to 95 mm in height, .2003. Tcrehra collllnellaris : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Slirv. Illd. Oee, Paper /\'0, 192 : 338, pI. 89, fig. 2. about 25 flattened whorls. Aperture small, rectangular .\/ateria/ examined: Andaman (4 exs) N. Caledonia with twisted columella. Shell scabrous latticed, with two (3 exs) Tahiti (9 exs) unknown location (5 exs). spiral bands of nodules divided by a groove below the suture, often the nodules fused together to form a single Afeasurements (mm) : Length: 33.20-39.40, Width: raised band, fine spiral ridges crossed by axial rib lets. h.30-7.40, Aperture length: 6.20-7.00. Color white ornamented by rather rectangular brown Description: Shell medium in size, up to 40 mm in blotches bordered by a white ridge with brown dashes, height. whorls 18-20. Aperture small, outer lip thin and about six per whorl, blotches extend length-wise. constricted posteriorly, columella rather straight, anterior canal curved towards left. Color light orange-brown. Remarks: It can be differentiated from other species Sculptured with a row of white beads and punctuate by its length, breadth and continuity of its brown spiral groove at sutures, curved axial ribs with deep markings and the early whorls hav eslightly concave groove bearing dark brown colour in the interstices. sides. Remarks: This species is remarkable from its great Distribution : India : Andhra Pradesh : similarity to T. undulata which itself is a peculiar Visakhapatnam; Tamil Nadu Madras; Pondicherry, species. The grounds of distinction are its decidedly Andaman Islands, rare. cvlindrical shape, different distribution of colors, and Elsewhere : South East Asia. its short, abrupt, rounded and banded last whorl. This 31. Terebra crenulata (Linnaeus) shell has shiner pattern of ivory rectangle at periphery (PI. II, Fig. 31) of the body whorl. 1758. Buccinium crenulatum Linaeus, Syst. Nat., 10 : 741. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands, not common. 1857. Terebra jimbriata Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., Elsewhere: Tropical Pacific. p.276. 64 Rec. ;:001. SWT. India

1X5l). Terehra illleriineala Deshayes. Proc. =oo/. Soc. LOlJd. 1l)90. Ten:hra hal~l'Iol1ia : Pinn, Sea Shells (?l Pundicher/Y. p. 277. Nehru Science Centre. p. 109, fig. 198.

1935. Terchra crel1u/ola \'(/1: fimhriala. Deshayes. Pmc. ::.uo/. 2000. Terehra desha., 'esf : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. =001. Soc. Lond.. p. 276. SIIIT. Il1dia, Oce. Paper No .. 187 : 173. 1 Xl)X. Tcrchra crel1u/ala : Melvill and Skyes. Pmc. malae. ,\la/erial examined: Andamans (1 ). Soc., London. 3 : 42. A1easliremcnts (mm) : Length: 35.00, Width: 6.20, 1906. Terehra crenll/ala : Comber. 1. B()mh(~,' 1101 His!. Suc., ]7 : 212. Aperture length: 4.50. 1986. Terebra crenu/ala : Tikader. Daniel and Subba Rao. Description: Shell solid, moderate in size up to 37 Sea shure animals oj'Al1domal1 and Xicohar Is/and,', mm whorls about 14, flat, encircled with thick Zoo!. Surv. India. p. 174. conspicuously prickled granules. Aperture rather 2000. Terehra crellu/ala : Subba Rao and Dey. R£!c. ::001. narrow, columella straight, reflected, twisted recurved SUIT. India, Gce. Pap(!/' .Yo., 187 : 172. 2003. Ter£!hra cr£!I111lata : Subba Rao, Rec. =001. SlIn: 111£1. at the base. Sculptured with fine ribs of inter section. Gcc. Paper .\'0., 192 : 336. pI. X8, fig. 3. Each whorl is encircled with 3 distinct linear grooves Material examined: Andamans (6 exs) Port Blair, which are prickled throughout, suture with crenulations. Rangachanga, Nicobar : Car Nicobar Marine Survey Remarks : Each whorl is encircled with 3 distinct station. 628. (2 exs), Marine Survey station. 659. (2 exs). linear grooves which are prickled throughout. sutural Goa (3 exs). margin crenulated. A1easllrements (mm) : Length: 64.00-105.50, Width: Distribution: India: Andaman Islands, Pondicherry. 15.70-20.00, Aperture length: 15.00-20.40. Elsewhere: China, Viti Island. Description: Shell large, up to 115 mm in height, 33. Terebra dimidiata Linnaeus solid, with broad body whorl gradually tapering into (PI. II, Fig. 33) the apex~ about 28 rounded whorls. Aperture broad, columella rather smooth, short but strong fasciole. 1758. Buccinum dimidiatum Linneus, Syst. Nal .. 10 : 742. Sculptured with small nodules just below the suture on 1839. Terebra dimidiata : Kiener, Icon, Des Coq. Vi". p. 6, No.3, pI. 2, fig. 2. each whorl, a small constriction below the nodules~ 1859. Terebra splendens var. Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. early whorls with axial plicae, only growth lines on the Land., No. 31, p. 281 latter whorls. Color yellowish-brown, with white 1860. Terehra dimidiata : Reeve, Conch. Icon. 12 : PI. 7; fig. nodules, three or four spiral rows of reddish-brown dots 27. on the body whorl, two on the other whorls, small fine 1986. Terebra dimidiata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, streaks of reddish-brown between the nodules. Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Remarks : Color cremy-pink, it possesses sharp Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. white tubercles separated by narrow clear brown axial 2000. Terebra dimidiata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zoo!. Surv. India, Gce. Paper No., 187 : 173. lines. It has two spiral alignments of brown spots equally 2003. Terebra dimidiata : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind., distant and very far away from each other. It lives in Gce. Paper, 192; 336, pI. 88, fig. 4. the shallow water on sand. Variation in the tubercles has given rise to several forms of this species. Material examined: (18), Andamans Carbyn's cove, Long Islands, Port Blair. Distribution: India: Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Measurements (nun) : Length: 83.00-142.00, Width: Elsel'vhere : Tropical, Indo-Pacific, Moderately 16.40-23.00, Aperture length: 18.80-29.00 common. 32. Terebra deshayesi Reeve Description : Shell very large, up to 142 mm in (PI. II, Fig. 32) height., solid with about 20 rounded straight sided 1822. Terebra babylonia Lamarck, Hist. nat. Anim. Sans. whorls. Early whorls have a weak vertical ridge and Vert., 10 : 247. later ones with growth lines Aperture broadly oval, outer 1860. Terebra deshayesi, Reeve, Conch. Icon, 12 : PI. 11; lip a little flared at the base, columella rather straight, fig. 45. with a weak plait, fasciole strong. Surface smooth and 1898. Terebra deshayesi : Melvill and Sykes, Pmc. malac. shining, a slight constriction below the suture dividing Soc. London, 3 : 41. 1986. Terebra des/zayesi : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, each whorl into a narrow upper one third and a broad Sea shore animals of Andamal1 and l\/iconar h'/ands, lower two third. Color orange-red with wavy white Zoo I. Surv. India, p. 174. streaks often bifurcating at the top. VENKIILSAN & i\lUKHERJEE : Conlrii>lIlion to Ihe knowledge on Indian !-v1arine /vIol/uses: Fami(l' Terehridae 65

Rt'lIhlrk, Each whorl is divided by a spiral platform, A4easllremenls (mm) : Length: 41.50-63.10, Width: lowcr 1\\" thirds of whorl slightly convex, white streaks 10.80-14.20, Aperture length: 9.60-11.00. pl)oliy d~H.·\nped on the upper third. Description : Shell solid, up to 65 mm in height, !>iSIJ'lhutiull : Andalllan and N icobar Islands, aperture small, columella strong and straight, shell l.akshadweep. white, with a single row of chestnut spots just above Fl,('\1·/icre : Tropical Indo Pacific-Common. the suture, two rows on the last whorl. of which the lower one near the base is smaller, surface smooth, an 34. Terebra {/lIrgella Ray (PI. II, Fig. 34) unornamented band below the suture is divided by an impressed line, spiral whorls plicate body whorl with I \IllS 1~',d)J'a dllrgel/a Ray, Blil/. Indian. Alus .. 3( 1 & 2) : additional row of the fine brown spots at its base. ~X. tt:\t tig. ~6.

1\)1) I. 1;''/'('/>/'£1 dllrgel/a : Rao, Rao and Maitra, Fauna ol Remarks: It can be recognized by the presence of a ()I'/."(/ .",·/a/e Fallnll series. 1(3) : 89. Zool. Surv. India. single row of brown spots on lower part of each whorl 1 \)l)::' 1l,,'t'IJra dlflgd/a : Subha Rao, Dey and 8arua, Fauna just above the suture help to easily separate this species (II II'(,'s{ Hel1gul, .<"'/a/e Fauna series. 3(9) : 200. Zool. from the others; shell smooth and narrower than that Sun. India. of T maelilata . .\llI/crilll examincd : 4 exs., West Bengal (Digha). Distribution : India : Lakshadweep, Andaman ,\I('(JSlIrements (mill) : Length: 4.00-7.85, Width: Islands. 1.15-~A5, Aperture length: 1.00-2.00. Elsewhere : West Indies, Sri Lanka, Singapore, iJescriplivll : Shell small up to 7 mm in height, apex Seychelles. Sandwich Island, Central Polynesia narrowly tapering which gives the turreted appearance throughout Indo-Pacific (Cernohorsky, 1967). to the shell. Spire longer than the body whorl. Whorls 36. Terebrafenestrata Hinds 9- \ () separated from one another by very impressed (PI. II, Fig. 36) and oblique sutures. Shell sculptured with narrow, 1843. Terebra fenestrata Hinds, Proc. zool. Soc. Land. No. strung, regular longitudinal ribs and as broad as 12,p.153. interstices; aperture small and oblong, columella arched 1850. Terebra caelata Adams & Reeve, V~v. De. Samarang. ahon~: outer lip thin. 3 : 30, pI. 10, fig. 22. Hl'111Urk,' : This species can be identified with the 1850. Terebra torquata Adams & Reeve, Va)'. De. Samarang. turreted appearance. Impressed suture and the sculpture 6 : 30, pI. 10, fig. 13. with narrow, strong. re1!ular longitudinal ribs and as Material examined: Andamans (5). hrpad as interstices. fl;feasurements (mm) : Length: 8.90-11.30, Width: [)istrihutiol1 : India : Orissa, West Bengal 2.00-2.50, Aperture length: 1.70-2.20. Medinipur. Description: Shell long and slender, up to 12 mm in Els('where : Indian Ocean. height, shell cream to light fawn in color, aperture small, 35. Terebrafelina (Dillwyn) columella constricted, keeled, twisted recurved, (PI. II, Fig. 35) ornamented with axial streaks; whorls number about 1R 17. Ruccil1l1mfelil1l1tn Dilwyn, Cala/oqlle of Recent shells: 17 -19. Sculptured with about 22 axial ribs and two rows 644 (Type locality not given). of beads at suture which are separated by a deep 1844. Terc:hra tigril7a Hinds, Pore. Zoo!. Soc. Lond. No .. groove; whorls concavely flatted, interstices with 3-4 12 : 160. overriding spiral ridges. Sutural margin crenulated. 1860. Terebra tigrillo : Reeve, Conch. Icon. 12, Terehra sp. no. pI. 3; fig. ~. Remarks : Very elaborately latticed shell, semi 1898. Terehra tigrina : Melvill and Skyes, Pmc. malac. Soc .. transparent yellow or fulvous purple subsuture, London, 3 : 43. elongate turreted throughout. 19~2. n',d>ra feline: Abbot and Dance, Compendium of Distribution: Andaman and Nicobar Islands, sea ., hells : p. 273. Lakshadweep. \lJlJ 1. Terebra fetina : Rao and Rao, Fauna ofLakshadlt'eep. Slale Fauna series. 2 : 341. Zoo I. Surv. India. Elsev,,'here : Tropical, Indo-Pacitic common. Material examined: Andaman (5), Goa (2 exs), 37. Terebrafuniculata. Hinds Lakshadweep (7 exs), Maharashtra (2 exs), Marine (PI. II, Fig. 37) Survey Station. 655. 1 (ex). Marine Survey station. 659. 1844. Terebrafuniculata Hinds, Pmc. zoo/. Soc. LOI1d.. No. (8 exs). 12:p.153. 66 Rec. zoo!. Sur\,. India

1859. Terebra archimidies Deshayes, var Proc. zool. Soc. anterior canal broad and recurved to the left. SCUlptured Lond., p. 314, No. 218. with obsolete growth lines, area below the suture 1921. Terebra langfordi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nal. Sci. Phila., slightly raised. Color orange-brown ornamented with 72 : 296-326. one row of large white spots just below the suture on Material examined: Andamans (5 exs), Mauritius the raised surface of spire whorls, and two rows on the (8 exs), Sri Lanka (4 exs), Seychelles (6 exs), Bay of body whorl. Bengal (3 exs). Remarks: It can be differentiated from other speices Measurements (mm) : Length: 27.10-59.10, Width: by its om age brown color, with one row of large white 5.00-8.00, Aperture length: 6.40-7.30. spots below the suture on the raised surface on spire Description: Shell large and solid, up to 59 mm in whorls and two rows on body whorl. height, aperture small, outer lip thin, columella short Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. and strongly twisted; about 17 whorls, whorls are Elsewhere: Tropical, Indo-Pacific common. spirally ribbed, the deeply incised suture gives the spire a slightly turreted appearance, interstices deeply 39. Terehra laevigata Gray excavated, the upper part of the whorl is slightly broader (PI. II, Fig. 39) than the lower, and a spiral groove divide them into 1834. Terebra laevigata Gray, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., 2 : 62. (Type locality Ceylon). lower small and upper broader part. 1967. Terebra laevigata : Cemohorsky, Marine Shells of the Remarks : This species can be identified with its Pacific, 1: 202, pI. 51, fig. 373. screw like succession of strong and arched ribs, the 1986. Terebra laevigata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, interstices between the ribs are finely pricked. The ribs Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, are frequently smooth and shining strong out in Zool. Surv. Idnai, p. 174. conspicuous relief. 2000. Terebra laevigata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zoo!. Surv. India, Occ. Paper, 187 : p. 173. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Material examined: Andamans (14 exs). Elsewhere : Japan, Marquises Island, Mauritius, Measurements (mm) : Length: 4S.00-S3.S0, Width: Seychelles, Sri Lanka. S.30-6.S0, Aperture length: 6.00-6.50. 38. Terehra guttata (Roeding) Description: Shell large and slender, up to 53 mm (PI. II, Fig. 38) in height, with pointed spire; Aperture small, outer lip 1798. Cymbium guttata Roeding, Mus. Bolten., p. 152. thin, columella short and strongly twisted. Whorls 1817. Buccinum oculatum, Dilwyn : John and Arthur Arch. Vol. 1 & 2, pp. 1-1090. about 19-26, concave and flattened, smooth divided at 1834. Terebra laveis, Gray, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. 61. the upper part by a groove. Shell light yellowish in 1859. Terebra loroisi Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., p. colour. Sculptured with two spiral cords at sutures, 307, no. 173. separated by a deep spiral groove. 3-8 fine spiral and 1860. Terebra oculata Lamarck: Reeve in Conch. Icon, 12, axial growth lines on whorls. Terebra, pI. 5 sp. no. 18. 1906. Terebra oculata : Comber, 1. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., Remarks : Very slender shell with light yellowish in 17 : 212. colour. It can be identified by presence of two spiral 1967. Terebra guttata : Cernohorsky, Marine Shells of the cord separated by the deep spiral groove. Pacific, 1 : 202, pI. 50, fig. 3790. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. 2000. Terebra guttata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zoo!. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No., 187 : 173. Elsewhere: South Africa, Fiji, uncommon. 2003. Terebra guttata : Subba Rao, Rec. zoo I. Surv. India, 40. Terebra macandrewii Smith Occ. Paper, 192 : 337, pI. 88, fig. 6. (PI. IV, Fig. 40) Material examined : Andamans (5 exs), Maldives 1877. Terebra macandrewii Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. (3 exs), Marine survey (2 exs). 4), 19 : 224. Measurements (mm) : Length: 92.00-115.40, Width: 1995. Terebra macandrewii Smith : Bosch, Sea shell of 18.20-21.80, Aperture length: 17.40-20.1S. Eastern Arabia No., 770, p. 1-71. Description : Shell large, up to lIS mm in height, Material examined: Andaman (7 exs). about 21 whorls. Aperture small and rectangular, outer Measurements (mm) : Length: 10.20-15.30, Width: lip thin and columella straight, fasciole rather weak .1.7 fl-S.SO, Aperture length: 4.70-5.50. VH"':},XITSAN & MUKHERJEE: Contrihution to the know/edge on Indian Marine Molluscs: Family Terebridae 67

j)('scril'liol1 : Shell solid. moderately glossy, up to whorls and growth lines on the latter whorls. Color !) 111m in height. about 10 rounded whorls, slightly very distinct, white, ornamented with two spiral rows

l'll!)\ L'\. last whorl gradually rounded below~ Aperture of irregular purple brown blotches on each whorl and \\ id!...'. l.:o1umclla smooth and strong. Suture deep, on the upper part of the body whorl, the latter with Sl'IIIrlUred with sharp. axiaL slightly sinuous ribs, about five pale tan rectangular blotches on the body indented below suture, fine spiral striae between the whorl. rib". The basal ridge reaches the columella. Whitish Remarks : It is one of the largest species of the hl'!O\\' suture. Whorls ornamented with two reddish genus and can be distinguished by its ornamentation, hn )wn spiral hands. two rows of dark brown blotches/maculation below the !?cll/l/rks : The pretty shell can be identified with suture and another on the lower part of the whorl just thl' aid of well marked axial ribs and reddish brown above suture, earlier one broader than the latter; body ~pira! bands on whorls. whorl with three brown transverse bands; earlier whorls /)is/rihut;on : Andaman and Nicobar Islands. plicated axially. t}seH'here : Pakistan. Distribution: Andaman and Nicobar, Lakshadweep 41. Terebra maclIiata (Linnaeus) Islands. (PI. IV, Fig. 41) Elsewhere : Maldives, Singapore, throughout 17.'iX. O':l'I11('ris macula/a Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10 : 741, tropical Indo-Pacific. sp. 415, (Type locality: OAfricse' asiae). 42. Terebra nebulosa Sowerby I X~~. T('rcbrll macu/ale Lamarck: His I. Des Animaux. Sans. (PI. IV, Fig. 42) J ('rl.. Vol. 7 : p. 283. 1825. Terebra nebulosa Sowerby,-Tank. Cat. App., p. 25. I X44. Terebra maculala : Hinds Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., sp. no. I; p. 159. 1844. Terebra nebulosa : HInds Thes. Conch. p. 162. No. 33, pI. 43, fig. 51. Il)Oh. Tcrc/Jra maculala : Comber, 1. Bombay nat. His!. Soc., 17 : 212. 1858. Terebra nebulosa Lorois, (Nec. Sow. Nec. Kiener) Journ. De Conch., p. 90-91, fig. 4. It)h 7. T('rehra maculala : Cemohorsky, Marine shells of the Pacific. 1 : 204. pI. 51, fig. 376. 1986. Terebraaebulosa : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, I t)X6. Terebra mandata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Zoo\. Surv. India, p. 174. 1995. Terebra nebulosa : Bosch., Sea shell of Eastern Arabia, No., 773, p. 172. Il)l) I. Terehra macu/ala : Rao and Rao, Fauna of Luks/llIdweep, Slate Fauna series, 2 : 342. Zool. Surv. 2000. Terebra nebulosa : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. India. Surv. Indi., Gcc. Paper, 187 : p. 174. 1495. Terehra maczdata Bosch et aI., Sea shell of Eastern 2003. Terebra nebulosa : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind., Arahia, No. 771, p. 171. Gcc. Paper, 192 : 337, pI. 88, fig. 8. 20()O. Terehra mandata : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Material examined: Andamans (10 exs). Sun: Ind.. Gee. Paper, 187 : p. 174. Measurements (mm) : Length: 24.50-71.60, Width: 2003. Terehra maCldata : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind. 6.50-12.10, Aperture length: 5.00-6.50. Gcc. Paper. 192 : 337, pl. 88, fig. 5. ~()07. Terehra mandala : Ramkrishna, Dey, Barua and Description : Shell large, up to 75 mm in height, Mukhopadhya, Fauna ofAndhra Pradesh, State Fauna about 20 whorls. Aperture small and rectangular with series, 5(7) : 134, Zool. Surv. India. almost straight outer lip constricted at the upper end, Material examined: Andaman (9 exs), Lakshadweep columella in line with the lip at the base. Sculptured (9 exs). Karnataka (4 exs). with 18-25 broad, close set and curved axial ribs with Measurements (nun) : Length: 48.05-137.80, Width: the spiral grooves in interstices and minutely pitted 15.38-36.05. Aperture length: 10.50-15.30. spiral groove at the suture, Color white, ornamented with large, irregular, orange-red blotches, and band of DescnlJtion : Largest shell of the genus, up to 140 same color at the base of the body whorl. mm in height, stout and heavy with about 18 rounded Remarks: Shell bears some resemblance to that of whorls. broader than other species. Aperture rather T undulata but can be differentiated by color pattern. wide, columella smooth except for a weak parietal fold, fasciole small but strong with a central groove. Surface Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. smooth except for weak axial plications on the early Elsewhere: Tropical Indo-Pacific. Rec. =001. SUIT. India 68

43. Terebra pertllsa (Born) color: aperture very small. columella constricted and (PI. IV, Fig. 43) twisted. Sculptured with prominent sub-sutural groove cuts through sharp, slightly curved axial ribs. coarse 1778. Buccinum pertllsa Born. Ind. Test. Mus. Cae. ~ Indoh .. 1 : 162. spiral threads between ribs: thin basal ridge continuous 1844. Terebra perfllsa : Hinds Proc. zuol. Soc. Lond.. (1844) with outer lip. 9 : 162. Remarks: An elegantly convoluted species in which 1898. Terebra andamanica Melvill and Sykes. Proc. malae. the whorls are numerous and rounded their upper and Soc., London, 3 : 41. pI. 3. fig. 3. lower divisions are marked by a striking contrast of 1967. Terebra pertllsa : Cemohorsky, Afarine Shells of'the dark orange and white. Pac?fic, 1 : 205, pI. 52, fig. 384. 1986. Terebra andamanica : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao. Distribution: India: Tamil Nadu : Chennai coast Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. West coast of India. Zool. Surv. India. p. 174. Elsewhere: Pakistan. Philippines. Japan. 2000. Terebra petrusa : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. SIII'\'. Ind., Occ. Popel: 187 : p. 174. 45. Terebra p"nctostriata Gray (PI. IV. Fig. 45) Material examined: Andamans (l ex). 1R34. Terebra p"l1clatostriata Gray. Proc. =001. Soc. Lond., Measurements (mm) : Length: 37.00, Width: 7.20, p.61. Aperture length: 5.60 1857. Terebra (Perirhoe) pal/ida Deshayes. Pmc. zoo!. Soc. Description: Shell moderate in size, 37 mm in length, Land., p. 310. whorls about 17, whorls flatly convex; aperture small Material examined: Andamans (13 exs). and rectangular with almost straight outer lip Measurements (mm) : Length: 58.00-69.20, Width: constricted at the upper end, columella straight. 8.80-11.00, Aperture length: 8.20-10.60. Sculptured with 25-30 close set of axial ribs with Description: Shell long and slender. up to 69 mm in interstices minutely pitted and pricked throughout. height, light yellowish in colour, whorls smooth, spirally Orange-amber in colour. Ornamented with reddish superficially groove striated, striae finely punctuated, purple spotted next the suture. sutural margin closely obliquely crenulated. aperture Remarks: Shell with delicate orange amber colour, small columella straight, a little recurved at the base. painted next the suture in a very characteristic manner Remarks : A plain yellow whitish shell, encircled in the interstices between the folds with reddish purple. with minutely punctured grooved striae and finely, Distribution India : Andaman Islands, densely crenulated at the sutural margin in an oblique Lakshadweep. manner. Elsewhere : Australia, Jukes Draney Island; Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Andaman to Hawaiian Island. Rare. Elsewhere : Mauritius, Seychellec, Tuamotu 44. Terebra polygyrata Deshayes Archipelago. (PI. IV, Fig. 44) 46. Terebra quoygaimardi Cernohorsky 1859. Terebra polygyrata, Deshayes, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., (PI. IV, Fig. 46) p, 301, sp. no. 138. 1833. Terebra monile QUoy & Gaimard, Voy, L 'Astrolabe, 1860. Terebra polygyrata : Reeve, Conch. Icon, 12 : Terebra Zoo I, 2; 467, pI. 36, fig. 21, 22. sp. no. 146, pI. 7. 1834. 1838, Kuester, Syst. Conch. Cab, ed, 2, 5(2) : 29, pI. 1898. Terebra polygyrata : Melvill and Skyes, Pmc. malac. 6, fig. 10 (Non Buccinum monile Linnaeus, 1771 = Soc., London, 3 : 42. Terebra). Terebra ambrosia: Bosch et aI., Sea shell of Eastern 1995. 1844. Terbra monilis Quay & Gaimard, Hinds, Proc. zool. Arabia No. 774, p. 172. Soc. Lond. pt. 11 : 163; 1844 Hinds in Sowerby, Material examined: Chennai coast (1 exs), Malabar Thes. Conchyl 1 : 168 pI. 43, fig. 65, 66; 1844. coast (10 exs). Deshayes & Edwards, His. Nat., animo S. vert., Ed. 2. 10 : 258. Measurements (mm) : Length: 16.00-20.70, Width: 1859. Terbra monilis Deshayes, Proc. zoo!. Soc. Lond., Pt. 2.30-4.10, Aperture length: 2.50-4.40. 27 : 312. 1860 Reeve, Conch. /con, 12 : pi. 11, fig. Description : Shell solid" up to 20 mm in height. 42 a : 1R85 Tryon, Man. Conch, 7 : 28, pI. 8, fig. 47, about 11 slightly convex whorls, stepped at sutures, 48 (In synonymy of T straminea Gray); 1967 Cemohorsky, marine shells, Pacific 1 : 204, pI. 51, base gently rounded; Purplish brown to golden brown fig. 377. VENKITl·SAN & MUKHERJEE: COlltrihwioll to the know/edge 011 Illdian "-'farille "-'folluscs .' Fami~l' Terebridae 69

I q(\-l. h'l'l'hl'd (( '/Ilglllo{l'rl'hru) l1lollilis Quay & Gaimard, Distribution : India: Lakshadweep, Tamil Nadu : "'I"kulI/d. "dcct. Shl'lIs \\'orld col. 2; pl. 69, fig, 19. Madras, Gulf of Mannar (Krusadai Islands), Andamans, Il)h6. ('/IIgll/(}(cI'c/Jra lIIollilis (Quoy & Gaimard), Habe & moderately common. KllSlIgL'. ,/r('1/ \l'(JI'/d col. 2 : 99, pI. 39, fig. 14. Elsewhere: Indo-Pacific. 11)(1 -, 1>1/11/(/£1('1/\ f/Julli/ is (Juoy & Gaimard), Habe & KllSlIgL" S{tllld Book. .fap. Shell col. 3 : 102, pI. 40, 48. Terebra succincta Boss fig. 17. (PI. IV, Fig. 48) ,\/£11('1';01 {'x£ll11illed : Andamans (5 exs). 1801. Terebra succincta Boss, Delerville ed Bulfon Moll ..

,\I('d\/IJ'l..'lI1l..'llls (mm) : Length: 50.50-53.00, Width: 4 : 17. -'. ~()-~.2(), Aper1ure length: 6.40-7.70. 1833. Terebra cancel/ala Quay and Gaimard, roy' De P Astr T ii p. 471, pI. 36, fig. 27-28. /)c.'sCl'lj)lioll : Shell large, slender with pointed spire, 1859. Terebra lIndalella Deshyes. Pruc. zool. Soc. Lond. p. lll' to )3 I11Ill in height, aperture small, columella reflected 307, No. 157. ;lIld twisted, rccurved. Dark orange in colour, whorls 1898. Terehra ,\'lIccinata : Melvill and Skyes, Proc. Malac. Ilatlened, divided at the upper part by a groove, Soc., London, 3 : 42. crcl1ulated at the margin, ornamented with, close set of 1899. Terebra cancel/ala QUoy and Gaimard : Melvill and \\ hite nodules at suture, interstices with white tubercles. Sykes. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 3 : 42. 1967. Terebra succincta : Cemohorsky, Marine Shel/s of the Remarks: It is characterized by a coronation of white Pacific, 1 : 206, pI. 52, fig. 387. tuhercles on a dark orange ground. The tubercles 1986. Terebra succinata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, hecome indistinct in the case of r cingul~fera. Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nieobar Is/and~, Distrihlltion : India: Andaman Island. Zool. Surv. India, p. 174. 2000. Terebra succincta : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zool. Flsl.'w/7cre : Marquesas Island. Surv. Ind., Oce. Paper, 187 : p. 175. 47. Terebra subulata (Linnaeus) 2007. Terebra succinata : Ramkrishna, Dey, Barua and (PI. IV, Fig. 47) Mukhopadhya, Fauna ofAndhra Pradesh. Slale Fauna series, 5(7) : 135. Zoo Surv. India. 17h7. Bliccillllm slihulallim Linnaeus, Sysl. Nal. Ed. 12 : 176. 1.

1XJ9. BlICClnilm slIblilalliln : Kiener Icun des q., p. 10. (6) Material examined: Andamans (l ex). fig. 6. (Ocean lndien, Madagascar, lIes de la sea). Measurements (mm) : Length: 19.00-28.00, Width: IlJ()(l. Ter<.>/?ra slihu/ata : Comber, 1. Bombay nat. Hisl. Soc., 2.10-4.40, Aperture length: 3.00-4.50. 17 : 212. 1l)52. Tl'I'e/>rll suhll/uru : Satyamurti, Bull. A1adras GOvl. Description : Shell sharply turreted, dark grey m ,\/11.\ . .vel\' S<.>1: (/y'at. l/ist.). 1(2) : 215, pI. 21, fig. 4. colour, whorls 14-17, flatly convex, divided by a groove 1l)l)2. Tl'I'l'hra .mblliaia : Dance, Shells Eye witness hand at the upper part, closely regularly sculptured with hook. p. 195. obliquely crenulated ribs. Crenulated at the margin, 2000. Terchra slIhlllala : Subba Rao and Dey, Rec. zoul. interstices cancellated with fine raised lines, aperture Sun: Ind.. Occ. Pape/: 187 : p. 174. 2(0). Tel'ehrll slIblilala : Subba Rao, Rec. zool. Surv. Ind., small, columella nearly straight. OCt'. Pap <'>1'. 192 : 337, pI. 88, fig. 7. Remarks : Presence of a curved axial ribs sculpture Alaterial examined: Andamans (9 exs). does not look like any other species. The suture is A/easuremellts (mm) : Length: 94.00-115.00, Width: characterized by a band of compact clear nodules and 13.20-16.20, Aperture length: 13.60-16.30. a highly marked sub-sutural groove. Subba Rao and Description: Shell large, up to 115 mm in height, Dey (2000) Inentioned about this species but efforts slender with about 25 whorls and pointed spire. were made to identify this species from NZC which Aperture very small, outer lip thin and columella twisted, went futile. It may be T textilis which is creamy white fasciole small, anterior canal truncated and curved. in c

1R5Y. Terehra lexilis Deshayes. Pmc. ::001. Soc. LOlld. pI. 51. Terebra triseriata Gray 5. fig. X9. (PI. IV Fig. 51) 1X73. J\~l'l/l"(:,lIo lI/ocgillin'ayi Smith . .11111 ..\fag .\'01. Hisl .. 1X34. Tcr('hl'o Iri.\"cl'ialo Gray. Proc. :oo/. Soc. Lond., p. 61. Lond., xi. p. 267. 1940. T('re/Jra Irisel'iala : Crichton. 1. BomhllY na!. His!. 187Y. T('I'e/Jra sublexlilis Smith. Pro('. :001. Soc. LOlld, p. So('., 42 : 335. 185. t. 19. fig. 3. 1R44. Terc/Jra Iriseriata : Hinds, Thes. Conch P. 171 (5Y): 1967. Terebra lexlilis : Cemohorsky. .\farill£! Shells oj Ihe pI. 45. fig. 11Y. Pacific. 1 : p. 206. pI. 52. fig. 388. 1RSY. Tere/Jra praelonga Deshayes. Proc. zoo/. Soc. Lond. 2000. Terehra exigua : Subba Rao and Dey. Rec. ::001. Sun: p. 315. p. 173. Ind, Dec. PapeI; 187 : 1Y90. Terebra triseriata : Pinn. Sea Shells of Pondieheny. A4aterial examined: Andamans (5 exs). Nehru Science Centre. p. 109, fig. 199. Measurements (mm) : Length: 26.80-33.90. Width: 1995. Terehra Iriseriala : Bosch. Sea shell o(Eastern Arabia No. 774 p. 172. 5.00-6.00, Aperture length: 1.90-2.70, Material examined: Andamans (5 exs). Description: Shell acicular, turreted. up to 40 mm in Measurements (mm) : Length: 45.00-76.00, Width: height, whorls about 12-18 convexly flattened, divided 13.40-15.60. Aperture length: 4.70-5.60. and punctuate at the upper pat1 of a groove. aperture small, some what obliquely contracted, columella Description: Shell solid, moderately glossy, up to twisted and recurved. Sculptured with 20-23 curved axial 76 mm in height; very long and narrow with about 32- ribs, interstices with 8-9 spiral cords and a row of 41 straight sided whorls, early whorls broken, deep oblique beads at sutures : pre-sutural groove is suture, small aperture with strongly twisted and prominent; Shell light brown in colour throughout. recurved columella; Sculptured with two rows of bedas at sutures, separated by a smooth spiral groove. Whorls Remarks: A smaJI livid brown or chestnut shell of bear 4-6 spiral cords and curved growth lines and weak varying regular growth closely latticed throughout. axial ribs, last whorl more or less angled at the base. Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. Remarks: More delicate and slender in growth, more Elsewhere: New Guinea, Fiji. Rare. concavely flattened, with granulated sculpture. 50. Terebra tricincta Smith Distribution: India: Andaman Islands. (PI. IV, Fig. 50) Elsewhere: Isles of Ticao, Philippines Port Curtis, 1877. Terebra tricincta Smith, Ann. Jvlag. Nat. His!. J'v/us., Australia. (4) 19 : 225. 52. Terebra undulata Gray 1968. Terebra (Strioterebrllm) fricincta : Ray, Bull. Indian (PI. IV, Fig. 52) Mus., 3(1 & 2) : 27, text fig. 25. 1991. Terebra (Striolerebrum) Iricincta : Rao, Rao and 1834. Terebra undulata Gray, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond., (1834) Maitra, Fauna of Orissa, Stafe Fauna series, 1 (3) : 11 : 60. 89. Zooi. Surv. India. 1859. Terebra approximata Deshayes, Proc. zoo I. Soc. Lond., (1859) p. 299. 1992. Terebra tricincta : Subba Rao, Dey and Barna, Fauna of West Bengal, State Fauna series, 3(9) : 201. ZooJ. 1906. Terebra undulata : Comber, 1. Bombay nal. Hist. Soc., Surv. India. 17 : 212. 1908. Terebra cornicolor Preston. Rec. Indian Mus., 2 : 189. Material examined: Digha (3 exs). pI. 17, fig. 63. Measurements (mm) : Length: 4.80-6.10, Width: 1967. Terebra undulata : Cemohorsky, Marine Shells of the 1.30-1.50, Aperture length: 0.80-0.90. Pacific, 1 : 208, pI. 52, fig. 391. 1986. Terebra undulata : Tikader, Daniel and Subba Rao, Description : Shell small, up to 6 mm in height, Sea shore animals of Andaman and Nicohar Islands, slender, spire pointed, with about 9-12 whorls, arranged Zool. Surv. INdia, p. 174. like a pyramid; whorls medially constricted deep; 2000. Terebra undulata : Subba Rao & Dey. Rec. zool. Surv. sculptured with node like radial fine lines, these are Ind., Occ. Papel: 187 : p. 175. very prominent and strong throughout the whorls. Material examined: Andamans (8 exs). Distribution : India : West Bengal : Medinipur; Measurements (mm) : Length: 30.00-46.30, Width: Maharastra, Orissa, Tamil Nadu. 6.10-7.70, Aperture length: 4.30-7.40. Elsewhere: Persian Gulf, Pakistan coast, Singapore, Description: Shell cylindrically elongated, apex of Indonesia. th\'" shell terminates in a point, polished, shining light \'F KllTS.\N & MUKHERJEE : Contribution (0 the knowledge on Indian Marine Molluscs : Family Terebridae 7l

,)1"an l~' hrown ,n l:uJour. About t 2= 18 whorl ', Apertur _ 13th editi.on of 'Syslema Nature' Lamarck ha doubled smaH. narnn\; ~olumella descending rather obliquely; the number of the species of Linnaeus in hi Histoire oUI\:r hp simpl,e: s,culpturcd with dose set longitudinal Nalurelle des Animaux Sans W!rtebres · rths crussed n\:'-lr the upper end by a slight spiral Quoy and Gaimard (1836) contributed a few of them grol \l'. thu ' fonning an infra sutural crenulated band, collected during the voyage of the •Astrolabe' iener th~ inl~'rstil ' CS bctw~en the ribs "paraHy and minutely ( 1839··40) added some other in thier 'Species generales pilt~.J. «ht: punctuat ion of the upper row being coars,e at Iconographic des CoquiUes vivantes' and carried (han fhl' rest. Base of shell marked with three minutely up to 35 of the number figures and described. Shortly piu.:J groovC' ·. aft,erwards Gr,ay described summering in Proce,edings Relllark ' .: Shell marked with three revolving of Zoological Society London in 1834, twenty new pmh.' tuatc s grooves. species among which som of them are doubtful. At I )is,frihut;on : India: Andamans Islands. last Hinds (1843) described about 50 new species c.oming almost all from Cuming Ian collection, gave .a Fls('u'ltere : Philippines Singapore~ Tropical Pacific complete monograph of th genus, and rose to other \ ui Island. nunlber of species known to 10'9. Th' s way considerable SU '1MARY D DISC SSION number was stiH further augmented by Adams and When we enumerate the number of species 0 Reeve (1850), who described 10 more species. l, f{l bn I :i n the last century we ·ar _ astonished at the h spe,cies of the Genus Ter,ebr.a wer,e ably ~rnalh;~r number, In the 12th edition of the "Systema monographed by Hinds (1846), but many new ones 'vuture " Llnnaeus ( 1758) had put together only 10 having been accumulated since that period, th . genus spc , d~s in the 7th section of h IS gl nu Buccinum, whkh was again monographed by at Cuming's suggestion mdu<.ks only Terehra . Martini and Chemnitz (1788) in by D·eshayes (1857-59), indeed t.o und,ertake th,e their great work added few species. Schroetor having investigation of the genus under circumstances hardly observed in the old plates a considerable number .of favourable to the proper discrimination of the species. figur s that had belen ov,er I.ooked, sleparated them Again in 1860 Reeye review,ed the monograph .of can:fully from each other. and placed them in the genus Deshaye and reported that out of 221 pedes cited by aBcr Linnacus species. The numb _f .of species was Deshayes, Re,eve could get 214 .original Typ . sand ~.. on~id~rably l11cre.ased as many as 43 by Gmelin in the series of types,and he reduced the number in to 149

A&N Islands Andhra Pradesh DGoa o Gujarat Karnataka Kerala Lakshadw,eep Maharashtra Marine Survey Orissa Pondicherry Tamil Nadu Un known Location • West Bengal

Distribution species recorded among states of India of Family Terebridae !?(' '. ::001. Sun: .India

rejecting about 65 species n synonyms and he himself ani/is from Goa. r j£'lill

Total .speices (69) ,80 ww------Species stud ied (52) 40 [J iteratu re on y ( 2) 20 [] ew records to o +---&._- India (6) 1 ew records to state (7)

Stat IS of specie · tudied of Fumily Terebridae \TNKITI·S.\N'-': 1\1lIKI-H:.RJEE : COl1frihllfiol1 fo fhL' kllmr/L'dgL' OIl/l1dial1 Alaril1L' !vlol/uscs: Family TerehriduL' 73

REFERENCES :\hhut. R.T. and Dancc, S.P. 19X6. Compendium (?lSea Shells. 441 pp. American Malacologists Inc. Melbourne, Florida . . \dal11~. A. & Rcc\c. L. 1X50. Mollusca. pp. 45-R7 In : Adams, A. The Zoology of the Vogage of H.M.S. Samarang; undcr the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, C .B.F.R.A.S., F.G.S. during the years 1843-1846. Reeve & Rcc\e, London .

. \d~lIl1~. 11. and Adams, A. I X53-1 X5X. "The Genera of Recent Mollusca"; An"anged according to their organization. London: Van Voorst 3 volumes . .\nsari ('{ ell. (~()06) "Records of Auger Shells (Neogastropoda: Terebridae) from Andaman and Nicobar Islands" Puhlishcd In Seo/llIZ\'(//1l0 14( I) : 2006 . .\ndanwn. l\1. 1757. Histoire naturelle du Senegal Coquillages Avlc Iq relation abreges d'un voyage fait ence IJt~l'S I)CI1"£Il1t Ics al1nees 1749, 50, 51, 52, 53, Paris Bauche, I. Voyage, viii + 190 pages, II Coquillages, xcvi .~ ~75 pp. 1\ Inllusks collected on the presidential cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 98(10) : 1-18. Bratcher. T. & Cernohorsky, W.O. 19R7. Living Terebras of the World. A Monograph of the Recent Terebridae of the \\'orld. American Malacologists, Melbourne, Florida. 1240 pp. Hurn. 1. \'on, 1778. Illdex rerul1l naturalium Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, pI. 1, Testacea, J.P. Krauss, Vienna. XIII + 45~,- Bruguiere . .l.Ci. 17X9. Encyclopedie methodique Histoire naturelle de vers. 1-1 xviii + 344 pp. Paris Panckoucke. Blllil1\ilk, H.D.D. de 1825-1827. Manuel de l11alaco logie et de conchytiologie. Paris & Strasbourg, Lavrault. 1X~5 : viii + 648 pp, 2 fold-out charts; 1827 : pp. 649-664,4 + 87 + 17 pIs. ('l'rtlnhorsky, 'v\/'O. & Bratcher, T. 1976. Notes on the taxonomy of Indo-Pacific Terebridae (Mollusca: Gastropoda), with description of a new species. Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus., 13 : 131-140. Cl'rnohorsky. W.O. 1972. Alcwine Shells of the Pac?jic. Vol. 11.411 pp., 68 pIs., 28 text-figs., Pacific publications, Sydncy. ( )pl'rat ions off the west coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of Cali furni a, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the Brachiopoda. Bull. Mus. Compo Zoo/. , 43 :

,20';-4X 7. pis. 1-22.

1k"ha~ l'''. (i. P. 1X57. Descriptions d'especes nouvelles du genre Terebra. J. Conchy/., 6 : 65-102 : pI. 35. I k-..ha\cs. Ci. P. I X59. A general review of the genus Terebra and a description of new species. Proc. ~oo/. Soc. LOlld. 27 : 270-321. Rl'l'l'l1t shells. arranged according to the Linnaean method; with particular attention to the synonymy}. John and Arthur A.rch. London. 1-1090. (,mclin, .l.F. 1791. : Caroli a LinnA,.<;"9, Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis}. J.B. Delamolliere, Lyon. 3021-3910. (iray, J. E. UD4. Proc. ]()() 1. Soc. Lond., Vol.-2. Hinds, R.B. 1844. Descriptions of new shells, collected during the voyage of the Sulphur, and in the Mr. Cumings latc visit to the Philippines. Proc. ~oo/. Soc. Lond., 11 : 149-168. Kiener. L.C. 1R39. Species General et iconographie des Coquilles Vivantes, Genre Terebra. Rousseau, Paris, pIs. 1-14. Lamarck, J.B.P. de M. 1822. Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres. Verdiere, Paris, 1-711. Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per regnatria nalurae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. L. Salvii, Holmiae (Stockholm) : 1-824. T\1el\'ilL J.C. and Sykes, E.R. 1899. Notes on a second collection of marine shells from the Andaman Islands, with description of new forms of Terebra Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 3 : 35-48. Martini and Chenuniter (1788). Nells. Syslemalisches Conchylein Cabinet, 11 Vols ...... Lipsoie. Preston, H.B. 1908. Description of new species of land, marine and fresh water shells from Andaman Islands. Rec. indian Mus., 2 : 187-210. Ret'. ::'001. SlIn'. India 74

Preston. H.B. 1916. Report on a small collection of marine molluscs dredged in shallow water in the Andaman Islands. Rec. indian lvlus., 12 : 92-95. Quoy and Gaimard (1830-1835) Voyage de ...... (Astro/ahe ...... penelallt 1826-1829. Paris. Zoo logie, Vols. 1-4.

Ramkrishna. Dey. A. Barua, S. Mukhopadhya. A. 2007. Fauna ofAndhra Pradesh. Slale 1"£111110 series, 5(7) : 135. Zool. Sur.. : India. Ray, H.C. 1948. On the collection of Mollusca from Coromandel coast of India, Rc('. /m/ian Allis., 46 : 87-121. Reeve, L.A. (1860). Monograph of the genus Terehra. Pis. 1-27 in Reeve. L.A. COllc/i%gia /col1ica. London: L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 12. Smith, E.A. 1877. Descriptions of new species of Conidae and Terebridae. AI1I1. Afag .Va!. Hist., 4. 19 : 222-231. Smith, E.A. 1894. Natural History notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer 'hwcstigator' Commander, C.F., Oldham, R.N.-Ser. II. No.1 O. Report upon some mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bcngal and Andaman seas. Ann. Nfag Nat. His!., (6) 14 : 157-174. Smith, E.A. 1896. Natural History notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamcr 'In\'t~stigator' Commander, C.F.. Oldham, R.N.-Ser. II. No. 22. Description of new Deep Sea Mollusca. Anl1. lvlag. Nal. His!., (6) 18 : 367-375. Smith, E.A. 1899. XXIV. Natural History notes from H.M. Indian 1\1arine Survey Steamer 'Investigator' Commander. T.H. Heming, R.N.-Ser. III. No. on Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and Andaman seas . ..11111. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 14: 157-174. Smith, E.A. 1899. Natural History notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer' Investigator' Commander, C.F. Oldham, R.N .-Ser. II. No. 10. Report upon some mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal and Arabian Seas. AI1I1. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) 4 : 237-251. Smith, E.A. 1906. Natural History notes from RIMS 'Investigator',-- Ser. III. No.1 O. On the mollusca from Bay of Bengal and Arabian Seas. Ann. Mag. Nat. HIs!., (7) 18 : 157-175 & 245-263. Schumachen, C .F. 1817. Essai dilil1 nouveau systeme des hahitations dl?,' vel's tes{(ln's, Copenhageni Seghultz, iv + 287 pp. Subba Rao .• N.V.. Surya Rao. K.V. and Mitra. S. 1991. Marine Molluscs. State Faulla Series 1. Falllla oj" Orissa (Part-3) : 1-175. 30 pis. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Subba Rao. N. V. Dey. A. Barua. S. 1992. Estuarine and marine molluscs. State Faul10 Scrics . .3. Fauna of West Bengal. Part-9 (Molluscs) : 129-268.30 pIs. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata.

Subba Rao. N.V. 2003. indian sea shells (Part-I) : Polyplacophora and Gastropoda. Rec. ;:001. Surv. India, Occ. Paper No., 192 : i-x, 1-416. Surya Rao, K.V. and Subba Rao, N.V. 1991. Mollllsca. State Fallna Series 2. Fallno q(Lakshadeep, P. 273-362. 3 pIs. Zoological Survey of India, Kolkata. Surya Rao. K.V.. Mitra, S .. Barua, S. and Ramakrishna. 2004. Marine molluscs (Part-2 : Polyplacophora. Gastropoda and Scaphopoda) : State Fallna Series, 8 : Fauna of Gl~jaral. P. 263-331. Zoological Survey of India. Kolkata. Vaught. K.C. 1989. A classification of living Mollusca, Edited by T. Abbot and K.J. Boss. American Malacologists Inc .. Melbourne. Florida. U.S.A .. pp. 1-189. Weaver. C .S. 1960. Hawaiian I\tlarine Mollusks, recent and new species. Halt'aiian Shell News, 1 (1) : 1. \ I 'I IT! " "O lllnhUlioJl /0 ,h ' hllmdec/ge 011 11/(Ii m A/oril1 ' ,\lol/uscs : Famif ' 7i.'l'e/J,.;da " 7

P A E

. i'""" l \ ~ntral \ 'it\\' t f [hl'lmJll'l"l~a allomala: -io.2 . dl.lplica1a: Fi .3 . rap/umlfla: Fi . 4 . sp('cial ilis: Fig. 5 n.slrulllil1(,u; F i ' ~ , n ,ncolor: io. Ha.·utlLl a/hula: fio. 8 II. It 1 '1111,1 : ' iu. 9 1I. dJ1CI'('f: Fig. 10 II. lIa.\'lo.lo: ,'g. 11 II (IICOIl.... · lllII ... ; Fi'g. L. 1/ lama: Fi,!.!. 3 H. JI1at/tl'nOlWlla~ Fio. 4 II. (I ' ;<~ilafa: Fi'g. 5 11. solida: •' g. 16 II. :·mia/a: Fig. 7 II. tell 'ra; F'o, ,8 " lI'ailli: Fio. 19 Imp 'ges /tec /jclI . ', ::00/ 'Ir\ ~ India 76 nt'

P II

Fig. 20 7etrehra a IVlala; Fi~, 21 r offini ; Fig. 22 T 01\' olota; Fi ,,2 I Imanda ; i Fi:g., 26 T. cerithina ' Fio, 27 T. chlorota ' i. 28 T. cin uhf ra ~ ., 29 r olulIl Fi . 31 I erelilala ~ Fig . . 2 r d haJ e i' Fi . 33 r dimidata ; ig. 34 I dm rella ; Fi Fig. 7 T fimi ulata ~ Fio, 38 T uttata ; Fig. 39 r lae 'igala \ ' 'olllrihuliolJ to III, knowl ' d~Tt 11 Indian Marin 0/1" ~. : Fami~l ' Te,ebridae 77

p ~m

Rc(', ::(}()/. SlOT, India: 1l1(Part-3) : 79-101, 2012

A CHECKLIST OF (INSECTA: LEPIDOPTERA: ) OF INDIA

K. S[VASANKARAN, S. IGNAClMuTHu*, M. GABRIEL PAULRA.,. AND S. PRABAKARAN Entomology Research Institute Loyola College, Chennai-600034 *Corresponding author E-mail: [email protected]

INTRODUCIlON 10. AGARISTINAE 18. Athetis The family Noctuidae commonly known as Owlet 11. BAGISARIN~ 19. Callyna is one of the largest families in the order 12. 20. Dyptergina Lepidoptera which comprises more than 35,000 known 13. 21. Elusa species placed in 29 sub-families and 4,200 genera. The 14. GONOPTERINAE 22. F eliniopsia noctuid moths can be easily recognized from other 15. OPHIDERINAE 23. Nonagria lepidopterans by 'their prominent eyes and 16. 24. Trachea comparatively robust structure. The noctuids mostly 17. PLUSIINAE 25. Xylostola have drab forewings, although some have brightly 18. PALINDIINAE 26. H elicoverpa coloured hind wings. The overwhelming majority of 19. SARROTHRIPINAE 27. Heliothis nnctuids fly at night and is almost invariably strongly 20. STICTOPTERINAE 28. Xanthia attracted to light. Noctuid are well represented in all 21. 29. Glotulla important zoogeographic regions and occur in lower 22. EU1ELLIINAE 30. Elwesia 1110ntane to upper montane, sandy ocean beaches, 23. EARIADINAE 31. Pyrrhia dunes. river basins deserts and a wide variety of 24. FOCILLINAE 32. Adisllra hahitats. Noctuids are a prominent group of terrestrial 25. STREPSIMANNlNAE 33. Chariclea insect fauna and food web, including innumerable List of genera 34. Raghuva ecological and economically important species. Several 1. Agrotis 35. Epi/eeta species have larvae that live in the soil and agricultural 2. Alelia 36. Aucha or horticultural pests. Majority of species will prove to 3. Peridroma 37. Hypernaenia be polyphagous but restricted to herbaceous 4. Protexarnis 38. Semiophora vegetation in distributed habitats in the tropics, a 5. Axylia 39. Bombycia category which includes agricultural crops. Noctuidae 6. Ochropleura 40. Ancara reported so far from India (before partition) are 7. Diarsia 41. Eurois accommodated under 218 genera and 1431 species 8. Xestia 42. Polia (Hampson, 1894-95; Moore, 1879-88~ Walker, 1854-66; 9. Hadena 43. Dipterygia Holloway, 1985, 1989; Park, 2001). The checklist of the 10. Mythimna 44. Euseotia genera and species of Noctuidae from India presented 11. Tiraeola 45. Cllculia here, lists a total of 1374 species under 351 genera. 12. Poly tela 46. Acronyeta List of Sub-families: 5. AMPHIPYRINAE 13. 47. Toxocampa 1. 6. HERMINllNAE 14. Apamea 48. Calogramma 2. 7. 15. Aeologramma 49. . 3. HELIOTIllNAE 8. 16. Antha 50. Berresa 4. 9. 17. Apsarasa 51. Elusia Rc('. :001. Sun:. India 80

52. Arboricornlls 101. Goniocraspedllm 150. SchistorhYllx 199. HOlllaea 53. Caradrina 102. Mecistoptera 151. 200. A-liniodes 54. Tathoryhynchus 103. Bertula 152. Hypopyra 201. Phyl/odes 55. Acrapex 104. Popyogon 153. 202. Ophideres 56. Acutipenna 105. Achaea 154. 203. Cafpe 57. Auchmis 106. Cosmophila 155. 204. P.\'eudocalpe 58. Callopistria 107.' 156. ";facaldenia 205. LophathTilln 59. Taxophleps 108. 157. Trigollodes 206. Abrostola 60. Leocyma 109. Chalciope 158. Platyja 207. Hyper/opha 61. Craniophora 110. Thym. 159. SYlnpis 20X. GOlliocraspidllln 62. Mudaria 111. Entomogramma 160. Bocula 209. Bara.\'a 63. Sphetta 112. Batracharta 161. Pangrapta 210. fl)'pocala 64. Tycracrona 113. Cyclodes 162. Saroba 211. Allomis 65. Bryophilina 114. Melipotis 163. Sarobides 212. Ox)'odes 66. Acronicta 115. Crithote 164. Talnba 213. A-losara 67. Actinotia 116. Plecoptera 165. Din Ul11111a 214. Mithila 68. Sasunaga 117. Diomea 166. Falana 215. Coarica 69. Conservula 118. Calesia 167. Gonitis 216. 70. Spodoptera 119. Calyptra 168. Daddala 217. Homoplra 71. 120. Eudocinla 169. Hypersypnoides 218. Ollllllatophora 72. Cosmia 121. 170. Tinolius 219. Chrysopera 73. Hypena 122. Plusiodonta 171. Pantydia 220. Serrodes 74. Catada 123. Olutis 172. Moma 221. HII/odes 75. Acidon 124. 173. Trisu/oides 222. Thermesia 76. Lysimelia 125. Athyrmina 174. Trisula 223. Spiret/ollia 77. Sarobela 126. Erebus 175. Phorica 224. A"'l'higollia 78. Adrapsa 127. Bamra 176. Lycilnna 225. U/olrichoPlis 79. Heterolnala 128. Erygia 177. Sypna 226. Asticta 80. Pseudoglossa 129. lschyja 178. Anisoneura 227. Annua 81. Bleptina 130. 179. Agonista 228. Arcte 82. Alelimma 131. Catocala 180. Panilla 229. Bamara 83. Mastigophorus 132. Mocis 181. Gnamptogyia 230. Dierna 84. Bracharthrum 133. Ugia 182. Lyncestis 231. Egnasia 85. Falcimala 134. Hypospila 183. Gnamptonyx 232. Elygea 86. Nagadeba 135. Chilkasa 184. Pseudophia 233. Episparis 87. Hydrillodes 136. Thalatta 185. 234. Fodina 88. Simplicia 137. Throana 186. Pandesma 235. Hamodes 89. Nodaria 138. Mecodina 187. Condale 236. Blasticorhinus 90. Talapa 139. 188. Lagoptera 237. Koptoplax 91. Singara 140. Anticarsia 189. Dordura 238. Orthaga 92. Camptochi/us 141. Arsacia 190. Delgamma 239. Sphingomorpha 93. Latirostrum 142. Gesonia 191. Pantura 240. 94. Corcobara 143. Goniocraspedon 192. Baniana 241. M etaemene 95. Anoratha 144. Hepatica 193. Borsippa 242. Erastria %. Dichroma 145. Loxioda 194. Acantholipes 243. Toxophleps 97. Rhynchina 146. Marapana 195. Remigia 244. Micraeschus 98. Orthozona 147. Pseudosphetta 196. H armetelia 245. Zurobata 99. Chusaris 148. Rema 197. Pleurona 246. Corgatha 100. Arrade 149. Rhesala 198. Lycima 247. Oruza SI\··\~:\~KARAN l'I £II. : ..I Chccklist (~( IVoctllidae (Insecta: Lepidoptera: Nocfuoidea) of India 8 1

~~S ( 'a tob/emma 197. /Ilg II ra SPECIES CHECKLIST ~ .. N l:'1I.\trotia 19K AIlliga Order LEPIDOPTERA ~~() IIYl'erstrotia 199. Elitelia Suborder DITRYSIA :':; I. J. itlwL'oliia 300. Paectes Superfamily NOCTUOIDEA ~~~. .1Ia/iattha 301. Risoba Family NOCTUIDAE LATREILLE, 1809 .2.'i.~ . IJti}hlhera 301. Odontodes Subfamily NOCTUINAE LATREILLE, 1809 .2~~. PerciillUl 303. Stictoptera Tribe AGROTINI RAMBUR, 1848 .2'\.". Bryophila 304 . Sadarsa Subtribe AGROTINARAMBUR, 1848 .2."6. l::rtlsloities 305 . Grytona Genus 1. Agrotis Ochsenheimer, 1816 .2~7 Ilye/opsis 306. Lophoptera l. Agrotis biconica Kollar, 1844 .25K Hye/a 307. CYlnatophoropsis 2. Agrotis Jenalis Moore, 1881 ~59. :lIicardia 308. 3. Agrotis aCcipiter Felder, 1864 160. ,1Iegalodes 309. Neochera 4. Agrotis brevirami Hampson, 1894 26\. Pile/lylepis 310. Episteme 5. Agrotis c- nigrum Linnaeus, 1775 ~62. Troctopterll 31l. Exsula 6. Agrotis cerastoides Moore, 1867 163. Lophorllza 312. Sarbanissa 7. Agrotis cfrvina Moore, 1867 .26.. l llJarimatha 313. Bagisara 8. Agrotis cia vis Hufnagel, 1766 16). Swinhoea 314. HOln 0 des 9. Agrotis corticea Schiffermuller, 1776 .26h IIIetach rostis 315 . Plotheia 10. Agrotis cuprea Moore, 1867 2()7. Narallga 316. Hyblaea 1l. Agrotis albipennis (Grote, 1876) 26X. R;"lIla 317. Bagada 12. Agrotis niveisparsa Butler,1889 26<). Pachy/epis 318. Condica 13. Agrotis modesta Moore, 1881 ~7(). Zag ira 319. Perigea 14. Agrotis junctura Moore, 1881 .271. Agraplrll 320. Earias 15. Agrotis pronuba Linnaeus, 1766 27.2. Alitoba 32l. Luceria 16. Agrotis curviplena Walker, 1865 ~73. Sderogellia 322. Capotena 17. Agrotis deseripta Bremer, 1864 ~7~. ZOllopllisia 323. Pse II delydn a 18. Agrotis dispalata Swinhoe, 1891 .275. Thysallopilisia 324. Tympanistes 19. Agrotis ditrapezillm Borkhausen, 1788 ~7h. .41ladevidia 325 . Carea 20. Agrotis jlammatra Fabricius, 1787 .~77 ('h rysotieixis 326 . To rtriciform a 2l. Agrotis ipsilon Hufnagel, 1766 .27K TricJlopllisia 327 . Gelastocera 22. Agrotis olivascens Hampson, 1894 .279. .4l1tographa 328. Beara 23 . Agrotis orchracea Walker, 1864 1XO. Ramadasa 329. Pseudogonitis 24. Agrotis plecta Linnaeus, 1766 .2X l. H estermannia 330. Tinosoma 25. Agrotis ravida Schiffermuller, 1776 2X2. Nagasena 33l. Sphragifera 26. Agrotis segetum ([Denis &Schiffermuller], 1775) .2Kl Brevipecten 332 . Xanthodes 27. Agrotis sikkema Moore, 1867 284. Do rail aga 333. Ossonoba 28. Agrotis tenuis Butler, 1889 2X5. Pterogollia 334. Oxygonitis 29. Agrotis triangularis Moore, 1867 1R6. Tarache 335. Cleth roph ora 30. Agrotis griseivena Hampson, 1894 2R7. Xanthoptera 336. Churia Genus 2. Protexarnis McDunnough, 1929 2X8. Acontia 337. Hyposemansis 31. Protexarnis photophila (Guenee, 1852) 289. Labanda 338. Clethrophora Subtribe AUSTRANDESIINA ANGULO & 290. Chl'llnetia 339. Psimada OLIVARES, 1960 291. Blenina 340. Zethes Genus 3. Peridroma Hubner, 1821 292. Argryothripa 34l. Avitta 32. Peridromasallcia Hubner, 1808 293. Clettharra 342. Capnodes Tribe NOCTUlNI LATREILLE. 1809 294. Sa rro th rip a 343. Raparna Genus 4. Axylia Hubner, 1821 295. 344. Cephena 296. Neothripa 345. Hermonassa 33. Axylia plltris Linnaeus, 1761 Rec. zool. Sun'. India 82

Genus 5. Ochropleura HUbner. 1821 74. Mytlzimna fasciata (Moore. 1881) 75. Mythimna fonnosalla Butler. 1880 34. Ochropleura plecta Linnaeus. 1761 76. Mythimna Moorei (Swinhoe. 1902) Genus 6. Diarsia Hubner. 1821 77. Mythimna pallidicosta (Hampson. 1894) 35. Diarsia canescens Butler, 1878 78. Mythinlna snelleni HrebJay. 1996 Genus 7. Xestia Hubner, 1818 79. Mythimna yu Guenee. 1852 36. Xestia c- nigTllln Linnaeus, 1758 80. Mythimna tangala Felder & Rogenhofer. 1874 37. Xestia dilala (Butler, 1879) 81. Mythilllna.decisissma Walker. 1865 38. Xestia eJj10rescens Butler, 1879 82. Mythimna Izamifera \Valker. 1865 83. Mythimna rujistrigosa tvloore, 1881 Subfamily HADENINAE GUENEE, ] 852 84. Mythilnna I-album Huhner. 1X 18 Genus 8. Hadena Schrank, 1802 85. Mythimna valla Swinhoe. 1X85 39. Hadena perdentata Hampson, 1894 86. Mythilnna howra Moore. 1881 40. Hadena nigrocuprea Moore, 1867 87. Mythimna subsignata Moore 1881 41. Hadena hastata Moore, 1879 88. Mythimna abdolninalis Moore. 1881 42. Hadena elwesi Hampson, 1894 89. Mythimna sinllosa Moore. 1882 43. Hadena dissecta Walker, 1864 90. Mythinlna exempta Walker, 1857 44. Hadena costigera Moore, 1881 91. Mythimna v-album Hampson, 1891 45. Hadena simillima Moore, 1881 92. Mythimna nainica Moore. 1881 46. Hadena ferrispara Hampson, 1894 93. Mythimna semiu.~ta Hampson, 1891 47. Hadena nagaensis Hampson, 1894 94. Mythimna modesta Moore, 1881 48. Hadena poliostigma Hampson, 1894 95. Mythimna fragi/is Butler, 1883 49. Hadena brassicae Linnaeus, 1766 96. Mythilnna albivitta Hampson, 1891 50. Hadena cuprina Moore, 1881 97. Mythilnna rujipellllis Hampson, 1894 51. Radena nigerrima Warren, 1888 98. Mythbnna chillllamomea Moore. 1881 52. Hadena scotochlorea Kollar, 1844 99. Mythimna nigrorenalis Hampson, 1894 53. Radena indica Moore, 1867 100. Mythimna distincta Moore, 1881 54. Haden a jlavala Moore, 1867 101. Mythilnna obscura Moore, 1879 55. Hadena knyvetti Hampson, 1894 102. Myth ilnn a corrllgata Hampson. 1894 56. Hadena a/biceps Hampson, 1894 103. Mythbnna ruJula Hampson, 1894 57. Haden a Jasciculata Hampson, 1894 104. Mythilnna l1igrofasciata Hampson, 1894 58. Hadena pannosa Moore, 1881 105. Mythbnna albicosta Moore, 1881 59. Hadena incisa Moore, 1881 106. Mythilnna venalba Moore, 1867 60. Haden a Jerrisparsa Hampson, 1894 107. Mythimna polemusa Swinhoe, 1885 61. Hadena repetita Butler, 1889 108. Mythinlna /angala Felder, 1864 62. Hadena mamestrina Butler, 1889 109. Myth ilnn a irrorata Moore, 1881 63. Hadena culta Moore, 1881 110. Mythimna prolellea Hampson, 1891 Genus 9. Aletia Hubner, 1821 111. Mythimnafraterna Moore, 1888 64. Aletia consanguis Guenee, 1842 Genus 11. Tiracola Moore, 1881 Tribe LEUCANllNI GUENEE, 1841 112. Tiracola aureata Holloway, 1984 Genus 10. Mythimna Ochsenheimer, 1816 113. Tiracola plagiata Walker, 1857 65. Mythimna compta (Moore, 1881) Genus 12. Polytela Guenee, 1852 66. Mythimna irregularis Walker, 1857 114. Polytela gloriQ.~a Fabricius, 1781 67. Mythimna unipuncta Hawker, 1803 115. Poly tela jlorigera Guenee, 1818 68. Mythimna curvilinea Hampson, 1894 69. Afythimna loreyi Duponchel, 1827 Genus 13. Euplexia Stephens, 1829 70. Mythimna reversa Moore, 1884 116. Euplexia nubi/ata Hampson, 1894 71. j.lythimna separata (Walker, 1865) 117. Euplexia indistans Guenee, 1852 72. Mythimna vittata Hampson, 1894 118. Euplexia niveiplaga Walker, 1857 73. Mythimna byssina Swinhoe, 1886 119. Euplexia jlavistigma Moore, 1867 SI \'.\S:\ 1\ KARAN t'l al. : ..l Chccklist o(.V(}c/lIid(J(! (Insccta Lepidoplcra : Noctuoidea) o/India 83

12(). L'lIplexia opposita Walker, 1865 Genus 16. Antha Staudinger, 1892 121. /:.'lIl'lexia ligllea Butler, 1889 167. Antha rotunda (Hampson, l895) 122 ElIl'lexia albijlexlira Walker, 1857 Subfamily HELIOTHINAE BOISDUVAL, 1828 123- t'ul'lexia ('(llldu('ta Walker. 1856 Genus 17. Helicoverpa Hardwick, 1965 Moore, 1867 12-~ Ellplexia aibolllaclilata 168. HeJicoverpa annigera (HUbner, [1809]) Walker. 1857 125. l:.'lIplexialellcopila 169. Helicoverpa assu/ta (Guenee, 1852) 126. Eliplexia albirena Moore, 1867 Genus 18. Heliothis Ochsenheimer, 1816 127. Ellplexi(l semifascia Walker, 1865 12K Eliplexia metalliea Walker. 1865 170. Heliothis Inaritima Graslin, 1855 129. Eliplexia c1idsigllata Moore, 1867 171. Heliothis cruentata (Moore, 1881) 130. Eliplexia c/ullybeata Moore. 1867 172. Heliothis irrorata (Moore, 1881) 173. Heliothis nuhigera Herrich -Schaeffer, 1851 131. Euplexia ~toli('zkaa Felder, 1864 174. Heliothis scutosa Schiffermuller, 1776 132. Ellplexia melanospila Kollar, 1844 U3. Ellplexia aurigera Walker, 1858 Genus 19. Pyrrhia HUbner, 1821 IJl Ellplexia alhinota Moore, 1867 175. Pyrrhia umhra (Hufnagel, 1766) US. E"plexia allroviritiis Moore, 1867 Subfamily ACRONICTINAE HEINSMANN, 1859 IJh. Euplexia Iiterata Moore, 1879 Genus 20. Glottula Guenee, 1837 137. ElIpiexia ca/mistrata Moore, 1879 176. Glottula dominica Cramer, 1780 UK Eup/exia allrantiaca Hampson, 1894 177. Glottula orientaIis Hampson, 1894 U9. Eliplexia stellifera Moore, 1879 140. E up/e:da lagenifera Moore, 1879 Genus 21. Xanthia Ochsenheimer, 1816 1--l1. E IIplexia plulnbeola Hampson, 1894 178. Xanthia melonina Butler, 1889 142. Eup/exia gemlnifera Walker, 1857 179. Xanthia basalipunctata Graeser, 1888 1--lJ. Ellplexia alhovittata Moore, 1867 180. Xanthia givago Esper, 1801 l+l. Eliplexia distorta Moore, 1881 181. Xanthia rectilineata Hampson, 1894 145. Ellplexia indica Moore, 1881 Genus 22. Elwesia Hampson, 1894 146. Eliplexia con/ecta Walker, 1862 182. Elwesia diplostigma Hampson, 1894 147. Eliplexia pulcherrima Moore, 1867 Genus 23. Adisura Moore, 1881 148. Ellplexia atrovirens Moore, 1867 183. Adisura atkinsoni MOOre, 1881 149. Eliplexia pardaria Moore, 1879 150. Euplexia venosa Moore, 1879 Genus 24. Chariclea Curtis, 1825 151. Eliplexia confluens Moore, 1881 184. Chariclea marginalis Walker, 1857 152. Eliplexia IIlUCronata Moore, 1881 185. CharicIea lanceolata Walker, 1865 153. Ellplexia leterocampoides Hampson, 1894 186. Chariclea decorata Moore, 1881 154. Euplexia costalis Moore, 1879 187. Chariclea hivittata Walker, 1856 155. Euplexia icamha Swinhoe, 1892 188. Chariclea sinuata Moore, 1881 156. Ellplexia cyanelinea Hampson, 1894 189. Chariclea heatrix Moore, 1881 157. Euplexia pectinata Warren, 1888 190. Chariclea aureola Walker, 1856 158. Ellplexia partita Moore, 1879 191. Chariclea uncta Swinhoe, 1885 159. Euplexia lageniformis Hampson, 1894 192. Chariclea irrorata Moore, 1881 160. Ellplexia heterocampa Moore, 1879 193. Chariclea himaculata Mq,ore, 1888 161. Ellplexia adjuncta Moore, 1881 194. Chariclea artaxoides Moore, 1881 162. Euplexia didyma Esper, 1779 195. Chariclea dora Swinhoe, 1891 163. Ellplexia stoliczkae, Felder, 1864 Genus 25. Raghuva Moore, 1891 \64. Ellplexia inepta Butler, 1881. 196. Raghuva confertissima Walker, 1865 Genus 14. Apamea Ochsenheimer, 1816 Genus 26. Epilecta Hubner, 1818 165. Apamea sodalis (Butler, 1878-, 197. Epi/eca semiherhida Walker, 1856 Genus 15. Aeologramma Strand, 1910 Genus 27. Aucha Walker, 1857 166. Aeoiogramma aibiscripta (Hampson, 1897) 198. Allcha nectans Walker, 1858 84 Ret'. :001. SlilT. India

Genus 28. Hypernaenia Hampson. 1894 240. Polia cal10sparsa Hampson, 1894 199. Hypernaenia dentieulata Warren. 1888 24l. Polia trall.~versa Moore, 1879 200. Hypernaenia atrovirens Walker. 1865 242. Polia endrolna Swinhoe, 1838 201. Hypernaenia nigroviridis Walker, 1865 243. Polia dentata Hampson, 1894 202. Hypernaenia renalba Moore, 1879 244. Polia castanea Moore, 1879 203. Hypernaenia violaeea Butler, 1889 245. Polia Inierostieta Hampson, I 894 204. Hypernaenia flavieaudata Warren, 1888 246. Polia griseirufa Hampson, 1894 Genus 29. Hermonassa Walker, 1865 247. Polia khasiana Moore, 1881 2.18. Polia junctura Hampson, 1894 205. Hermonassa eonsignata Moore, 1879 249. Polia sinuata Moore, 1879 206. Hermonassa spilota Moore, 1867 250. Polia vireseens Hampson, I R94 207. Hermonassa ineisa Moore, 1879 251. Polia grisea Moore, 1879 208. Hermonassa ehalybeata Moore, 1881 252. Polia mediana Moore, 1881 209. Hermonassa lanceola Moore, 1867 210. Hermonassa sinuata Moore, 1881 Genus 35. Dipterygia Stephen, 1829 Genus 30. Semiophora Stephens, 1829 253. Dipterygia nocturna Hampson, I 891 254. Dipterygia sikkima Moore, 1879 211. Semiophora orthosioides Butler, 1889 255. Dipterygia grata Butler, 1881 212. Semiophora ferrostieta Hampson, 1894 256. Dipterygia indica Walker, 1865 213. Semiophora eataneipennis Hampson, 1894 257. Dipterygia umbrifera Butler, 1881 Genus 31 . Bombycia Stephens, 1829 Genus 36. Euseotia Butler, 1889 214. Bomyeia leoeoeera Hampson, 1894 258. Euseot;a inextricata Moore, 1881 215. Bombyeia rubida Hampson, 1894 216. Bombycia persimilis Butler, 1889 Genus 37. Cueulia Schrank 1802 259. Cueulia albeseenft Moore, 1881 Genus 32. Aneara Walker, 1858 260. Cuculia albipennis Hampson 1894 217. Aneara obliterans Walker, 1858 26l. Cueulia brevipennis Hampson, 1894 218. Aneara leueostigma Moore, 1867 262. Cuculia pullata Moore, 1881 219. Aneara nigrogrisea Moore, 1867 Genus 38. Aeronyeta Ochsenheimer, 1816 220. Aneara harfordi Hampson, 1894 221. Aneara rubra Hampson, 1894 263. Aeronyeta anaedina Butler, 1881 222. Aneara thaJpophiioides Walker, 1857 264. Acronyeta paueinotata Hampson, 1894 223. Aneara ealopistrioides Moore, 1881 265. Aeronyeta sin ens Walker, 1857 224. Aneara glaueoehlorea Hampson, 1894 266. Aeronyeta nigrivitta Hampson, 1891 267. Aeronyeta obliqua Moore, 1879 Genus 33. Eurois Hubner, 1818 268. Aeronyeta denticulate Moore, 1888 225. Eurois retrahens Walker, 1856 269. Aeronyeta bieolor Moore, 1881 226. Eurois luteifrons Walker, 1856 270. Aeronyeta faseiata Moore, 1881 227. Eurois deeorata Moore, 1879 Genus 39. Toxoeampa Guenee, 1841 228. Eurois separata Moore, 1879 27l. Toxoeampa dorsigera Walker,1865 229. Eurois simulata Moore, 1881 230. Eurois albieostata Hampson, 1894 Genus 40. Catogralnma Guenee, 1852 231. Eurois lubriea Butler, 1889 272. Ca/ogramlna festiva Donovan, 18~05 232. Eurois teueostieta Moore, 1879 Genus 41. Amyna Guenee in Boisduval & Guenee, 1852 233. Eurois jlavipieta Hampson, 1894 273. Amyna selenampha Guenee, 1852 234. Moore, 1867 Eurois fortissima 274. Amyna octo Guenee, 1852 235. Eurois ehalybeata Walker, 1865 275. Amyna monilis Moore, 1881 236. Eurois virens Butler, 1878 276. Amyna punctum (Fabricius, 1794) 237. Eurois griseimarginata Hampson, 1894 Genus 42. Elus;a Walker, 1858 Genus 34. Polia Ochsenheimer, 1816 277. Elusia bipars Moore, 1881 238. Polia herehatra Swinhoe, 1838 278. Elus~a eyathieornis Walker, 1857 239. Polia sikkimensis Moore, 1881 279. Elusia antennata Moore, 1879 SI VASAN KARAN t.'t

Cienus ..D. Arboricornus Hampson, 1894 320. Leocyma judicata Walker, 1858

2~O, AriJoricorllu ... ruber Hampson, 1894 321. Leocyma biplaga Walker, 1857 (IClllIS 44. Caradrina Ochsenheimer, 1816 Genus 51. Apsarasa Moore, 1867

2~ I. Carat/rina cognata Moore, 1879 322. Apsarasa radians West wood, 1848 Canlliri/lli exigua Hubner, 1805 2~2. Genus 52. Craniophora Snellen, 1867 2Kl Caradri/la brel11USa Swinhoe, 1885 323. Craniophora fasciata (Moore, 1887) 2X4. Carat/rina quadripllnetata Fabricius, 1775 2~5. Caradrina deleeta Moore, 1881 Genus 53. Mudaria Moore, 1892 2Xh. Canldrina obtllsa Hampson, 1891 324. M IIdaria leproetieta Hampson, 1894 2R7. Caradrina sincera Swinhoe, 1889 325. Mudaria cornifrons Moore, 1892 2XX. Caradrina intalninata Walker, 1865 Genus 54. Sphetta Walker, 1865 2X9. Caradrina bieornis Hampson, 1891 326. Sphetta apicalis Walker, 1865 290. Caradrina transversa Moore, 1879 291. Caradrina oehreipllneta Hampson, 1894 Genus 55. TyeraeronaKitching & Rawlins, 1995 292. Caradrinafurtiva Swinhoe, 1885 327. Tyeraerona ob/iqua Moore, 1882 29J Caradrina picta Swinhoe, 1885 Genus 56. Bryophilina Staudinger, 1892 294. Caradrina oehreilnargo Hampson, 1894 328. Bryophilina mollicula (Graeser, 1888 [1889]) 295. Caradrina peetinata Hampson, 1894 Genus 57. Aeronieta Ochsenheimer, 1816 296. Caradrina ree/usa Walker, 1857 297. Caradrina externa Walker, 1865 329. Aeronieta pruinosa (Guenee, 1852) 298, Caradrina lineosa Moore, 1881 Subfamily AMPHIPYRINAE GUENEE, 1838 299. Caradrina renalis Moore, 1882 Tribe ACTINOTIINI BECK 1996 300. Caradrina divisa Moore, 1879 Genus 58. Aetinotia Hubner, 1821 J01. Ca radrin a eervina Moore, 1881 330. Aetinotia po/yodon Clerck, 1759 302. Caradrina castaneipars Moore, 1879 Genus 59. Walker, 1818 303. Caradrina melanostieta Hampson, 1891 Callopistria 304. Caradrina fasciata Moore, 1867 331. Cal/opistria rivularis Walker, 1856 305. Caradrina mus Hampson, 1891 332. Cal/opistria recurvata Moore, 1879 306. Caradrina in dis tin eta Moore, 1879 333. Cal/opistria repleta Walker, [1858] 1857 307. Caradrina variana Swin~oe, 1886 334. Callopistria /atreillei HUbner, 1824 Genus 45. Tathoryhynchus Hampson, 1894 335. Callopistria Ininuta Butler, 1889 336. Cal/opistria minor Hampson, 1891 308. Tathorhyneh us vinetate Walker, 1865 337. Cal/opistria yerburii Butler, 1884 Genus 46. Auehmis Hubner, 1818 338. Callopistria p/acoidoides Guenee, 1851 309. AlIehmis intermedia Bremer, 1864 339. Cal/opistria aethiops Butler, 1879 310. Alle/unis eashmirensis Moore, 1881 340. Cal/opistria indica Butler, 1879 Genus 47. Nonagria Ochsenheimer, 1816 341. Callopistria strigilineata Hampson, 1894 311. Nonagria inferens Walker, 1856 342. Cal/opistria pulehril/inea Walker, 1856 312. Nonagria robusta Hampson, 1894 343. Callopistria guttulalis Hampson, 1906 313. Nonagria submarginalis Hampson, 1891 344. Cal/opistriajuventina (Stoll, 1782) 314. Nonagria fuseovirens Hampson, 1894 Genus 60. Sasunaga Holloway, 1985 315. Nonagria chloroptera Hampson, 1894 345. Saslinaga tenebrosa-(Moore, 1867) 316. Nonagria eonspersa Moore, 1881 346. Sasunaga /ongip/aga Warren, 1912 Genus 48. Aerapex Hampson, 1894 347. Sasunaga leueorina Hampson, 1894 317. Aerapex leueophlebia Hampson, 1894 Genus 61. Conservula Grote, 1874 Genus 49. Aeutipenna Hampson, 1894 348. Conservula indica, Moore, 1867 318. Aelltipenna aeulninata Hampson, 1894 349. Conservula V- brunneuln Guenee, 1852 Genus 50. LeocYlna Guenee, 1852 Genus 62. Athetis Moore, 1882 319. Leoeyma cygnus Walker, 1856 350. Athetis probrenalis Moore, 1882 Rec. zool. Surv. India 86 394. Hypena indicatalis Walker, [1859] 1858 351. Athetis renalis Moore, 1882 395. Hypena ineffectalis Walker, 1858 352. Athetis sincera Swinhoe, 1889 353. Athetis dissimilis Hampson, 1909 396. Hypena labataUs Walker. [1859] 1858 354. Athetis stellata Moore, 1882 397. Hypena labatalis Walker. 1858 398. Hypena laceratalis Walker. [1859] 1858 Genus 63. Spodoptera Guenee, 1852 399. Hypena lacessalis Walker. 1858 355. Spodoptera littoralis Boisduval, 1833 400. Hypena lativitta Moore. 1879 356. Spodoptera litura (Fabricius, 1775) 401. Hypena Iividalis Hubner. 1796 357. Spodoptera mauritia (Boisduval, 1833) 402. Hypena longipennis Walker, 1865 Genus 64. Amphipyra Ochsenheimer, 1816 403. Hypena acutalis Hampson. 1894 358. Amphipyra monolitha Guenee, 1852 404. Hypena mandatalis Walker. 1858 359. Amphipyra magna Walker, 1864 405. Hypena ,nasurialis Guenee, 1854 360. Amphipyra cllpreipennis Moore, 1879 406. Hypena mediana Moore, 1879 361. Amphipyra spectrum Esper, 1777 407. Hypena mimicalis Swinhoe, 1885 362. Amphipyra albicilia Hampson, 1894 408. Hypena minor Hampson. 1891 363. Amphipyra himalayica Hampson, 1894 409. Hypena mistacalis Guenee, 1854 Genus 65. Cosrnia Ochsenheimer, 1816 410. Hypena n'lodesta Moore, 1879 364. Cosmia restitufll Walker, 1857 41l. Hypena molpusalis Walker, 1859 365. Cosmia affinis Linnaeus, 1776 412. Hypena narratalis Walker, 1858 Division QUADRIFINAE 413. Hypena nigrescens Moore, 1881 Subfamily HYPENINAE HERRICH 414. Hypena nilgirica Hampson, 1891 SCHAFFER, 1845 415. Hypena nocturnalis Swinhoe, 1896 Genus 66. Hypena Schrank, 1802 416. Hypena obductalis Walker, 1858 417. Hypena obstupidalis Swinhoe, 1885 366. Hypena abducalis (Walker, 1859) 418. Hypena oceala Moore, 1882 367. Hypena abyssinialis Guenee, :1854 419. Hypena occatus Hampson, 1882 368. Hypena albisigna Moore, 1882 420. Hypena olivacea Hampson, 1891 369. Hypena uncipennis Swinhoe, 1891 421. Hypena proboscidalis Linnaeus, 1758 370. Hypena arnica (Butler, 1878) 422. Hypena quadralis Walker, 1865 371. Hypena assimilis Hampson, 1891 423. Hypena rectilinea Moore, 1879 372. Hypena biplagiata Butler, 1889 424. Hypena hamata Hampson, 1894 373. Hypena castanealis, Moore, i 867 425. Hypena rectivittalis Moore, 1867 374. Hypena ciaridoides Moore, 1882 426. Hypena rhombalis Guenee, 1854 375. Hypena cognata Moore, 1882 427. Hypena rufirena Hampson, 1895 376. Hypena daria Swinhoe, 1891 428. Hypena strigifascia Moore, 1879 377. Hypena rhynchalis Snellen, 1:858 378. Hypena eastaneipalpis Swinhoe, 1891 429. Hypena strigosa, Hampson, 1891 379. Hypena umbripennis Moore, '1879 430. Hypena symethusalis Walker, 1858 380. Hypena colombana Moore, 1879 431. Hypena tenebraUs Moore, 1867 381. Hypena triangularis Moore, 1879 432. Hypena tenuipalpis Hampson, 1891 382. Hypena dentilneata Moore, 1879 433. Hypena thermesialis Walker, 1865 434. Hypena trigonalis Guenee, 1852 383. Hypena divaricata Moore , I.~79. 384. Hypena divisalis Moore, 1867 435. Hypena triplicalis Walker, 1865 385. Hypena duplicilinea Hampson 1894 436. Hypena uniformis Hampson, 1891 386. Hypena educatalis Hampson, 1895 437. Hypena varialis Walker, 1865 387. Hypena elongalis Fabricius, 1794 Genus 67. Acidon Hampson, 1896 388. Hypena extensa Walker, 1865 438. Acidon evae L6dl, 1998 389. Hypena glaucescens Hampson, 1895 Genus 68. Lysimelia Walker, [1859] 390. Hypena griseapex Hampson, 1891 391. Hypena griseipennis Moore, 1879 439. Lysimelia neleusa/is Walker, [1859] 1858 392. Hypena griseivitta Hampson, 1891 Genus 69. Sarobela Turner, 1936 393. Hypena iconicalis \Valker, 1858 440. Sarobela litterata (Pagenstecher, 1888) SlVASANKARAN e( LlI. : A Checklist 01 ,Voctuidae (Insecta: Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) o.llndia 87

Subtamily HERRICH - 477. Nagadeba cinerea Hampson, 1895 SCHAFFER 1845 Genus 79. Hydrillodes Guenee, 1854 Genus 70. At/rapsa Walker, 1857 478. Hydrillodes lenlalis Guenee, 1854 +tl. Ac/rap.\'u ereboides Walker, 1857 479. Hyc/ril/odes torsivena Hampson, 1895 M2. Adrapsa despecla Walker, 1865 480. Hydrillodes Iruncala Moore, 1867 M3. Adrapsa albirenalis Moore, 1867 481. Hydrillodes gravatalis Walker, 1858 444. Adrtlpsa abnormalis Swinhoe, 1892 482. Rydril/odes nilgirialis Hampson, 1895 445. Adrapsa Inanifestalis Walker, 1858 483. Bydril/odes abavalis (Walker, [1859] 1858) 446. Adrapsa scopigera Moore, 1882 484. Hydrillodes hemusalis (Walker, [1859] 1858) 447. Adrapsa silenllsalis Walker, 1858 485. Rydrillodes transversalis Moore, 1877 Genus 7] . Heteromala Hampson, 1895 Genus 80. Simplicia Guenee, 1854 448. Heteromala thyrophora Hampson, 1895 486. Simplicia butesalis Walker, 1858 Genus 72. Pseudoglossa Grote, 1874 487. Simplicia robustalis Guenee, 1854 488. Simplicia marginata Moore, 1879 449. Pseudoglossa fulvipicta Butler, 1889 489. Simplicia niphona Butler, 1878 450. Pseudoglossa quadrinotata \Valker, 1865 490. Simplicia mistacalis (Guenee, 1854) Genus 73. Bleptina Guenee, 1854 Genus 81. Nodaria Guenee, 1854 451. Bleptina Itadenalis Moore, 1867 491. Nodaria externalis Guenee, 1854 452. Bleptina apidanusalis Walker, 1858 492. Nodaria innocens AButler, 1878 453. Bleptina ochracealis Moore, 1867 493. Nodaria erecta Moore, 1867 454. Bleptina abjudicalis Walker 1858 494. Nodaria relata Hampson, 1891 455. Bleptina parlita Hampson, 1891 495. Nodaria palumbina Butler, 1878 456. Bleptina dentilinea Hampson, 1895 496. Nodaria fraetalis Guenee 1854 457. Bleptina hisbonalis, Walker, 1858 497. Nodaria duplicinota Hampson, 1895 458. Bleptina triangulifera Hampson, 1891 498. Nodaria discisigna Moore, 1883 459. Bleptina vialis Moore, 1882 499. Nodaria duplexa Moore, 1867 460. Bleptina latifasciata Hampson, 1894 500. Nodaria saccltarivora Butler, 1854 461. Bleptina perfusca Swinhoe, 1892 50l. Nodaria cidarioides Hampson, 1895 462. Bleptina maculifascia Hampson, 1894 502. Nodaria maculifera Butler, 1854 Genus 74. Alelimma Hampson, 1895 503. Nodaria nigripes Hampson, 1895 463. Alelimma pallidifusca Hampson, 1895 504. Nodaria plana Swinhoe, 1890 464. Alelimma deletaria Hampson, 1895 505. Nodaria fusca Hampson, 1895 506. Nodaria simplex Hampson, 1898 Genus 75. Mastigophorus Poey, 1832 507. Nodaria flavifusca Hampson, 1894 465. Mastigophorus brontesalis Walker, 1858 508. Nodaria albapex Hampson, 1894 466. Mastigophorus duplicifascia Hampson, 1895 Genus 82. Calada Walker, 1858 467. Mastigophorus brevivittalis Moore, 1867 468. Mastigophorus chalybealis Moore, 1867 509. Calada prominenes Hampson, 1895 469. Mastigophorus stigmalalis Moore, 1867 510. Catada suffuscalis Swinhoe, 1886 470. Mastigophorlls vialis Moore, 1879 511. Catada nigrisigna Hampson, 1895 471. Mastigophorus dubius Butler, 1889 512. Catada vagalis Walker, 1858 472. Mastigophorlls nlegaspila Walker, 1865 513. Catada albolineata Hampson, 1895 514. Catada rasa lis Warren, 1891 Genus 76. Bracharthrum Hampson, 1891 515. Catada canaliferalis Moore, 1877 473. Bracharthruln Inaculapex Hampson, 1891 516. Catada renalis Moore, 1887 Genus 77. Falcimala Hampson, 1895 517. Calada piela Moore, 1887 474. Falcllnala atrata Butler, 1889 518. Catada bipartita Moore, 1887 519. Catada nigribasis Swinhoe, 1892 Genus 78. Nagadeba Walker, 1866 Genus 83. Olulis Walker, 1863 475. Nagadeba indecoralis Walker, 1865 476. Nagadeba castanealis Halnpson, 1895 520. Olulis puncticinctalis Walker, 1863 XX R£!c =001. Sun', India

Genus 84. Talapa Moore. 1867 Genus 98. Rhaesella Walker. 1866 552. Rhaesella transcissa Walker. 1866 521. Talapa caliginosa Walker. 1865 Subfamily CATOCALINAE GUENEE, 1837 )-_.-"'n Talapa griseifllsa Hampson. 1865 523. Talapa rlljililleata Hampson. 1894- Tribe GUENEE, 1837 524. Talapa albiglltta Swinhoe. 1892 Subtribe ACHAEINI WILTSHIRE, 1977 Genus 85. Singara Walker. 1865 Genus 99. Achaea Hubner, 1823 525. Singara divers alis Walker. 1865 553. Achaeajallata (Linnaeus, 1758) 554. Achaea mercatoria Fabricius. 1775 Genus 86. Calnptoc/tilliS Hampson, 1895 555. Aehaea serva (Fabricius, 1775) Camptoehi/us viola Hampson, 1895 526. 556. Achaea Inezentia (StolL 1780) Genus 87. Latirostrllm Hampson. 1895 Tribe OPHIUSII GUENEE, 1837 527. Latirostrum bisaeutum Hampson, 1895 Genus 100. Ophiusa Hubner, 1806 Genus 88. Con'obara Moore, 1882 557. Ophiusa gravata Guenee, 1852 528. Corcobara allgulipennis Moore, 1867 558. Ophiusa subl11ira Walker, 1858 Genus 89. Anoratha Moore, 1867 559. Ophiusa adjusta Moore, 1879 560. Ophiusa cuprea Moore, 1867 529. Anoratha costalis Moore, 1867 561. Ophiusa disjungens (Walker, 1858) 530. Anoratha paritaUs Walker, 1858 562. Ophiusa mejanesi Guenee, 1852 Genus 90. RhYllchina Guenee 1854 563. Ophiusa absentitnacula Guenee, 1852 531. Rhynchina curvilinea Hampson, 1895 564. Ophiusa duplex Moore, 1883 532. Rhynchina abducalis Walker, 1865 565. Ophillsa matureseens Walker, 1858 533. Rhynchina striga Felder, 1864 566. Ophiusa arcuata Moore, 1877 534. Rhynchina pervlligaris Swinhoe, 1885 567. Ophiusa maturata Walker, 1858 535. Rhynchina pionealis Guenee, 1854 568. Ophiusa renalis Hampson, 1894 536. Rhynchina angulata Walker, 1894 569. Ophiusa algira Linnaeus, 1766 537. Rhynchina undualis Walker, 1865 570. Ophiusa arctotaenia Guenee. 1852 538. Rhynchina sigillata Butler, 1889 571. Ophiusa conficiens Walker, 1858 Genus 91. Orthozona Hampson, 1895 572. Ophiusa analis Guenee, 1852 539. Orthozona quadrilineata Moore, 1879 573. Ophiusa onelia Guenee, 1852 574. Ophiusa coronata Fabricius, 1775 Genus 92. Chusaris Walker, 1858 575. Ophiusa tirrhaca Cramer, 1783 540. Chusaris eurrhipoides Hampson, 1893 576. Ophiusa honesta Hubner, 1806 541. Chusaris opiliusalis Walker, 1865 577. Ophiusa fulvotaenia Guenee, 1852 542. Chusaris ideo ides Hampson, 1895 578. Ophiusa trapezium (Guenee, 1852) 543. Chusaris oculalis Moore, 1877 579. Ophiusa olista (Swinhoe, 1893) 544. Chusaris puncticilia Hampson, 1893 580. Ophiusa indistincta (Moore, 1882) Genus 93. Arrade Walker, 1863 581. Ophiusa triphaenoit/.es (Walker, 1858) 545. Arrade massalis Swinhoe, 1885 Genus 101. Isoura Hampson, 1894 Genus 94. Goniocraspedum Hampson, 1893 582. Isoura fuscicollis Butler, 1879 546. Goniocraspedum mistura Swinhoe, 1891 Genus 102. Catocala Schrank, 1802 Genus 95. Mecistoptera Hampson, 1893 583. Catocala nivea Butler, 1877 547. Mecistoptera duplicilinea Hampson, 1895 584. Catoeala nupia (Linnaeus, 1767) 548. Mecistoptera velifera Swinhoe, 1885 585. Catocala rama Moore, 1887 549. Mecistoptera variegata Hampson, 1895 586. Catocala jlavescens Hampson, 1894 Genus 96. Bertula Walker, 1859 587. Catocala nymphaca Esper, 1777 588. Catocala prolifica Walker, 1855 550. Bertula partita Hampson, 1891 589. Catocala patala Felder, 1864 Genus 97. Popyogon Doubleday, 1850 590. Catocala distorta Butler, 1879 551. Popypogon fractalis (Guenee. 1854) 591. Catocala concubia Walker, 1857 SIVASANKARAN et £II. : A Checklist o/Xoclliidae (Insecta: Lepidoptera: Noctuoideu) (d'lndia 89

(Jenus I OJ. U/otrichopus Wallengren, I R60 Genus 114. Crithote Walker (1864) )l)~. l 'lotrie/lopIiS macula (Hampson, 1R91 ) 623. Crithote horridipes Walker, 1864 Tribe GUENEE. 1R52 Genus 115. Diomea Walker, 1858 Subtribe MOCISINI SERIO, 1992 624. DiOlnea rotllndata Walker, [1858] 1857 Genus 104. Nlocis HUbner, 1823 625. Diomea cremata Butler, 1878 593. ft-Iocis frugalis Fabricius, 1775 Genus 116. Calyptra Ochsenheimer, 1816 594. Mocis undata Fabricius, 1775 626. Ca/yptra milluticornis (Guenee, 1852) Subtribe DYSGONIIDAE MOORE, 1885 Genus 117. Oraesia Guenee in Boisduval & Genus 105. Dysgollia HUbner, 1823 Guenee, 1852 595. Dysgonia I1laturata Walker, 1858 627. Oraesia emarginata (Fabricius, 1794) 596. Dysgonia stllposa Fabricius, 1775 628. Oraesia excavata (Butler, 1878) 597. Dysgonia rigidistria (Guenee, 1952) Genus 118. Pilisiodonta Guenee, 1852 59K Dysgonia cranleri (Moore, [1885] 1884-1887) 629. Pilisiodonta coelonota (Kollar, 1844) 599. Dysgonia joviana (Stoll, 1782) Genus 119. Aedia Hubner, 1823 600. Dysgonia alnygdalis Moore, [1885] 1884-1887 630. Aedia lellcomelas (Linnaeus, 1758) 601. Dysgonia arcuata Moore, 1877 Genus 120. Athyrmina Hampson, 1926 602. Dysgonia illibata (Fabricius, 1775) 631. Athyrmina birthana (Swinhoe, 1905) Tribe ERCHEIINI BERlO, 1992 Genus 121. Bamra Moore, 1852 Genus 106. Ercheia Walker, 1857 632. BUlnra mundata (Walker, 1858) 603. Ercheia cyllaria (Cramer, 1779) Genus 122. Platyja Hubner, 1818 604. Ercheia niveostrigata Warren, 1913 633. P/atyja ciacliia Swinhoe, 1893 605. Ercheia ulnbrosa Butler, 1881 634. Platyja umlninea (Cramer, 1780) Genus 107. Gralnlnodes Guenee, 1852 635. Platyja exviola Hampson, 1891 606. Granlmodes geolnetrica (Fabricius, 1775) 636. P/atyja torsilinea Guenee, 1852 607. Gralnmodes stolida Fabricius, 1780 Genus 123. Sympis Guenee in Boisduval & Genus 108. Cha/ciope Hubner, 1806 Guenee, 1852 608. Cha/ciope hyppasia Cramer, 1780 637. Sympis rllfibasis Guenee, 1852 609. Cha/ciope Inygdon (Cramer, 1777) Genus 124. Bocliia Guenee, 1852 Genus 109. Hubner, 1806 638. Bocll/a·caradrinoides Guenee, 1852 610. Thyas coronata (Fabricius, 1775) 639. Bocll/a diffisa (Swinhoe, 1890) 611. Thyas honesta HUbner, 1816 640. Bocll/a marginata (Moore, 1882) 612. Thyas juno (Dalman, 1823) Genus 125. UgiaWalker, 1858 Genus 110. Entomogramlna Guenee, 1852 641. Ugia insuspecta Galsworthy, 1997 613. En to In ogramln a fautrix Guenee, 1852 642. Ugia mediorufa (Hampson, 1894) 614. Entomogramma Inediocre Walker, 1865 Genus 126. Hypospila Guenee in Boisduval & 615. Entomogralnma tortunl Guenee, 1852 Guenee, 1852 Genus Ill. Batracharta Walker, 1862 643. Hypospila bolinoides Guenee, 1852 616. Batracharta variegata Hampson, 1891 Genus 127. Chilkasa Swinhoe, 1885 617. Batracharta obliqua Walker, 1862 644. Chilkasa perhalnata (Hampson, 1894) 618. Batracharta irrorata Hampson, 1894 Genus 128. Thalatta Walker, 1 R58 Genus 112. Cyc/odes Guenee, 1852 645. Tha/atta fasciosa Moore, 18R2 619. Cyc/odes omlna Van der Hoeven, 1834 Genus 129. Throana Walker, [1859] Genus 113. Melipotis Hubner, 1806 646. Throana pectinifer (Hampson, 1898) 620. Melipotis cashlnirenesis Hampson, 1894 Genus 130. Psimada Walker, 1858 621. Melipotis astrosognata Walker, 1862 622. Melipotis fulviceps Hampson, 1894 647. Psj,llada quadripennis Walker, 1858 90 Rec. zoo/. Sill"\'. India

Genus 131. Allticarsia Hubner. 1818 675. Trigonodes disjullcta Moore. 1879 648. Anticarsia irrorata (Fabricius. 1781) 676. Trigonodes regalis Moore. 1872 677. Trigon 0 des inn Drury. 1782 Genus 132. Gesonia Walker. [1859] Genus 148. PandeSl11a Guenee in Boisduval & 649. Gesonia obeiditalis Walker. [1859) 1858 Guenee. 1852 Genus 133. Goniocraspedon Hampson. 1893 678. Palldesllla anysa Guenee. 1852 650. Goniocraspedon mistllra (Swinhoe. 1891) 679. Pandeslna quenal'adi Guenee. 1852 Genus 134. Hepatica Staudinger, 1892 Genus 149. Condate Walker. 1862 651. Hepatica irrorata (Wileman & South, 1917) 680. Condate anglilina (Guenee. 1852) Genus 135. Loxioda Warren. 1913 Genus 150. Lopharthrultl Hampson. 1894 652. Loxioda similis (Moore, 1882) 681. Lophathruln compr;,nens (Walker. 1858) Genus 136. Marapalla Moore, 1885 Genus 151. Pangrapta Hubner. 1818 653. Marapana pulverata (Guenee, 1852) 682. Pangrapta albistigma (Hampson, 1898) 654. Marapana plagifera Walker, 1857 Genus 152. Saroba Walker, 1865 Genus 137. Pseudosphetta Hampson, 1926 683. Saroba pustulifera Walker, 1865 655. Pseudosphetta Moorei (Cotes & Swinhoe, 1885) Genus 153. Sarobides Hampson, 1926 Genus 138. Rema Guenee, 1852 684. Sarobides inconclusa (Walker, [1863] 1864) 656. Rema costbnacula (Guenee, 1852) Genus 154. Tamba Walker, 1869 Genus 139. Rhesala Walker, 1858 685. Tamba apicata (Hampson, 1902) 657. Rhesala imparata Walker, 1858 Genus 155. Dinumma Walker, 1858 Genus 140. Schistorhynx Hampson, 1898 686. Dinulllma deponens Walker, 1858 658. Schistorhynx argentistriga Hampson, 1898 687. Dinumma placens Walker, 1858 Genus 141. Ericeia [Walker, 1858] Genus 156. Fa/ana Moore, 1882 659. Ericeia eriophora (Guenee, 1852) 688. Falana sordida Moore, 1882 660. (Guenee, 1852) 661. Ericeia pertendens (Walker, 1858) Genus 157. Gonitis Guenee, 1852 Genus 142. Hypopyra Guenee, 1852 689. Gonitis involuta Walker, [1858] 1857 690. Gonitis mesogona Walker, [1858] 1857 662. Hypopyra ossigera Guenee, 1852 Genus 158. Blasticorhinus Butler, 1893 663. Hypopyra vespertilio (Fabricius, 1787) 691. Blasticorhinus rivulosa (Walker, 1865) Genus 143. Artena Walker, 1858 Genus 159. Dadda/a Walker, 1865 664. Artena dotata (Fabricius, 1794) 665. Artena inversa (Walker, 1858) 692. Daddala lucilla (Butler, 1881) Genus 144. Bastilla Swinhoe, 1918 Genus 160. Hypersypnoides Berio, 1954 666. Bastilla absentimacula (Guenee, 1852) 693. Hypersypnoides sublnarginata (Walker, 1865) 667. 'Bastilla analis (Guenee, 1852) Genus 161. Pantydia Guenee in Boisduval & 668. Bastilla fulvotaenia (Guenee, 1852) Guenee, 1852 669. Bastilla maturescens (Walker, 1858) 694. Pantydia metaspila (Walker, [1858] 1857) 670. Bastilla praetermissa (Warren, 1913) Subfamily OPI-llDERINAE 671. Bastilla simillima (Guenee, 1852) Genus 162. Trisu/oides Butler, 1881 Genus 145. Buzara Walker, 1865 695. Trisuloides infausta Walker, 1856 672. Buzara onefia (Guenee, 1852) 696. Trisuloides variegata Moore, 1879 Genus 146. "Macaldenia Moore, 1885 697. Trisuloides sericea Butler, 1879 673. Macaldenia palumba (Guenee, 1852) 698. Trisuloides luteifascia Swinhoe, 1889 Genus 147. Trigonodes Guenee in Boisduval & 699. Trisuloides caerulea Butler, 1879 Guenee, 1852 Genus 163. Trisula Moore, 1858 674. Trigonodes hyppasia (Cramer, 1779) 700. Trisula variegata Moore, 1857 SIVASANKARAN dOl. : A Checklist oj'Soctliidae (Insecta.' Lepidoptera.' Noctuoidea) o/India 91

70), Tri.Htlll boarl1lOides Walker. 1865 736. Catephia dentifera Moore. 1879 Genus 164. Phorica Walker, 1858 Genus 175. Walker, 1858 702. Phorial phasipennis Walker. 1858 737. Nagia Iinteo/a (Guenee, 1852) Genus 165, E':J'gia Guenee. 1852 Genus 176. Mosara Walker, 1855 701 Erygill apicalis Guenee, 1852 738. Mosara apicalis Walker, 1865 704. Erygia rejlatifascia Hampson, 1891 Genus 177. Mithila Moore, 1882 Genus] 66. Sypna Guenee, 1852 739. Mithi/a Iichenosa Moore, 1882 70S. Sypna olllieronigera G,uenee, 1852 Genus 178. Coarica Moore, 1882 706. SYP'U{ caelisparsa Walker, 1858 740. Coarica fasciata Moore, 1879 707. Sypna tellebrosa Butler. 1881 708. Sypna Plillctosa Walker, 1865 Genus 179. Lagoptera Guenee, 1852 709. SJpna margillalis Hampson. 1894 741. Lagoptera juno Dalman, 1825 710. S}pna caligillosa Walker, 1865 Genus 180. Hypaetra Guenee, 1852 711. Sypna cynanivitta Moore, 1867 742. Hypaetra includens Walker, 1857 712. Sypna cllrvilinea Moore, 1867 743. Hypaetra curvifera Walker, 1858 713. Sypna rectilinea Moore, 1867 744. Hypaetra bubo Hubner, 1818-23 714. Sypna pulchra Butler, 1881 745. Hypaetra relnigioides Guenee, 1852 715. Sypna eatocaloides Moore, 1867 746. Hypaetra apicalis Moore, 1879 716. Sypna replicata Felder, 1864 747. Hypaetra complens Walker, 1858 717. Sypna panosa Moore, 1879 Genus 181. Dordura Moore, 1882 Genus 167. Anisonellra Guenee, 1852 748. Dordura aliena Walker, 1865 718. Anisonellra hypocyanea Guenee, 1852 Genus 182. De/gamma Moore, 1885 7 I 9. Anisoneura sa/ebrosa Guenee, 1852 720. Anisoneura allleo (Fabricius, 1775) 749. Delgamllla pangonia Guenee, 1852 Genus 168. Agonista Rogenhoff, 1864 Genus 183. Baniana Walker, 1858 721. Agonista hypolellea Guenee. 1852 750. Baniana semilugens Walker, 1857 722. Agonista redlleens Walker, 1857 751. Baniana conjugata Walker, 1881 752. Baniana polyspila Walker, 1865 Genus 169. Panilla Moore, 1884 753. Baniana divulsa Walker, 1865 723. Panilla dispila Walker, 1865 754. Baniana intorta Swinhoe, 189 I 724. Panilla albopunetata Walker. 1857 755. Baniana lunifera Hampson, 1894 Genus 170. Gnamptogyia Hampson, 1894 Genus 184. Borsippa Walker, 1858 725. Gnalnptogyia multilineata Hampson, 1894 756. Borsippa qlladrilineata Walker, 1858 Genus 171. Lyneestis Walker, 1857 757. Borsippa pal/ens Moore, 1879 726. Lyneestis amphix Cramer, 1780 758. Borsippa sejuncta Walker, 1856 727. Lyncestis unilinea Swinhoe, 1885 759. Borsippa hypenoides Moore, 1881 760. Borsippa megastigmata Hampson, 1894 Genus 172. Gna111ptonyx Hampson, 1894 Genus 185. Acantholipes Lederer, 1857 728. Gnalllptonyx vilis Walker, 1865 761. Acantholipes circumdatus Walker, 1858 Genus 173. Pseudophia Guenee. 1852 ·762. Acantholipes trajectus Walker, 1865 729. Pselldophia infrequens Swinhoe, 1884 763. Acantholipes hypenoides Moore, 188 I Genus 174. Catephia Ochsenheimer, 1816 764. Acantholipes Jasciatus Hampson, 1891 730. Catephia /in teo/a Guenee, 1852 765. Aeantholipes simi/i.ft Moore, 1879 731. Catephia jlavescens Butler, 1881 766. Acantholipes notatus Hampson. 1891 732. Catephia acronyctoides Guenee, 1852 767. Acantholipes inscitius Swinhoe, 1885 733. Catephia du/Cistriga Walker, 1858 768. Acantholipes miser Butler, 1883 734. Catephia perdicipennis Moore, 1879 769. Acantholipes fascioslls-Moore, 1879 735. Catephia inquieta \\r~!ker, 1856 770. Acantholipes trifasciatus Moore, 1877 Re('. :00/. Sun'. India 92

771. Acantholipes obediatlliis Walker. 1858 Genus 195. Pselldocalpe Hampson, 1894 772. Acant/Zolipes gemlllU Swinhoe. 1885 809. Pselldocalpe angulifera Moore. 1881 773. Acantholipes pilimipllrs Hampson, 1891 Genus 196. Arsacia Walker. 1865 774. Acal1t/zolipes pallsalis Walker. 1858 810. Arsacia satllratalis Walker. 1865 775. A call tllOlipes fllscicosfa Hampson. 1891 811. Arsacia recta lis (Walker. 1863) 776. Acantholipes bi/ineatlls Hampson. 1894 Genus 197. Pantllra Moore. 1885 777. Acal1tholipes lagllsalis Walker, 1858 Genus 186. Remigia Guenee, 1852 812. Pantllra rujifrons (Moore, 1887) Genus 198. Ochsenheitner, 1816 778. Remigia laxa Walker. 858 Abrostohl 779. Remigia archesia Cramer. 1779 813. Abrosfolll anopltioides Moore. 1X79 780. Remigia frllgalis Fabricius, 1777 Genus 199. Tinolills Walker. 1855 781. Relltigill discios Kollar. 1844 814. Tinolills ebllrneiglltta Walker. 1855 Genus 187. HarmeteJia Moore, 1882 815. Tinolills qlladrimaclilatlis Walker. 1865 782. Hllrmetelia basalis Moore, 1882 816. TillOliliS itypsalla Swinhoe. 1889 Genus 188. Plellrona Walker, 1866 Genus 200. Calesia Guenee, 1852

783. Pie II rona perhamata Swinhoe, 1885 817. Calesia Itaemorrltoa Guenee. 1852 784. Plellrona falcata Walker, 1866 818. Calesia rlljipalpis Walker, 1858 Genus 189. Lycima Walker, 1860 819. Calesia phaeosonlU Hampson, 1891 820. Calesia satellitia Moore, 1887 785. Lycima polymesata Walker, 1860 821. Ca/esia roseiceps Hampson, 1894 Genus 190. Homaea Guenee, 1852 822. Ca/esia das)ptera Kollar, 1844 786. Homaea clathrum Guenee, 1852 823. Calesia fuscicorp"s Hampson. 1891 Genus 191. Miniodes Guenee, 1852 824. Calesiafasciculosa Walker, 1858 787. Miniodes ornata Moore, 1879 825. Calesia gastropachoides Guenee, 1852 Genus 192. Phyllodes BoisduvaL 1832 Tribe HYPOCALINI GUENEE, 1852 788. Phyllodes ustulata Westwood, 1842 Genus 201. Hypocala Guenee, 1852 789. Phyl/odes consobrina Westwood, 1842 826. Hypocala dejlorata Fabricius, 1793 790. Phyllodes eyndhovii Vollenhoven, 1858 827. Hypocala moorei Butler. 1892 Genus 193. Eudocima Boisduval, 1833 828. Hypoca/a biarcuata Walker. 1816 829. Hypoca/a guttiventris (Walker, [1858] 1857) 791. Eudocbna aurantia Moore, 1877 830. Hypoca/a rostrata Fabricius, 1794 792. Elidocitna discrepans Walker, 1857 831. Hypocala vio/acea Butler, 1879 793. Eudocilna coca/us Cramer, 1780 832. Hypocala bolinoides Guenee, 1852 794. Eudocima homaena (Hubner, [1823] 1816) 833. Hypoca/a subsatura Guenee, 1852 795. Eudocima hypermnestra (Stoll, 1780) 796. Elldocima materna (Linnaeus, 1767) Tribe ANOMINI GROTE, 1882 797. Eudocima pha/onia (Linnaeus, 1766) Genus 202. Hubner, [1821] 798. Eudocima salaminia (Cramer, 1777) 834. Anomis nlesogona (Walker, [1858] 1857) 799. Eudocima sikhimensis (Butler, -1.895) 835. Anomis privata (Walker, 1865) 800. Eudocima tyrannus (Guenee, 1852) 836. Anomis (Fabricius, 1775) Genus 194. Ca/pe Treitschke, 1825 837. AnOlnis involuta (Walker, [1858] 1857) 801. Ca/pe fasciata Moore, 1879 838. Anomis jiglina Guenee, 1852 802. Ca/pe orthograpta Butler, 1886 839. Anolnis fu/vida Guenee, 1852 803. Ca/pe rectistria Guenee, 1852 840. Anomis sabulifera Guenee 1852 804, Ca/pe provocans Walker, 1857 Genus 203. OX)lodes Guenee, 1852 805. Ca/pe minuticornis Guenee, 1852 806. Ca/pe indecisa Moore, 1881 841. Oxyodes scrobiculata Fabricius, 1775 807. Calpe ophideroides Guenee, 1852 Genus 204. Guenee, 1852 808. Ca/pe emarginata Fabricius, 1775 R-~2. Lacera alope Cramer, 1781 SIVASANKARAN t!l (//. : A Chccklist o/.\'octllidac (1l1secta : Lepidoptera: NoctlloiJea) ollnJia 93

H·B. Laccra Iloctilio (Fabricius, 1794) Genus 210. HOlnoptera BoisduvaL 1829 H44. Lacera procellosll Butler, 1879 886. Homoptera umbrina Guenee, 1852 Genus 205. Spirama Guenee, 1852 887. Homoptera glaucinans Guenee, 1852 845. Spirama retorta Cramer, 1780 888. Homoptera albidens Walker, 1865 X46. Spira III a l'e.'pertilio Fabricius, 1787 889. Homoptera villosa Hampson, 1894 847. SpirallUl II II is triga fa Guenee, 1852 Genus 211. Sphingomorpha Guenee, 1852 ~8. Spirama puc/ens Walker, 1858 890. Sphigomorpha chlorea Cramer, 1780 H49. Spiralllll Itelicillll Hampson, 1894 Genus 212. Ommatophora Guenee, 1852 Subfamily EREBINAE LEACH, [1815] 891. Ommatophora luminosa Cramer, 1780 Genus ~06. Erebus Hubner, 1818 Genus 213. Chrysopera Hampson, 1894 850. Ereblls IIUlcrops (Linnaeus, 1770) 892. Chrysopera combinans Walker, 1858 851. Erebus hierog(rphica (Drury, 1773) Genus 214. Cosmophila Boisduval, 1833 852. Erebus eplte"l'eris (Hubner, 1827) 853. Erebus caprilllll/gils Fabricius, 1781 893. Cosmophilajlava (Fabricius, 1775) 854. Erebus strigipennis Moore, 1883 Genus 215. Serrodes Guenee, 1852 855. Ereblls crepuscularis Linnaeus, 1766 894. Serrodes inara Cramer, 1780 856. Erebus a/bicinata Kollar, 1844 895. Serrodes campana Guenee, 1852 Genus 207. Lygniodes Guenee, 1890 Genus 216. Hulodes Guenee, 1858 857. Lygniodes schoenbergi Pagenstcher, 1890 896. Hulodes monostriata Guenee, 1852 897. Hulodes caranea Cramer, 1780 Genus 208. Polydesllla Boisduval, 1833 898. Hu/odes drylla Guenee, 1852 858. Polydesllla albicola Walker, 1858 Genus 217. Thermesia Hubner, 1818 859. Polydesma turbata Walker, 1858 860. Polydesma sllblilnis Felder, 1864 899. Thermesia rubricans Boisduval, 1833 861. Polydeslna fasciata Moore, 1879 900. Thermesia melanocephala Hampson, 1891 862. Polydesma umbricola Boisduval, 1833 901. Thennesia rivulosa Walker, 1865 863. Polydeslna otiosa Guenee. 1852 902. Thermesia bolinoidens Guenee, 1852 864. Polydeslna spissa Guenee, 1852 903. Thermesia oblita Moore, 1882 865. Polydesl11a praecc1!ens Walker, 1857 904. Thermesia arefacta Swinhoe, 1884 866. Polydesllla Illetaspila Walker, 1857 905. Thermesia obliqua Moore, 1867 867. Polydesma rectivitta Moore, 1881 906. Thennesia mediorufa Hampson, 1894 868. Polydesnla inangulata Guenee, 1852 907. Thermesia creberrima Walker, 1858 869. Polydeslna tetraspila Walker, 1865 908. Thermesia otophora Hampson, 1894 870. Polydeslna biformis Walker, 1858 Genus 218. Spiredonia Hubner, 1818 871. Polydeslna eurychlora Walker, 1858 909. Spiredonia retorta Clerck, 1794 872. Polydeslna catocalina Moore, 1879 910. Spiredonia Inutabilis (Fabricius, 1794) 873. Polydesma ornata Moore, 1883 911. Spiredonia ali"( Guenee, 1852 874. Polydeslna thoracica Moore, 1879 912. Spiredoniafeducia Stoll, 1787-91 875. Polydeslna striatovirens Moore, 1883 913. Spiredonia sUfJusoma Guenee, 1852 876. Polydesma relinquenda Walker, 1858 Genus 219. Amphigonia Guenee, 1852 877. Polydeslna comlnutanda Hampson, 1891 914. Amphigonia hepatizans Guenee, 1852 878. Polydesma boannoides Guenee, 1852 879. Polydeslna mundata Walker, 1858 Genus 220. Asticta Walker, 1865 880. Po/ydesma catenata Moore, 1879 915. Asticta sanjualiensis Walker, 1865 ~~l. Polydesma vetusta Walker, 1865 Genus 221. Annua Fabricius, 1775 882. Polydesma capacitor Walker, 1855 916. Annua coronafa Fabricius, 1775 883. Polydeslna Iichenoides Hampson, 1894 884. Polydeslna terminigera Walker, 1855 Genus 222. Arcte Kollar, 1844 Genus 209. Ortop/a Walker, 1859 917. Arcte modesta Hoeven, 1834 885. Ortop/a lindsay; (Hat:'pson, 1891) 918. Arctc polygrapha Kollar, 1844 Rcc. ::001. Sun'. India 94

9]9. Arete taprobana Moore. 1887 l)49. Euhlemma virginea Guenee. 1852 920. Arcte eoerulea (Guenee, 1852) 950. ElIhlemma aeontioides Moore. 1879 951. Eliblemma rosita Guenee. 1852 Genus 223. Lycima Walker, 1860 952. Ellblemma roseana Moore. 1881 921. Lycimna polymesata Walker, 1860 953. Eublemma ril-'ula Moore, 1879 Genus 224. Bamara Walker, 1857 954. Ellblemma parva HUbner. 1805 922. Bamara mllndata Walker, 1858 955. Eublemlna albida Moore, 1881 Genus 225. Elygea Linnaeus, 1767 956. Eublemma bifaseiata Moore. 1881 957. Eublelnlna divisa Moore. 1881 923. Elygea materna Linnaeus, 1767 958. Ellblemma olivaeea Walker. 1857 Genus 226. Cetola Walker. 1855 959. Eublenllna obsellra Moore. 1879 924. Cetola dentata Walker, 1855 960. Eublemlna abrupta Walker. 1865 Genus 227. Episparis Walker, 1856 961. Eublelnma quadrapex Hampson. 1891 925. Episparis tortuosalis Moore, 1867 962. Eublemma amabilis Walker. 1857 926. Episparis varialis Walker, 1858 963. Eublemma scitula Rambur, 1858 927. Episparis sora Swinhoe, 1889 964. Eublemlna dbnidialis Fabricius. 1775 Genus 228. Fodina Guenee, 1852 965. Eublelnma anaehoresis (Wallengren, 1863) 966. Eublemma baeealix (Swinhoe, 1886) 928. Fodina o rio IllS Guenee, 1852 967. Eublemma cochylioides (Guenee, 1852) 929. Fodina pallllia Guenee, 1852 968. Ellblelnma ragusana (Freyer, 1845) 930. Fodina stoia Guenee, 1852 969. Eublelnnla duplexa Moore, 1877 931. Fodina euneigera Butler, 1889 970. Eublelnma pulchra Swinhoe, 1886 932. Fodinajuneta Hampson, 1894 971. Eublemma polygramma Duponchel, 1821 Genus 229. Bematha Walker, 1865 972. Eublelnlna trifaseiata Moore, 1881 933. Bematha extensa Walker, 1865 Subfamily ACONTIINAE Genus 230. Hamodes Guenee, 1858 Genus 237. Cretonia Walker, 1866 934. Hamodes aurantiaeea Guenee, 1852 973. Cretonia vegetus (Swinhoe, 1885) 935. Hamodes ochracea Swinhoe, 1891 Genus 238. Lophoruza Hampson, 1910 Genus 231. Isehyja HUbner, 1818 974. Lophoruza lunifera (Moore, [1885] 1884-1887) 936. Isehyja inferna HUbner 1818 937. Ischyja manlia Cramer, 1776 Genus 239. Metaemene Hampson, 1910 938. Isehyja schlegelii Snellen, 1886 975. Metaelnene atriguttata (Walker, 1862) 939. Ischyjaferrifraeta (Walker, [1863] 1864) Genus 240. Erastria Ochsenheimer, 1816 Genus 232. Harmatelia Moore, 1882 976. Erastria stygia Butler, 1879 940. Harmatelia basalis Moore, 1882 977. Erastria larentiformis Moore, 1879 Genus 233. Koptoplax Hampson, 1891 978. Erastria aurata Moore, 1879 941. Koptoplax Iindsayi Hampson, 1891 979. Erastria cidarioides Moore, 1879 980. Erastria decorata Moore, 1879 Genus 234. Orthaga Walker, 1856 981. Erastria glaucopis Hampson, 1894 942. Orthaga exv;nacea Walker, 1856 982 .. Erastria marginata Moore, 1881 Genus 235. Plecoptera Guenee, 1852 983. Erastria melanostigma Hampson, 1894 943. Pleeoptera rejIexa Guenee, 1852 Genus 241. Toxophleps Hampson, 1893 944. Plecoptera luteiceps (Walker, 1865) 945. Plecoptera recta (Pagenstacher, 1886) 984. Toxophleps trilatalis Walker, 1865 946. Pleeoptera resistens Walker, 1858 Genus 242. Pachylep;s Felder, 1864 947. Plecoptera eric a Swinhoe, 1891 985. Pachylepis dilectissima Walker, 1858 Subfamily EUSTROTIINAE 986. Paehylepis dicycla Walker, 1866 Genus 236. Eublemma HUbner, 1818 Genus 243. Troctoptera Hampson, 1893 948. Eublemma bulla Swinhoe, 1884 9>1.7. Troetoptera erubescens Hampson, 1893 SIVASANKARAN ('{ a/. : A ('heck/i.·,l u(XOCllli£iu(' (/nst;'c(a : Lepidoptera: Noctlloidea) of India 95

Gt:nus 244. Micraeschlls Butler, 1878 1022. Perciana viridinotata Hampson, 1894 9XX. 1~/i('raes(,""s liS tipe" " is hampson, 1894 Genus 256. Bryophila Treitschke, 1825 Gt:nus 245. Zlirobata Walker, 1866 1023. Bryophila modesta Moore, 1881 9X9. ZlIr()bllta l'llcillan.ft (Walker, 1864) 1024. Bryophila lichenea Hampson 1891 Genus 246. Corgatha Walker, 1858 1025. Bryophila niligiria Moore, 1881 1026. Bryophila mllscosa Hampson, 1891 990. Corgatha rllbra Hampson, 1891 j 1027. Bryophila~ nadgani Hampson, 1891 991. Corgatha costinotalicft Moore, 1867 1028. Bryophilo: albistigma Moore, 1867 992. Corgatha excisa Hampson, 1894 1029. Bryophila~pallidisca Moore, 1881 993. Corgatha /alcatalis Hampson, 1894 1030. Bryophila.albipuncta Hampson, 1894 994. Corgatha semipari Walker, 1858 1031. Bryophilakhasiana Hampson, 1894 Genus 247. Orllza Walker, 1862 1032. Byyophila' glaucescens Butler, 1881 995. Orll:;a semillix Walker, 1862 Genus 25'7. Erastoides Hampson, 1893 996. Orllza vacillans Walker, 1862 1033. Erastroid~s carvifascia Hampson, 1891 997. Orllza rllptifascia Moore, 1867 998. OrllzaJraterclila Moore, 1867 Genus 258. Hyelopsis Hampson, 1894 999. Orllza Jasciosa Moore, 1867 1034. Hyelopsis. via lis Moore, 1879 1000. Orllza costata Walker, 1862 1035. Hyelopsis ~ignifera Walker, 1857 1001. Orllza pallescens Hampson, 1894 1036. Hyelopsis renalis Moore 1879 1002. Orllza divisa (Walker, 1862) 1037. Hyelopsis lativitta Moore 1881 1003. Ozarba brllnnea (Leech, 1900) 1038. Hyelopsis picata Butler, 1889 1004. O:;arba punctigera Walker, 1865 1039. Hyelopsis plumbata Butler, 1889 1040. Hyelopsis ulnbrina Hampson 1891 Genus 248. Alitoba Walker, [1863] 1041. Hye/opsis /rausa Swinhoe, 1886 1005, Alitoba abrupta (Walker, 1865) 1042. Hyelopsis herbaria Swinhoe, 1886 1006. Alltoba rllbra (Hampson, 1902) Genus 259. Hyela Stephens, 1850 Genus 249. Catoblelnma Hampson, 1910 1043. Hyela oblique Moore, 1879 1007. Catoblemma semialba (Hampson, 1902) 1044. Byela erecta Moore, 1881 Genus 250. Elistrotia Hubner, 1821 1045. Byela ruptifascia Hampson, 1891 1008. E IIstrotia Inarginata (Walker, 1866) 1046. Hyela quadripartita Walker, 1865 Genus 251. Hyperstrotia Hampson, 1910 1047. Hyela tegulata Butler, 1889 1009. Hyperstrotia molybdota Hampson, 1910 Genus 260. Micardia Butler, 1878 Genus 252. Lithacodia Hubner, 1818 1048. Micardia pulcherrima Moore, 1867 Genus 261. Guenee 1852 1010. Lithacodia crotopha (Swinhoe, 1905) Megalodes 1049. Megalodes kashmirensis Hampson, 1894 Genus 253. Maliattha Walker, 1863 1050. Megalodes denticulosa Walker, 1865 1011. Maliattha quadripartita (Walker, 1865) 1012. Maliattha separata Walker, 1863 Genus 262. Taxophleps Hampson, 1893 1013. Maliattha signifera (Walker, [1858] 1857) 1051. Taxophleps trilatalis Walker, 1865 Genus 254. Diphthera Ochsenheimer, 1816 Genus 263. Tarache HUbner, 1818 1014. Diphthera pulchripicta Walker, 1865 1052. Tarache upsilon Walker, 1865 1015. Diphthera Inalachitis Oberthur, 1876 1053. Tarache opalinoides Guenee, 1852 1016. Diphthera prasinaria Walker, 1865 1054. Tarache notabiUs Guenee, 1852 1017. Diphthera vigens Walker, 1865 1055. Tarache catenlila Walker, 1865 1018. Diphthera pallida Moore, 1867 1056. Tarache swlnhoei Butler, 1883 1019. Diphthera discibrunnea Moore, 1867 1057. Tarache olivacea Hampson, 1891 Genus 255. Perciana Walker, 1865 1058. Tarache binominata Butler, 1892 1020. Perciana marmorea Walker, 1865 1059. Tarache tropica Guenee, 1852 1021. Perciana flavifllsa Hampson, 1894 1060. Tarache basifera Walker, 1857 Re('. :001. S'IIT. India 96

Metachrostis e1llarginata Hampson. 1983 106l. Tarache imbuta Walker, 1865 1103. 1062. Tarache crocata Guenee, 1852 1104. Metachrostis ege/ls f\1oort?, 1H81 1063. Tarache fla von igra Swinhoe. 1884 1105. ~Ietachrostis obliquisiglla Hampson, 1894 Metachrostis ob.{jcura Hampson, 1894 Genus 264. Xanthoptera Guenee, 1852 1106. 1107. Metachrostis distitllta fY1oore, 1881 1064. Xanthoptera marginata Walker, 1866 11 Os. Metachrostis con.f\persa Butler. 1880 1065. Xanthoptera fuscicilia Hampson, 1891 1109. ftletachrostis acerl'alis Swinhoe, 1886 1066. Xanthoptera opel/a Swinhoe. 1885 1110. ftletachrostis venata Butler. 1880 1067. Xanthoptera excise Swinhoe, 1885 Genus 269. JVaranga fY1oore. 1881 1068. Xanthoptera nigripalpis Walker, 1866 1069. Xanthoptera veprecola Swinhoe, 1885 1111. IVaranga difJlIsa Walker. 1H65 1070. Xanthoptera spicea Guenee, 1852 Subfamily RIVULINAE Xanthoptera magna Swinhoe. 1885 1071. Genus 270. RivlIla Guenee, 1844 1072. Xanthoptera grisea Hampson. 1891 Rivllla bioclilalis Moore. 1X77 1073. Xanthoptera argentifrons Butler, 1881 1112. RivlIla basalis Hampson, 1893 1074. Xanthoptera plebeian Butler, 1881 1113. 1114. biatomea Moore, 1883 Genus 265. Acontia Ochsenheimer, 1818 1115. Rivula ochracea Moore. 1879 1075. Acontia malvae Esper, 1777 1116. Rivula cllrvifera (Walker, 18(2) Acontia transversa Guenee, 1852 1076. 1117. RivlIla niveipuncta Swinhoe, 1905 1077. Acontia intersepta Guenee, 1852 1118. Rivula pal/ida Moore, 1882 1078. Acontia grael/sii Feisth, 1837 1119. Rivllla striatura Swinhoe, 1895 1079. Acontia Inarmoralis (Fabricius, 1794) Genus 271 . Zagira Walker, ] 866 Genus 266. Marimatha Walker, 1865 1120. Zagira irrecta Walker, 1865 1080. Marimatha subflavalis Walker, 1865 112l. Zagira divisa Walker, 1865 1081. Marimatha xanthoptera Hamspon, 1894 1122. Zagira contentaria Walker, 1865 Genus 267. Swinhoea Hampson, 1894 1123. Zagira Ilinifera Moore, 1881 1082. Swinhoea vegeta Swinhoe, 1885 1124. Zagira reticulata Moore, 1881 Genus 268. Metachrostis HUbner, 1818 1125. Zagira Multigllftata Moore, 1881 1083. Metachrostis miasma Hampson, 1891 Subfamily PLUSIINAE BOISDUVAL, 1829 1084. Metachrostis fasciata Hampson, 1891 Tribe ARGYROGRAMMATfN1 (Eichlin 1085. Metachrostis quinaria Moore, 1881 & Cunninghann, 1978) 1086. Metachrostis incondita Butler, 1878 Genus 272. Agrapha HUbner, [1821]1816 1087. Metachrostis hypenoides Butler, 1889 1088. Metachrostis unduligera B~tler, 1889 1126. Agrapha albostriata (Bremer & Grey, 1853) 1089. Metachrostis rectifascia Hampson, 1894 1127. Agrapha (Acanthoplusia) agnata (Staudinger, 1090. Metachrostis punctigera Walker, 1864 1892) 1091. Metachrostis bipars Hampson, 1893 1128. Agrapha limbirena Guenee, 1852 1092. Metachrostis honesta Walker, 1864 1129. Agrapha aeneofusa Swinhoe, 1891 1093. Metachrostis itwarra Swinhoe, 1885 1130. Agrapha agnata (StaUdinger, 1892) 1094. Metachrostis badia Swinhoe, 1886 1131. Agrapha oxygramma (Geyer, 1832) 1095. Metachrostis mal/arba Swinhoe, 1885 1132. Agrapha furcifera (Walker, [1858] 1857) 1096. Metachrostis uberosa Swinhoe, 1885 Genus 273. Dactyloplusia Chou & Lu, 1979 1097. Metachrostis pul/a Swinhoe, 1885 1133. Dacty/op/usia bnpliisa (Walker, 1865) 1098. Metachrostis separata Walker, 1865 , Genus 274. Sclerogenia Ichinose, 1973 1099. Metachrostis divisa Hampson, 1894 1134. 1100. Metachrostis trigona Hampson, 1893 Sclerogenia jessica (Butler, 1878) 1101. Metachrostis brunnea Hampson, 1893 Genus 275. Scriptoplusia Ronkay, 1987 1102. Metachrostis"excisa Hampson, 1893 1135. Scriptoplusia nigrilulla (Walker, [1858] 1857) SIVASANKAR1\N l't a/. : A Check/is{ o(Nocfllidae (insecta.' Lepiduptera Noeluoidea) of India 97

G~nl1s 276. ZOllopilisia Chou & Lu, 1979 Genus 290. Bryophilopsis Hampson, 1894 1136. ZOllopilisia ochreata (Walker, 1865) 1165. Bryophilopsis griseata Hampson, 1894 Genus 277. Thysallopilisia Ichnose, 1973 Subfamily SARROTHRlPINAE 1137. Thysallop/lisia oric/w/cea Fabricius, 1775 Genus 291. Plotheia Walker, 1857 113K Thysanopilisia intermixta Warren, 1913 1166. Plotheia celtis Moore, 1857 Genus 278. Alladellidia Kostrowicki, 196 I 1167. Plotheia aenescens Moore, 1879 1139. .4nadel'idia pepollis (Fabricius, 1775) 1168. P/otheia rabdota Hampson, 1891 1140. An{ulel'idia hebetata (Butler, 1889) 1169. Plotheia Inetapillela Walker, 1866 Genus 279. Chrysodeixis Hubner, 182 I Genus 292. Hyblaea Fabricius, 1794

11~ 1. Chrysodeixis eriosollla Doubleday, 1843 1170. Cramer, 1779 1142. CllIy~odeiy:is aeuta (Walker, [1858] 1857) 1171. Hyblaea constellata Guenee, 1852 1143. Chrysodeixis cit a/cites (Esper, 1789) 1172. Hyblaea firmamentum Guenee, 1852 1173. Hyblaea hypocyanea Swinhoe, 1886 Genus 280. Trichoplusia McDunnough, 1944 Genus 293. Labanda Walker, 1859 1144. Trichoplusia ni Hubner, I 803 1145. Trichoplusia intermixta (Warren, 1913) 1174. Labanda /asciata Walker, 1865 1146. Trichoplusia daubei (Boisduval, 1840) 1175. Labanda griseinigra Hampson, 1894 1176. Labanda semipars Walker, 1858 Genus 281. Alltographa Hubner, 1821 Genus 294. Chlulnetia Walker, 1865 1147. A II tograph a gamma (Linnaeus, 1758) 1177. Chlumetia alternans Moore" 1879 Subfamily PALINDIINAE 1178. Chlumetia transversa Walker, 1865 Genus 282. Ramdasa Moore, 1877 Genus 295. Barasa Walker, 1862 1148. Ralnadasa pavo Walker, 1856 1179. Barasa acronyctoides Walker, 1862 1149. Ramadasa hieroglyphica Moore, 1879 Genus 296. Blenina Walker, 1857 Genus 283. Callyna Guenee, 1852 1180. Blenina donnans Walker, 1857 1150. Callyna siderea Guenee, 1852 1181. Blenina accipiens Walker, 1857 1151. Callyna Inonolellca Walker, 1858 1182. Blenina lichenosa Moore, 1877 1152. Cal/yna jugaria Walker, 1858 1183. Blenina quinaria Moore, 1879 1153. Callyna costiplaga Moore,. 1879 1184. Blenina angulipennis Moore, 1879 1154. Cal/yna picta Moore, 1879 Genus 297. Argryothripa Hampson, 1894 Genus 284. Westernzannia Hubner, 1823 1185. Argryothripa li/acina Moore, 1879 1155. Westermannia sllperba Hubner, 1806 1186. Argryothripa occulta Swinhoe 1885 1156. Westermannia argentea Hampson, 1893 1187. Argryothripa xanthosticta Hampson, 1894 1157. Westennannia triangularis Moore, 1877 1188. Arglyothripa grisea Hampson, 1891 1158. Westennannia cornucopia Hampson, 1893 1189. Argryothripa robusta Moore, 1879 Genus 285. Nagasena Moore, 1882 Genus 298.Clettharra Walker, 1863 1159. Nagasena albescens Moore, 1879 1190. Clettharra vitea Swinhoe, 1885 Genus 286. Brevipecten Hampson, 1894 1191. Clettharra nigridisca Hampson, 1891

1160. Brevipectell ~aptatus Butler, 1889 1192. Clettharra sceptica Swinhoe 1885 1193. Clettharra punctata Swinhoe, 1890 Genus 287. Doranaga Moore, 1884 1194. Clettharra variegata Hampson, 1894 1161. Doranaga stramiea Hampson, 1893 1195. Clettharra triangularis Hampson, 1894 1162. Doral1ga leucospila Walker, 1865 1196. Clettharra floccifera Hampson, 1894 Genus 288. Pterogonia Swinhoe, 1891 Genus 299. Sarrothripa Curtis, 1824 Pterogonia episcopa/is Swinhoe, 1891 1163. 1197. Sarrothripa sinuosa Moore, 1879 Genus 289. Homodes Guenee, 1852 1198. Sarrothripa /ascopsa Moore, 1879 1164. Homodes vivida Guenee, 1852 1199. Sarrothripa indicatana Walker, 1862 98 Re('. ::001. Sill,\,. india

Genus 300. Gadirtha Walker. 1857 1236. Stictoptera albodelltata Moore. 1879 1237. Stictoptera allthyalus Swinhoe, 1886 1200. Walker, 1855 1238. Stictoptera costata Moore, 1879 Genus 301. Neothripa Hampson, 1894 1201. Neothripa punctistigma Hampson, 1894 Genus 309. Sadarsa Moore, 1882 1202. Neothripa glaucescens Hampson, 1894 1239. Sadarsa tel1l1is Moore, 1867 Subfanlily: Eutelliinae Grote, 1882 1240. Sadarsa IOllgipenllis Moore. 1879 Genus 302. Ingura Guenee, 1852 Genus 310. GIJ·tolla Walker. 1863 1203. Ingura subapicalis Walker, 1852 1241. GlJ'tona hylusalis Walker, 1863 1204. Ingura cristatrix Guenee, 1879 1242. Grytona pll.fiilla Moore. 1R79 1243. GIJ'tona dorsalis Walker, I R63 Genus 303. Anuga Guenee. 1852 1244. Grytona lapidaria Walker, 1864 1205. Anuga constricta Guenee 1852 1245. Gyrtona todara (Hampson, 1912) 1206. Anuga lunulata Moore, 1867 1246. Gyrtona plumbeifascia Hampson, 1894 1207. Anuga mu/tiplicans (Walker, 1858) Genus 311. Lophoptera Guenee, 1852 Genus 304. Eutelio Hlibner, 1818 1247. Lophoptera anthyalus (Hampson, 1894) 1208. Eutelia de/atrix Guenee, 1879 1248. Lophoptera hemithyris (Hampson, 1905) 1209. Eutelia deleta Hampson, 1891 1249. Lophoptera squamlnigera Guenee, 1852 1210. Eutelia cinctipaipis Walker, 1865 1250. Lophotera squam1l1ilinea Holloway. 1985 1211. Eutelia obscura Moore, 1879 Genus 312. Goniocraspidum Hampson, 1894 1212. Eutelia albomaculata Hampson, 1894 1213. Eutelia jocosatrix Guenee, 1879 1251. Goniocraspidum ennomoide Hmnpson, 1894 1214. Eutelia maculata Butler, 1889 Genus 313. Cymatopitoropsis Hampson, 1894 1215. Eutelia nugatrix Guenee, 1879 1252. Cymatophoropsis sinuata Moore, 1879 1216. Eutelia/ulvipicta Hampson, 1894 Subfamily AGANAINAE 1217. Eutelia apicifascia Hampson, 1894 Genus 314. Asota Hubner, [1819] 1218. Eutelia inextricata Moore, 1879 1219. Eutelia excitans Moore, 1886 1253. (Fabricius, 1775) 1220. Eutelia dulcilinea Walker 1865 1254. Asota (Fabricius, 1775) 1221. Eutelia discistriga Walker, 1865 1255. (Linnaeus, 1758) 1222. Eutelia Javillatrix Walker, 1858 1256. Asota plaginota Butler, 1875 1223. Eutelia adulatricoides (Mell, 1943) 1257. (Butler, 1881) 1224. Eutelia Javillatrixoides Poole, 1989 Genus 315. Neochera Hubner, [1819] 1225. Eutelia geyeri (Felder & Rogenhofer, 1874) 1258. Neochera inops (Walker, 1854) Genus 305. Paectes Hubner, 1818 Subfamily AGARISTINAE 1226. Paectes subapica/is (Walker, [1858] 1857) Genus 316. Episteme Hubner, [1820] Subfamily STICTOPTERINAE, HAMPSON, 1259. Epistelne arctopsa (Chu & Chen, 1962) 1894 Genus 317. Exsula Jordan in Rothschild & Genus 306. Risoba Moore, 1881 Jordan, 1896 1227. Risoba repugnans Walker, 1856 1260. Exsula dentatrix (Westwood, 1848) 1228. Risoba obstructa Moore, 1881 1229. Risoba diversipennis Walker, 1858 Genus 3 18. Sarbanissa Walker, 1865 1230. Risoba literata Moore, 1881 1261. Sarbanissa albifascia (Walker, 1865) 1231. Risoba variegata Moore, 1879 Subfamily P ANTHEINAE Genus 307. Odontodes Guenee, 1852 Genus 319. Trichosea Hubner, 1818 1232. Odontodes aleuca Guenee, 1852 1262. Trichosea champa (Moore, 1879) Genus 308. Stictoptera Guenee, )1852 1263. Trichosea extoxantha Hampson, 1894 1233. Stictoptera cucullioides Guenee, 1852 Subfamily BAGISARINAE 1234. Stictoptera striata Hampson, 1894 Genus 320. Bagisara Crumb, 1956 1235. Stictoptera illucida Walker, 1865 1264. Bagisara plagiata (Walker, 1858) SIV:\SANKARAN l'l al. : .. , C/teck/isl o(.voc!lIidw: (/llsecta Lepidoptera: Noctlloidea)

(JeHUS 321. Chmtlllilla Walker, 1856 1295. Carea costip/aga Swinhoe, 1861 1265. Chmwlilllljlldicatll (Walker. 1858) Genus 333. Tortriciforlna Hampson, 1894 1266. C/UISII,iIlU cae/ie/a Walker, 1858 1296. Tortricifornlll virie/ipllncta Hampson, 1894 Genus 322. Sphragijera Staudinger, 1892 Genus 334. Tinosoma Harnpson, 1894 1267. Spltragijera rejecta (Fabricius. 1775) 1297. Tinosoma hyperythrum Hampson, 1879 Genus 323. Xanthodes Guenee. 1852 Genus 335. Gelm,tocera Butler, 1877 126K Xallthodes il1tersepta Guenee, 1852 1298. Gelastocera castanea Moore, 1879 1269. Xanthodes transversa Guenee, 1852 Genus 336. Beara Walker, 1866 Subfamily: Condicinae 1299. Beara dichromella Walker, 1865 Genus 324. Bagada Walker, 1858 Genus 337. Pseudogonitis Hampson, 1894 1270. Bagada pOli0l11era (Hampson, 1908) 1300. Pseudogonitis brllnnea Moore, 1879 Genus 325. Condica Walker, 1856 Genus 338. Ossonoba Walker, 1866 1271. COlldica albiglltta (Wileman, 1912) 1301. Ossonoba torpida Walker, 1866 1272. Condica d%rosa (Walker, 1865) 1273. Condica illecta (Walker, 1865) Genus 339. Oxygonitis Hampson, 1893 Genus 326. Perigea Guenee, 1852 1302. Oxygonitis sericeata Hampson, 1893 1274. Perigea chinensis Wallengren, 1860 Genus 340. C/ethrophora Hampson, 1894 Subfamily: Eariadinae Hampson, 191 1303. Clethrophora distincta Leech, 1889 Genus 327. Earias HUbner, 1825 Genus 341. Churia Moore, 1881 1275. Earias fubia StolL 1787 1304. Churia arcuata Walker, 1857 1276. Eariasflavida Felder,1864 1305. Churia ocellata Butler, 1889 1277. Earias insu/ana Boisduval, 1833 1306. Churia Inaculata Moore, 1881 1278. Earias vitella Fabricius, 1775 1307. Churia nigrisigna Moore, 1881 Subfamily: Strepsimanninae 1308. Churia Ii/acina Hampson, 1894 1309. Churia discsigna Hampson, 1984 Genus 328. Luceria Walker, 1859 Subfamily: Focillinae 1279. Luceria oCli/aJis (Moore, 1877) Genus 342. Hyposelnansis Hampson, 1894 Subfamily: Gonopterinae 1310. Hyposel1ll1nsis singha Guenee, 1852 Genus 329. Capotena Walker, 1857 Genus 343. Mecodina Guenee, 1852 1280. Capotena truncata Walker, 1858 1311. Mecodina cineratia Butler, 1879 1281. Capotena apriformis Walker, 1857 1312. Mecodina anaUs Swinhoe, 1890 Genus 330. Pseude/ydna Hampson, 1894 1313. Mecodina placida Moore, 1882 1282. Pselldelydna dill rna Swinhoe, 1889 1314. Mecodina umbrosa Hampson, 1891 1283. Pseude/ydna rufoflava Walker, 1856 1315. Mecodina subviolacea Butler, 1881 Genus 331. Tympanistes Moore, 1867 1316. Mecodina Odol1tophora Swinhoe, 1890 1317. Mecodina albodentata Swinhoe, 1890 1284. Ty,npanistes pallidus Moore, 1867 l318. Mecodina hepatica Moore, 1882 1285. Ty,npanistes testacells Moore, 1867 1319. Mecodina tepatic Swinhoe, 1890 1286. Tynlpanistes rubidorsalis Moore, 1888 1320. Mecodina praecipua Walker, 1865 Genus 332. Carea Walker, 1856 1321. M ecodina ruficeps Hampson, 1894 1287. Carea subtilis Walker, 1856 1322. Mecodina aequilinea Hampson, 1926 1288. Carea ch/orostiglna Hampson, 1891 1323. Mecodina oxydata Swinhoe, 1890 1289. Carea varipes Walker, 1856 Genus 344. Hyperlopha Hampson, 1894 1290. Carea nitida Hampson, 1894 1324. Hyperlopha cristifera Walker, 1865 1291. Carea purpurea Hampson, 1891 1292. Carea obsolescens Moore, 1884 Genus 345. Zethes Rambur, 1R33 1293. Carea fasciata Moore, 1879 1325. Zethes dllplicilinea Hampson, 1X94 1294. Carea albopllrpurea Swinhoe, 1889 1326. Zethes vaga Walker, 1865 R('( '. :001. Sun: India 100

1327. Zethes perturballs Walker, 1858 Genus 350. Cephena Moore. 1882 1328. Zethes sphaeriphora Moore. 1867 1371. Cephella costata ivloore. 1882 1329. Zethes pulcherrilna Butler. 1881 Genus 351. Dierlla Walker. 1859 1330. Zethes pictipellnis Hampson. 1894 1372. Dierlla acallthllsalis Walker, 1858 1331. Zethes shivula Guenee. 1852 1373. Dierna strigata Moore, 1867 1332. Zethes inornata Walker. 1865 1374. Dierlla transversa Moore, 1882 1333. Zethes herperoides Guenee, 1852 SU1\1l\1ARY 1334. Zethes costalis Moore. 1882 Sir George Hampson has reported 1431 species of 1335. Zethes nigrilinea Walker, 1869 noctuid moths under 10 sub-families in his · Fauna of 1336. Zethes punctistigma Hampson. 1894 British India series, 's volumes II and III (1894). 1337. Zethes vinolia Hampson, 1894 This record is century-old arrangement. At present the 1338. Zethes partita Guenee, 1852 number of subfamilies has been raised to 29. We are Genus 346. Egnasia Walker, 1858 reporting here the checklist of Indian noctuids, which 1339. Egnasia mesof}pa Swinhoe, 1906 is an outcome of our studies conducted for the past 5 1340. Egnasia ephyrodalis Walker, 1858 years. According to our understanding based on 1341. Egnasia rectilineata Swinhoe, 1890 available literature, we have arranged the genus and 1342. Egnasia participalis Walker, 1858 species of noctuids. We have recorded 351 genera and 1343. Egnasia accingalis Walker, 1858 1374 species. Among the 351 genera, the genus Hypena 1344. Egnasia polia Hampson, 1891 includes more number of species (71 species). The 1345. Egnasia fasciata Moore, 1882 genera Agrotis, Ophiusa, Polydesma and Metachrostis 1346. Egnasia tripuncta Swinhoe, 1890 also accommodate higher number of species. In our 1347. Egnasia castanea Moore, 1882 expedition ofNilgiris biosphere 160 species have been 1348. Egnasia ochreivena Hampson, 1894 described and among them 20 were recorded for the 1349. Egnasia sinuosa Moore, 1882 first time for the Western Ghats (Nilgiris Biosphere and 1350. Egnasia caduca Swinhoe, 1892 Kodaikanal) Tamil Nadu part; the species are: Lacero­ noctilio Guenee, 1852., Spirama Hampson, Genus 347. Avitta Walker, 1858 1984., Polydesma boarmoides Guenee, 1852 Eudocima 1351. Avitia fasciosa Moore, 1882 homanea HUbner, [1823]., Eudocima sikhimensis Butler, 1352. Avina subsingnans Walker, 1858 1895., Doryodes grandipennis Barnes & Mc 1353. Avina ruftfrons Moore, 1882 Dunnough, 1918., Targalla atripars Hampson, 1912., 1354. Avitia quadrilinea Walker, 1857 Eutelia adulatricoides Mell,1943., Lophotera Genus 348. Capnodes Guenee, 1852 squammigera Guenee, 1852., Lophotera squammilinea Guenee, 1852., Odontodes seranensis Guenee, 1852., 1355. Capnodes rufescens Moore, 1877 Stictoptera cucullioides Guenee, 1852., Stictoptera 1356. Capnodes ceylonica Walker, 1865 signifera Walker, 1857., Aegilia sU'11dascribens 1357. Capnodes luna Hampson, 1891 Holloway, 1976., Aegilia describens Walker, 1858., 1358. Capnodes lignicolor Walker, 1857 Actinotia polydon Clerk, 1759., Chasmina candida 1359. Capnodes pllstulifera Walker, 1865 Walker, 1865., Pandesma quanavadi Guenee, 1852., 1360. Capnodes ocitreispersa Hampson, 1894 calefaciens Walker, 1858., and Genus 349. Raparna Moore, 1882 illibata (Fabricius, 1775)., and Lygephila maxima 1361. Raparna digralllma Walker, 1865 Bremer, 1861. Ericeia eriophora (Guenee, 1852)., and 1362. Raparna ocitreipennis Moore, 1882 Sasunaga leucorina Hampson, 1894 were recorded for 1363. Raparna atrapex Hampson, 1894 the first time in India. 1364. Raparna nubulosa Moore, 1881 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 1365. Raparna ilnparata Walker, 1858 We are thankful to the Director Zoological Survey 1366. Raparna nigriceps Hampson,1894 of India for publication of the article in this journal. We 1367. Swinhoe, 1885 Raparna tantilla sincerely thank to Dr. J. Issaque Madani, Retd. 1368. Raparna pa/palis Walker, 1865 Pro.fessor, Department of Zoology, The New College, 1369. Raparna aenigmatica Swinhoe, 1885 Ch'ennai-6000 14, for his suggestions and 1370. Raparna lilacina Butler, 1889 encouragement. SIVASANKARAN L'f ((/. : A Checklist o(.\'()ctllidae (Insecta Lepidoptera: Noctl/oidea) (~llnJia 101

REFERENCES Butler. A.G. 1877-89. Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera in British Museum. Part I-VII. Caroli. A. Linnaells. 1764. Systema Naturae. Editio duodecima reformao. Holmiae. Cramer. P. I 779-X3. Papillons exotiques dell' Asie de Utrecht. Dalman. 1. \\1. 1825. Prodromus Monographiace Castniae Holmiae. Donovan. 1ROO. Natural History of the Insects of India. London. Drury. D. 1770-R2. Illustrations of Natural History & C., Exotic Insects 3 vols. Esper. E ..l.C 1777-94. Die europaische Schmetterlinge. Erlangen. Fahricius. lC. 1775. Systema Entomologiae. Fiensburgi & Lipsiae. Fahricius. lC. 1792-9R. Entomologia systematica 4 vols. And Suppl. Hafniae. Felder. C. and Felder. R. 1864-75. Reise der osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde. Lepidoptera: Heterocera. Gucnee. A. 1 R52. H istoire Natural des Insects. Lepidopteres : Uranides et Phalenites. lIampson. G.F. el £II. (1892-1937). Fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma-Moths. Vols. 1-5 cxix+ 2813p- 1295 figs-l table-15 PI (12 in col). Hampson, G.F. 1894. Fauna ojBritish India Moths vol. II : 160-581, Vol. III : 1-107. Hampson, G.F. 1891-93. Illusatrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the British Museum. London. Herrich-Schaeffer. 1843-56. Sammlung ausser europaischer. Schmetterlinge. Resensburg. Hoeven, lV.D. en Vriese, W.H. 1858-94. Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Pysiologie. Amsterdam. Holloway, J.D. 1989. The moths of Borneo. Noctuidae: Noctuinae, Heliothinae, Hadeninae, Acronictinae, Amphipyrinae, Agaristinae. Malayan Nature Journal. 12 : 156. Holloway, 1.0. 2005. The Moths of Borneo: Family Noctuidae, subfamily Catocaline. Malayan Nature Journal 58 : 1-529 Holloway,1.D. 1985. The moths of Borneo 14. Family: Noctuidae : subfamilies Euteliinae, Stictopterinae, Plusiinae, Pantheinae. Malaya Natllre Journal 14 : 157-317. Horsfield, T. and Moore. F. 1857-59. Catologue of the Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the Hon. East Indian Company. Vol. 2. Hubner, 1. 1806-24. Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge. Augsburg. Hubner. 1. 1818-23. Zutrage Zur Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge. Augsburg. HugeL C. Von. 1844. Kaschmir und des Reich der Seik. Vol. iv. Insectan. von. Kollar. Stuttgart. Kendrick, R.C. 2002 [2003]. Moths (Insects: Lepidoptera) oj Hong Kong. Ph.D. thesis, The University of Hong Kong. Xvi+ 660pp. Kitching, I.J. & Rawlins, lE., 1999. Noctuoidea. pp. 355-401 in Kristensen, N.P. (ed.). Handbook oJ Zoo logy : Bd. 4. Arthropoda: Insects. Teilbd. 35, Lepidoptera, Moths and Butte}~flies. Vol. 1. Evolution, Systematics and Biogeography. W. de. Gruyter, Berlin. Lederer, l 1857. Die Nocuinen Europa's Wien. Moore. F. 1882-87. Lepidoptera of Ceylon. Heterocera vols. I-III. Moore. F. 1879-88. Descriptions of new Indian Lepidopterous Insects from the collection of W.S. Atkinson. Heterocera. Calcutta. Park, K. T. Ronkay, L. Przybylowicz, L. Kun, A. Peregovits. L. 2001. Moths 0.( North Korea. (Lepidoptera, Heterocera, Macrolepidoptera-Parts Series 7 : 1-441. "\'inhoe, C. 1892. Catalogue of the Easter and Australian Lepidoptera in the Collection of the Oxford University Museum. Sphinges and Bombyces. Oxford. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, 1807-94. Treitschke. 1825-34. Die Schmetterlinge von Europa. Vols. v-x. Leipzi. Walker. F. 1854-56. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Heteocera in the British Museum. London. Parts i-xxxv.

Re('. ::'001. SUIT. India: Ilt(Part-3) : 103-110,2012

A PRELIMINARY STUDY ON INSECT POLLINATORS OF TEMPERATE FRUIT CROPS IN HIMACHAL PRADESH

R.M. SHARMA AND BULGANIN MITRA * Zoological Survey of India, Western Regional Centre, Pune-411044, Maharashtra *Zoological Survey of India, 'M'-Block, New Alipore, Kolkata-700053

INTRODUcnON important plant genera that constitute temperate fruit Pollination is an ecological process that involves crops in the State are Malus, Prunus, Pyrus, , the transfer of pollen from the male to the female part Caryo, Corylus, Sorb us, Fragaria, Actinidia, Rubus, of the flower with the help of abiotic and biotic pollen Ribes, Crataegus, Cydonia, Docynia, Hippophae, dispersal agents. It is an essential pre-requisite for Diospyros and Cotoneaster. However, is the fertilization and fruit/seed setting. If there is no major fruit of the state accounting for 67 per cent of pollination, there will be no fertilization and no fruits or the total area under fruits and 88 per cent of total fruit seeds will be fonned (Free, 1993). production. Besides apple, fruit crops viz.,plum, , Insects constitute one among the primary groups pear, cherry, and apricot occupy 28 per cent, whereas, of pollinating agents (Free, 1993). Various insect groups, other temperate fruits such as Almonds, Walnuts, which are of prime significance in pollination of Pecans, Pistachios, Filberts, , Olives, agricultural and horticultural crops mainly belong to Strawberries, Currants, Gooseberries, Raspberries, the orders Hymenoptera (bees, ants and wasps), Diptera Blueberries, Cranberries and Kiwi occupy 5 per cent of (ilies, mosquitoes, fungus gnats, midges etc.), the total area. Among nuts and dry fruits, almonds are Coleoptera (beetles and weevils), Lepidoptera (moths most important and have been the monopoly of the and butterflies), Thysanoptera (thrips), Hemiptera (bugs) cold and dry region of Kinnaur district of Himachal and Neuroptera (lace wing flies). Pradesh (Venna and lindal, 1997). Therefore, the major economy of this state depends upon the production of Several workers like Sharma (1961), Mishra et al temperate fruits. ( 1976), Bhalla et al (1983), Kumar et al (1985), Singh and Mishra (1986), Kumar (1988), Thakur (1988), The present study on insect pollinators of temperate Dashad (1989), Dashad, et al (1991), Thakur et al (1993) fruit crops of Himachal Pradesh is based on the have studied the pollination efficiency of insect visitors, collection and observations of the pollinating insects foraging preferences, foraging rate of insect visitors / made by the authors during the period 2004-2006. pollinators of temperate fruit crops in Himachal Pradesh. METHODOLOGY Himachal Pradesh is mainly a hilly state lying The study was conducted during flowering season between 30°22' to 33°12' North latitude and 75°47' to of the temperate crops in different orchards of Himachal 79°04' East longitude in the lap of the northwest Pradesh. The observations were made in three Himalaya. The physiography of the state is almost consecutive flowering seasons of the years 2004, 2005 mountainous with elevations ranging from 350 to 6500 and 2006. The collections of insect pollinators were meters above mean sea level, and the total area of the mostly made in the morning and late afternoon by state is 55,673 sq km. handpicking and aerial sweeping by insect net. All the Himachal Pradesh is predominantly a horticultural entomofaunal collections made were identified by the state of India, having a vast potential for successful experts of the respective groups from the Zoological cultivation of a wide range of horticultural crops. The Survey of India, Kolkata. 104 Rec. zool. Surv. India

Fig. 1. Insect pollinators of Fruit crops Fig. 2. Insect pollinator species in different fruit crops (Percentage wise) (Percentage wise) 80 71.42 0 Poll inators 40 36.5 34.92 .--- 35 I r-- 0 Percentage 30 20.63 70 55.55 25 ~ [lD~46.03 _ 2.=,9 25.39 20 r-- iL n n22.22 15 10 4.76 1.58 I.5S 5 ~g ~ ~_--rI------,-D---'------'I,--L.--.L~----LD-1_ ,....---, 0 n ~

.(~ 6~ ~'I> .(~ <~ ~?, <~ ~" ~" ~" ~" .~o~ -0~'" .oo~ o~ ;...~ o~ ~... e,2Yf:.; x-"~ ..§' x-.f'"' "" ,,~..:.,'"

RESULTS followed by the orders Diptera (34.92%), Lepidoptera The diversity of insect pollinators in temperate fruit (20.630/0), Coleoptera (4.760/0) and, lastly, Hemiptera and crops is directly linked with the diversity of fruit crops. Thysanoptera account for 1.58% each (Fig. 1). It is also A preliminary study conducted in Himachal Pradesh interesting to note that among the total pollinator by the authors revealed that 63 species under 27 families species reported from the fruit crops of Himachal of 6 insect orders· are engaged in the process of Pradesh, the maximum number of pollinator species has % pollination of7 different species of temperate fruit crops been recorded from the Malus sp. (71.42 ), followed in Himachal Pradesh. (Table-I; Plates-I & II). Of these, by Prunus persica ( 55.55%), Pyrus communis (46.03%), 23 species belonged to Hymenoptera, 22 species to Prunus amygdalus (46.030/0), Prunus domestica Diptera, 13 species to Lepidoptera, 3 species to (25.390/0), Prunus saUcina (25.390/0) and Actinidia Coleoptera, 1 species to Hemiptera and 1 species to deliciosa ( 22.22%) (Fig. 2). Thysanoptera. Of the 23 species of Hymenoptera, 7 REMARKS species belonged to the family Vespidae, 3 species each Pollination success depends on several conditions to the families Apidae and Bombidae, 2 species each to like, the attractiveness of the crop flowers, the use of the families Halictidae and Formicidae. Xylocopidae, pesticide in the area, total size of the field, the distance Andrenidae, Ichneumonidae Ceretinidae, Tenthridinidae to the natural h~bitat of the wild pollinators and and Scoliidae were represented by 1 species each. Of ptesence of natural pollinator species in their foraging the 22 species of Diptera, 13 species belonged to the range. The overall decline in wild and domesticated family Syrphidae, 3 species to the family Muscidae, pollinators is a lesser known crisis but has great and 2 species to the families Calliphoridae. potential to cause enormous consequences on fruit Dolichopodidae, Scathophagidae, Sepsidae and production. This decline is largely due to destruction Asilidae were represented by I species each. Of the 13 of nesting habitats of wild pollinators, poisoning due species of Lepidoptera, 4 species belonged to the family to excessive pesticide application and constant Pieridae, 3 species to the family Nymphalidae, 1species alteration in land use practices leading to loss of adult to the family Lycaenidae, and among moths the family and juvenile food resources for pollinators. However, Noctuidae was represented by 4 species and the family the preliminary information presented in this report Zyganidae by 1 species. Of the 3 species of Coleoptera, though sketchy is valuable in the sense it can be used 2 species each belonged to the families Chrysomelidae in future. and Coccinellidae. One species each of Hemiptera (family Cixiidae) and Thysanoptera were also found to ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS function as pollinators of the temperate fruit crops. The authors are thankful to the Director, Zoological The order Hymenoptera (36.500/0) formed the Survey of India, Kolkata for permitting us to undertake predominant pollinator group of temperate fruit crops this study and the facilities provided.

REFERENCES Bhalla, O.P., Verma, A.K., and Dhaliwal, H.S. 1983.1. en!. Res., 7( 1) : 91-94. Dashad, S.S. 1989. Pollination studies on apple (Malus domes!ica Borkh) with particular reference to the role of the honey bees. Ph.D Thesis, University of Horticulture and Forestry, Solan pp. 199. SIIARl\lA 8.: MITRA: A prelimillwy st/{(~\' Oil illsect pollinators of temperate ji'uit crops ill Himachal Pradesh 105

PLAfE-1

1. Malus sp. Common Name: Apple

2. Pyrus commu1l;s Common Name: Pear 3. Prullus amygdalus Common Name: Almond or Badam

PLATE-II

4. Prulllis domest;ca 5. PrU1I1IS salicin{l Common Name: Plum

6. Prlllllls persica Common Name: Peach or Aru 7. Act;nidia deliciosa Common Name: Ki\vi 106 Rec. zoo/. Sun'. India

Dashad, S.S., Sharma, 1.K., and Mata, M.M. 1991. Ann. BioI., 7(2) : 223-224. Free, J.B. 1993. Insect Pollination o.fCrops. London, U.K. : Academic Press, 544 pp. Kumar, 1., Mishra, R.C. Gupta, 1.K.,and Dogra, GS. 1985. Pollination requirements of some Peach cultivers. Indian Bee J., 47 : 3-6. Kumar, 1. 1988.1. Tree Sci., 7(1) : 38-40. Sharma, L. 1961. The honeybee population among insects visiting temperate zone fruit flowers and their role in setting fruit. Bee WId., 42( 1) : 6-8 Singh, R.P. and Mishra, R.C. 1986. Proc. Indian Nat. Sci. Acad., (B) 52 : 451-453. Thakur, S.S. 1988. Insect pollination studies on Almond, Ph.D Thesis, University of Horticulture and Forestry, Solan, India, pp. 185. Thakur, S.S. Kumar, J and Mishra, R.C. 1993. Haryana 1. Hort. Sci. Verma, L.R. and Jindal, K.K. 1997. Fruit Crops Pollination. Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 405 pp. Table. 1 : Pollinator species and their visited plant species SL. Malus spp Pyrus Prunus Prunus Prunus Prunus Actinidia No. communis a mygda Ius domestica salicina persica deliciosa Order HYMENOPTERA Family APIDAE 1. Apis cerana Fabricius + + + + + + + 2. Apis mellifera Linnaeus + + + + + 3. Apis dorsata Fabricius + + Family BOMBIDAE 4. Bombus tunicatus Smith + + + + + + + 5. Bo1]Jbus haemorrhoidalis Smith + 6. Bombus sp. + + + + + Family VESPIDAE 7. Vespa (Vespa) magnifica mandarina Smith + + 8. Vespa velutina auraria Smith + + + + + 9. Vespa orientalis (Linnaeus) + + '~ 10. Vespa magnifica Smith + II. Vespa jlaviceps Smith + + 12. Polistes maculipennis Sauss + + + + 13. Polistes sp. + + + Family HALICTIDAE 14. Halictus sp. + + + + + 15. Halictus dasygaster Vachal + + + + + + Family ANDRENIDAE 16. Andrena sp. + Family XYLOCOPIDAE 17. Xylocopa jenestrata (Fabricius) + + + Family ICHNEUMONIDAE 18. Fileantha sp. + o -.l Table. 1 : Cont'd. o 00 SL. Malus spp Pyrus Prunus Prunus Prunus Prunus Actinidia No. communis amygdalus domestica salkina persica deliciosa Family FORMICIDAE 19. Camponotus sp. + + + 20. Holcomyrmex sp. + Family CERETINIDAE 21. Ceratina hieroglyphica Smith + Family TENTHRIDINIDAE 22. Athalia sp. + 23. Elis thoracica + Order DIPTERA Family SYRPHIDAE 24. Eristalis (Eristalis) ten ax (Linnaeus) + + + + 25. Eristalis (Eoseristalis) himalayensis Brunetti + + + 26. Eristalinus (Eristalinus) arvorum (Fabricus) + + 27. Eristalis (Eoseristalis) cerealis Fabricius + + + + + 28. Eristalis angustimarginalis Brunetti + 29. Episyrphus balteatus (De Geer) + 30. Episyrphus sp. + + 3l. Scaeva opimius (Walker) + + + 32. Eristalis sp. + + 33. Scaeva sp. + 34. Metasyrphus sp. + + + + 35. Melanostoma sp. + 36. Syrphus sp. + + + + Family MUSCIDAE 37. Musca (Musca) domestica Linnaeus + + + + + 38. Musca sp. + + + + Table. J : Conl'd. SL. Malus spp Pyrus Prunus Prunus Prunus Prunus Actinidia No. communis amygdalus domestica salicina persica deliciosa 39. Orthellia sp. + Family SCATHOPHAGIDAE 40. Scathophaga stereoraria (Linnaeus) + + + Family CALLIPHORIDAE 41. Lucilia sp. + + + + 42. Calliphora vic ina Robineau-Desvoidy + + + + Family DOLICHOPODIDAE 43. Dolichopus sp. + + + + Family SEPSIDAE 44. Sepsis sp. + Family ASILIDAE 45. Promachus sp. + + Order LEPIDOPTERA Family PIERIDAE 46. Pieris canidia indica (Evans) + + + + + + + 47. Pieris sp. + + + + 48. Delias sp. + 49. Gonepteryx rhamni nepalensis Doubleday + + Family NYMPHALIDAE -...... 50. Vanessa indica (Herbst) + + + + 51. Vanessa sp. + + + + 52. Neptus sp. + Family LYCAENIDAE 53. Heliophorus sp. + + + Family NOCTUIDAE 54. Heliothis sp. Table. 1 : Cont'd. o SL. Malus spp Pyrus Prunus Prunlls Prunus Prunus Actinidia No. cOlnmunis amygdalus dOlnestica salicina persica delicio.fla 55. P/usia sp. + + + + 56. Agrotis flam m atra Schiff + + 57. Agrotis sp. + Family ZYGANIDAE 58. Zyganea sp. + + Order COLEOPTERA Family CHRYSOMELIDAE 59. A/tica sp. + + + + + Family COCCINELLIDAE 60. Coccinella septumpunctata (Linnaeus) + + + + + + + 61. Cocci nella sp. + + + + + Order HEMIPTERA Family CIXIIDAE 62. Nysius sp. + Order THYSANOPTERA Family THRIPIDAE 63. Thrips sp. + He'l ', -oo/. Sun: India" III (Part- 3) : 111- 112, 2012

Short COnllllllnication

F RST RECORD OF LESQUEREUSIA SC I LUMBERGER (R ZOPODA : PROTOZOA) FROM GROUND MOSS OF HIM CHAL PRADESH, I DIA

_ ODUcnON the amount of mineral particles used and in the The genus Lesquereusia Schlumberger bdongl' ng orientation of the neck. Specimens .of both the specilcs to the order Arcellinida was erected by Schlunlberger are deposited in the National Z.oo1ogical Collections of in 1845 with L. j1Jiralis as typ p,eci . 1:0 date there the protozoology section, Zoological Survey of India are 16 species report d globaUy. Of these thr e species Kolkata. are hItherto known from India. Vanamala I aidu (1966) The mos samples for the present study were reported Lesquereusia minor Walton from a fr,eshwater coUe'cted by the scientists of High Altitude Regional body of Andhra Pradesh and Nair et ,ai, (197 q and Centre, Solan on 16.05. 2008 from Khlvi vinage Pangi Oas ef a/.( 1993) reported L modesta Rhumbler and L. \aUey (320 53' 07. 6" and 0760 27' 55.8'" E and altitude spiralis (Ehrenberg) from the freshwater habitats of of 2459 metre above MS ) which is on the bank of We t Bengal. Th habitat .of the genu is fr shwater river Chand'_ fbhaga of Hima,chal Pradesh. ltl ough all and the pL ent COlumun 'cation deals with tbe first the 16 species are so far reported from aquatic habitat report of L. modesta and L. spi/~alis from ground moss. the present record of the above mentioned two species L. modesta is characterised by opaque and of Lesquereusia from ground moss may be due to the hemispherical test and ,encrusted with quartz crystals., contin ment of tb_ 'e sp'ecies in the ground moss L . spiralis is characterized by transparent and which is the interphase between aquatic and terrestrial slemispherical tlest composed of Iclosely arranged habitat, during flood. vermitonn pellets, neck below the constriction with a slight elevation from which oudine c.ontinued ina straight lin,e down to mouth. Mouth is circular, contracted in its margin plain and sharply defined, In India. there are records of L. spira/is from Manipur (Das el al., 2004) Meghalaya (Das et ai, 1995) and West Bengal (Das et al. ., 1993), L. spiralis differs from L. modesfa Inainly in shape .of the siliceous rods and

Fig... 2. Lesquereu "ia sp;l'alis- P 1011304.

ACKNOWLEDGEIVIENIS

Th author is thankful 10 the irector~ Zoological urvey of Indi,a for tbe fad htles pr' vidcd and the author is very rnuch ind _bt , d to Dr. Avtar Kaur Sidhu, High Altitude Regional _entre , Solan fo ' pr vidillg the Fig.-l. Le,'Iquereusia mode 'ta- P [011 282. mo samples for the pr,e ent study. 1 12 Rt!c. zoo/. Sur\!. India

REFERENCFS Das, A.K., MandaI, A.K. and Sarkar, N.C. 1993. Freeliving Protozoa. Zool. Sur\'. India, State Fauna Series 3 : Fauna of West Bengal, part 12 : 1-133. Das, A.K., MandaI, A.K., Tiwari, D.N. and Sarkar, N.C. 1995. Protozoa. Zool. Sun: India, State Fauna Series 4 : Fauna of Megha laya, part 10 : 1-103. Das, A.K., Rina Nandi, Sarkar, N.C. and Saha, D. 2004. Protozoa. Zool. Sun: India, State Fauna Series 10 : Fauna of Manipur, 1-44. Nair, K.N., Das, A.K. and Mukherjee, R.N. 1971. On some freshwater rhizopoda and Heliozoa (Protozoa) from Calcutta and its environs. Part I. Rec. zool. Surv. India, 65 : 1-16. Vanamala Naidu, K. 1966. Studies on the freshwater protozoa of South India III : Euglenoidina 2. Hydrobiologia, 27: 23-32.

BINDU. L Zoological Survey of India, Marine Biology Regional Centre, Chennai-600 028 Email:[email protected] INSTRUCTIO TO AUTHORS "· r~(.u('uc)' of P'ublication : Quancrly 4 parts in .one volume. rubUcntion time : \\1it h~n 3 months an r final acceptance. Catcgnri('s of published material : Fun paper. Intlcresling Cuse Reports, . ield Reports Taxonomk description and lh:--1ributi(.)1\$ Des,(.;'r.plion of new taxa, Short Communications, he'cklist . Instruction of submbsion : The article to be ()rgaoi cd as :-1. Tide; 2. Authorl Author.- along w'ithaddres" dearly m~nlioning the I,;()n ' e~ponding author and Aft11iation. c-:mai'l address' 3. lntrod\.lction; 4. aterials and Methods,; 5. Syst'ematl'c a({'OUnb; 6. Results; 7. Discussion; 8. Surrunary: 9. Acknowkdgcment, 1O . References ~ II . Tables and Figur,es with a, propriale tide and legends on separate sheets. For short communication, the combination of some of the above sections is r'ec.ommended. format of J\1alluscript : Submis:ion of a manuscript tmplies thut the report is .original, unpublished and is not being l"(UlSidcrcd/dL'qU(lh ned flU pub:1ic ation elsewhere. Manu '<:Tipt in English should be , <.:omput , cr~typcd , d.ou ble.spaced with 1.5-inch right~hand margins on ,one side in A4 paper (210 '297 mm). oot iz,c 10-12 points, Timc' New Roman, Text should be justificd. Footnotes should be a oided. All units of measurement arc 11 metri,c, AU manuscript she,et mu t be numbered successively. 0 pO.l1ion ·of the article : hoLl'ld b~ underlined except Latin names .of g nera ,and species, if not typed in italics. Submit in triplica!te with a CD in IV1S \Vord, pholO/map/chartldrawings in jpg/psd (photoshop). Introduction . eellon should clearly describe the objecti es of the study and provide lenough background information to make :it dear why the 'tudy was undertaken. Lengthy Htlcra{ure revjew is discouraged. Some earher refer,ences of work may b(,,' cit,ed. Materials and M thods should provjde the reader with all the infonnation necess,ary to r,epeat the work. For modification of published methodology, .only modification needs to b described with referenc'e to the original SOUf,ce. Under mal,eiral examined the fonowing fonnat shou'ld be follow

INesemann. Hasko & Gopal, Sharma, - Descniption

Sharma, Narender- 'Wing Maculatiion and Genitalic I " Bllndu . ~ First record of Lesquereusia Schlumberg'er Variations inYpthima inica (Lepidoptera : Satyr'idae) (Rhizopoda Protozoa) from Ground Moss of

.. n ••• '...... ,. .. ,...... '" ...... '.... . '...... 31-34 Himachal Pradesh, Ilndia ...... "...... 111-112